Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Woolson, Constance Fenimore, 1840-1894 [1875], Castle Nowhere: lake-country sketches (James R. Osgood and Company, Boston) [word count] [eaf755T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Next section

Main text

-- --

p755-010 CASTLE NOWHERE.

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

NOT many years ago the shore bordering the head
of Lake Michigan, the northern curve of that
silver sea, was a wilderness unexplored. It is a wilderness
still, showing even now on the school-maps
nothing save an empty waste of colored paper, generally
a pale, cold yellow suitable to the climate, all
the way from Point St. Ignace to the iron ports on
the Little Bay de Noquet, or Badderknock in lake
phraseology, a hundred miles of nothing, according to
the map-makers, who, knowing nothing of the region,
set it down accordingly, withholding even those
long-legged letters, “Chip-pe-was,” “Ric-ca-rees,” that
stretch accommodatingly across so much townless territory
farther west. This northern curve is and always
has been off the route to anywhere; and mortals, even
Indians, prefer as a general rule, when once started,
to go somewhere. The earliest Jesuit explorers and
the captains of yesterday's schooners had this in common,
that they could not, being human, resist a crosscut;
and thus, whether bark canoes of two centuries

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

ago or the high, narrow propellers of to-day, one and
all, coming and going, they veer to the southeast or
west, and sail gayly out of sight, leaving this northern
curve of ours unvisited and alone. A wilderness
still, but not unexplored; for that railroad of the
future which is to make of British America a garden
of roses, and turn the wild trappers of the Hudson's
Bay Company into gently smiling congressmen, has it
not sent its missionaries thither, to the astonishment
and joy of the beasts that dwell therein? According
to tradition, these men surveyed the territory, and
then crossed over (those of them at least whom the
beasts had spared) to the lower peninsula, where,
the pleasing variety of swamps being added to the
labyrinth of pines and sand-hills, they soon lost
themselves, and to this day have never found what
they lost. As the gleam of a camp-fire is occasionally
seen, and now and then a distant shout heard
by the hunter passing along the outskirts, it is supposed
that they are in there somewhere, surveying
still.

Not long ago, however, no white man's foot had penetrated
within our curve. Across the great river and
over the deadly plains, down to the burning clime of
Mexico and up to the arctic darkness, journeyed our
countrymen, gold to gather and strange countries to
see; but this little pocket of land and water passed
they by without a glance, inasmuch as no iron

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

mountains rose among its pines, no copper lay hidden in its
sand ridges, no harbors dented its shores. Thus it remained
an unknown region, and enjoyed life accordingly.
But the white man's foot, well booted, was on
the way, and one fine afternoon came tramping through.
“I wish I was a tree,” said to himself this white man,
one Jarvis Waring by name. “See that young pine,
how lustily it grows, feeling its life to the very tip of
each green needle! How it thrills in the sun's rays,
how strongly, how completely it carries out the intention
of its existence! It never has a headache, it —
Bah! what a miserable, half-way thing is man, who
should be a demigod, and is — a creature for the very
trees to pity!” And then he built his camp-fire, called
in his dogs, and slept the sleep of youth and health,
none the less deep because of that Spirit of Discontent
that had driven him forth into the wilderness; probably
the Spirit of Discontent knew what it was about. Thus
for days, for weeks, our white man wandered through
the forest and wandered at random, for, being an exception,
he preferred to go nowhere; he had his compass,
but never used it, and, a practised hunter, eat what
came in his way and planned not for the morrow.
“Now am I living the life of a good, hearty, comfortable
bear,” he said to himself with satisfaction.

“No, you are not, Waring,” replied the Spirit of Discontent,
“for you know you have your compass in your
pocket and can direct yourself back to the camps on

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

Lake Superior or to the Sault for supplies, which is
more than the most accomplished bear can do.”

“O come, what do you know about bears?” answered
Waring; “very likely they too have their depots of
supplies, — in caves perhaps —”

“No caves here.”

“In hollow trees, then.”

“You are thinking of the stories about bears and
wild honey,” said the pertinacious Spirit.

“Shut up, I am going to sleep,” replied the man,
rolling himself in his blanket; and then the Spirit,
having accomplished his object, smiled blandly and
withdrew.

Wandering thus, all reckoning lost both of time and
place, our white man came out one evening unexpectedly
upon a shore; before him was water stretching
away grayly in the fog-veiled moonlight; and so successful
had been his determined entangling of himself
in the webs of the wilderness, that he really knew not
whether it was Superior, Huron, or Michigan that
confronted him, for all three bordered the eastern end
of the upper peninsula. Not that he wished to know;
precisely the contrary. Glorifying himself in his ignorance,
he built a fire on the sands, and leaning back
against the miniature cliffs that guard the even beaches
of the inland seas, he sat looking out over the water,
smoking a comfortable pipe of peace, and listening,
meanwhile, to the regular wash of the waves. Some

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

people are born with rhythm in their souls, and some
not; to Jarvis Waring everything seemed to keep time,
from the songs of the birds to the chance words of a
friend; and during all this pilgrimage through the wilderness,
when not actively engaged in quarrelling with
the Spirit, he was repeating bits of verses and humming
fragments of songs that kept time with his footsteps,
or rather they were repeating and humming themselves
along through his brain, while he sat apart and listened.
At this moment the fragment that came and
went apropos of nothing was Shakespeare's sonnet,


“When to the sessions of sweet silent thought,
I summon up remembrance of things past.”
Now the small waves came in but slowly, and the sonnet,
in keeping time with their regular wash, dragged
its syllables so dolorously that at last the man woke
to the realization that something was annoying him.

“When to — the ses — sions of — sweet si — lent thought,”

chanted the sonnet and the waves together.

“O double it, double it, can't you?” said the man,
impatiently; “this way: —

`When to the ses — sions of sweet si — lent thought, te-tum, — te-tum,
te-tum.'”

But no; the waves and the lines persisted in their
own idea, and the listener finally became conscious of
a third element against him, another sound which kept

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

time with the obstinate two and encouraged them in
their obstinacy, — the dip of light oars somewhere out
in the gray mist.


“When to — the ses — sions of — sweet si — lent thought,
I sum — mon up — remem — brance of — things past,”
chanted the sonnet and the waves and the oars together,
and went duly on, sighing the lack of many
things they sought, away down to that “dear friend,”
who in some unexplained way made all their “sorrows
end.” Even then, while peering through the fog and
wondering where and what was this spirit boat that
one could hear but not see, Waring found time to
make his usual objections. “This summoning up remembrance
of things past, sighing the lack, weeping
afresh, and so forth, is all very well,” he remarked to
himself, “we all do it. But that friend who sweeps
in at the death with his opportune does of comfort is
a poetical myth whom I, for one, have never yet met.”

“That is because you do not deserve such a friend,”
answered the Spirit, briskly reappearing on the scene.
“A man who flies into the wilderness to escape —”

“Spirit, are you acquainted with a Biblical personage
named David?” interrupted Waring, executing a
flank movement.

The Spirit acknowledged the acquaintance, but cautiously,
as not knowing what was coming next.

“Did he or did he not have anything to say about

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

flying to wildernesses and mountain-tops? Did he
or did he not express wishes to sail thither in person?”

“David had a voluminous way of making remarks,”
replied the Spirit, “and I do not pretend to stand up
for them all. But one thing is certain; whatever he
may have wished, in a musical way, regarding wildernesses
and mountain-tops, when it came to the fact he
did not go. And why? Because he —”

“Had no wings,” said Waring, closing the discussion
with a mighty yawn. “I say, Spirit, take yourself off.
Something is coming ashore, and were it old Nick in
person I should be glad to see him and shake his
clawed hand.”

As he spoke, out of the fog and into the glare of the
fire shot a phantom skiff, beaching itself straight and
swift at his feet, and so suddenly that he had to withdraw
them like a flash to avoid the crunch of the sharp
bows across the sand. “Always let the other man
speak first,” he thought; “this boomerang of a boat
has a shape in it, I see.”

The shape rose, and, leaning on its oar, gazed at
the camp and its owner in silence. It seemed to be an
old man, thin and bent, with bare arms, and a yellow
handkerchief bound around its head, drawn down almost
to the eyebrows, which, singularly bushy and
prominent, shaded the deep-set eyes and hid their
expression.

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

“But, supposing he won't, don't stifle yourself,”
continued Waring; then aloud, “Well, old gentleman,
where do you come from?”

“Nowhere.”

“And where are you going?”

“Back there.”

“Could n't you take me with you? I have been
trying all my life to go nowhere, but never could
learn the way; do what I would, I always found
myself going in the opposite direction, namely, somewhere.”

To this the shape replied nothing, but gazed on.

“Do the nobodies reside in Nowhere, I wonder,”
pursued the smoker; “because if they do, I am afraid
I shall meet all my friends and relatives. What a pity
the somebodies could not reside there! But perhaps
they do; cynics would say so.”

But at this stage the shape waved its oar impatiently
and demanded, “Who are you?”

“Well, I do not exactly know. Once I supposed
I was Jarvis Waring, but the wilderness has routed
that prejudice. We can be anybody we please; it is
only a question of force of will; and my latest character
has been William Shakespeare. I have been trying
to find out whether I wrote my own plays. Stay to
supper and take the other side; it is long since I have
had an argument with flesh and blood. And you are
that, — are n't you?”

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

But the shape frowned until it seemed all eyebrow.
“Young man,” it said, “how came you here? By
water?”

“No; by land.”

“Alongshore?”

“No; through the woods.”

“Nobody ever comes through the woods.”

“Agreed; but I am somebody.”

“Do you mean that you have come across from Lake
Superior on foot?”

“I landed on the shore of Lake Superior a month or
two ago, and struck inland the same day; where I am
now I neither know nor want to know.”

“Very well,” said the shape, — “very well.” But
it scowled more gently. “You have no boat?”

“No.”

“Do you start on to-morrow?”

“Probably; by that time the waves and `the sessions
of sweet silent thought' will have driven me
distracted between them.”

“I will stay to supper, I think,” said the shape,
unbending still further, and stepping out of the skiff.

“Deeds before words then,” replied Waring, starting
back towards a tree where his game-bag and
knapsack were hanging. When he returned the skiff
had disappeared; but the shape was warming its
moccasined feet at the fire in a very human sort of
way. They cooked and eat with the appetites of the

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

wilderness, and grew sociable after a fashion. The
shape's name was Fog, Amos Fog, or old Fog, a
fisherman and a hunter among the islands farther
to the south; he had come inshore to see what that
fire meant, no person had camped there in fifteen
long years.

“You have been here all that time, then?”

“Off and on, off and on; I live a wandering life,”
replied old Fog; and then, with the large curiosity
that solitude begets, he turned the conversation back
towards the other and his story. The other, not
unwilling to tell his adventures, began readily; and
the old man listened, smoking meanwhile a second
pipe produced from the compact stores in the knapsack.
In the web of encounters and escapes, he
placed his little questions now and then; no, Waring
had no plan for exploring the region, no intention
of settling there, was merely idling away a summer
in the wilderness and would then go back to civilization
never to return, at least, not that way;
might go west across the plains, but that would be
farther south. They talked on, one much, the other
little; after a time, Waring, whose heart had been
warmed by his flask, began to extol his ways and
means.

“Live? I live like a prince,” he said. “See these
tin cases; they contain concentrated stores of various
kinds. I carry a little tea, you see, and even a

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

few lumps of white sugar as a special treat now and
then on a wet night.”

“Did you buy that sugar at the Sault?” said the
old man, eagerly.

“O no; I brought it up from below. For literature
I have this small edition of Shakespeare's sonnets,
the cream of the whole world's poetry; and when I
am tired of looking at the trees and the sky, I look
at this, Titian's lovely daughter with her upheld salver
of fruit. Is she not beautiful as a dream?”

“I don't know much about dreams,” replied old
Fog, scanning the small picture with curious eyes;
“but is n't she a trifle heavy in build? They dress
like that nowadays, I suppose, — flowered gowns and
gold chains around the waist?”

“Why, man, that picture was painted more than
three centuries ago.”

“Was it now? Women don't alter much, do they?”
said old Fog, simply. “Then they don't dress like
that nowadays?”

“I don't know how they dress, and don't care,”
said the younger man, repacking his treasures.

Old Fog concluded to camp with his new friend
that night and be off at dawn. “You see it is late,”
he said, “and your fire 's all made and everything
comfortable. I 've a long row before me to-morrow:
I 'm on my way to the Beavers.”

“Ah! very intelligent animals, I am told. Friends
of yours?”

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

“Why, they 're islands, boy; Big and Little Beaver!
What do you know, if you don't know the Beavers?”

“Man,” replied Waring. “I flatter myself I know
the human animal well; he is a miserable beast.”

“Is he?” said old Fog, wonderingly; “who 'd have
thought it!” Then, giving up the problem as something
beyond his reach, — “Don't trouble yourself if
you hear me stirring in the night,” he said; “I am
often mighty restless.” And rolling himself in his
blanket, he soon became, at least as regards the
camp-fire and sociability, a nonentity.

“Simple-minded old fellow,” thought Waring, lighting
a fresh pipe; “has lived around here all his
life, apparently. Think of that, — to have lived around
here all one's life! I, to be sure, am here now; but
then, have I not been —” And here followed a
revery of remembrances, that glittering network of
gayety and folly which only young hearts can weave,
the network around whose border is written in a
thousand hues, “Rejoice, young man, in thy youth, for
it cometh not again.”


“Alas, what sighs from our boding hearts
The infinite skies have borne away!”
sings a poet of our time; and the same thought lies
in many hearts unexpressed, and sighed itself away
in this heart of our Jarvis Waring that still foggy
evening on the beach.

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

The middle of the night, the long watch before
dawn; ten chances to one against his awakening!
A shape is moving towards the bags hanging on the
distant tree. How the sand crunches, — but he sleeps
on. It reaches the bags, this shape, and hastily
rifles them; then it steals back and crosses the sand
again, its moccasined feet making no sound. But, as
it happened, that one chance (which so few of us ever
see!) appeared on the scene at this moment and
guided those feet directly towards a large, thin, old
shell masked with newly blown sand; it broke with
a crack; Waring woke, and gave chase. The old man
was unarmed, he had noticed that; and then such
a simple-minded, harmless old fellow! But simple-minded,
harmless old fellows do not run like mad
if one happens to wake; so the younger pursued.
He was strong, he was fleet; but the shape was
fleeter, and the space between them grew wider.
Suddenly the shape turned and darted into the
water, running out until only its head was visible
above the surface, a dark spot in the foggy moonlight.
Waring pursued, and saw meanwhile another
dark spot beyond, an empty skiff which came rapidly
inshoreward until it met the head, which forthwith
took to itself a body, clambered in, lifted the oars,
and was gone in an instant. “Well,” said Waring,
still pursuing down the gradual slope of the beach,
“will a phantom bark come at my call, I wonder?

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

At any rate I will go out as far as he did, and see.”
But no; the perfidious beach at this instant shelved
off suddenly and left him afloat in deep water.
Fortunately he was a skilled swimmer, and soon
regained the shore, wet and angry. His dogs were
whimpering at a distance, both securely fastened to
trees, and the light of the fire had died down; evidently
the old Fog was not, after all, so simple as
some other people!

“I might as well see what the old rogue has taken,”
thought Waring; “all the tobacco and whiskey, I 'll
be bound.” But nothing had been touched save the
lump-sugar, the little book, and the picture of Titian's
daughter! Upon this what do you suppose Waring
did? He built a boat.

When it was done, and it took some days and was
nothing but a dug-out after all (the Spirit said that),
he sailed out into the unknown; which being interpreted
means that he paddled southward. From the
conformation of the shore, he judged that he was in a
deep curve, protected in a measure from the force of
wind and wave. “I 'll find that ancient mariner,” he
said to himself, “if I have to circumnavigate the entire
lake. My book of sonnets, indeed, and my Titian picture!
Would nothing else content him? This voyage
I undertake from a pure inborn sense of justice —”

“Now, Waring, you know it is nothing of the kind,”
said the Spirit who had sailed also. “You know you

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

are tired of the woods and dread going back that way,
and you know you may hit a steamer off the islands;
besides, you are curious about this old man who steals
Shakespeare and sugar, leaving tobacco and whiskey
untouched.”

“Spirit,” replied the man at the paddle, “you fairly
corrupt me with your mendacity. Be off and unlimber
yourself in the fog; I see it coming in.”

He did see it indeed; in it rolled upon him in columns,
a soft silvery cloud enveloping everything, the
sunshine, the shore, and the water, so that he paddled
at random, and knew not whither he went, or rather
saw not, since knowing was long since out of the question.
“This is pleasant,” he said to himself when the
morning had turned to afternoon and the afternoon to
night, “and it is certainly new. A stratus of tepid
cloud a thousand miles long and a thousand miles
deep, and a man in a dug-out paddling through!
Sisyphus was nothing to this.” But he made himself
comfortable in a philosophic way, and went to the only
place left to him, — to sleep.

At dawn the sunshine colored the fog golden, but
that was all; it was still fog, and lay upon the dark
water thicker and softer than ever. Waring eat some
dried meat, and considered the possibilities; he had
reckoned without the fog, and now his lookout was
uncomfortably misty. The provisions would not last
more than a week; and though he might catch fish,

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

how could he cook them? He had counted on a shore
somewhere; any land, however desolate, would give
him a fire; but this fog was muffling, and unless he
stumbled ashore by chance he might go on paddling
in a circle forever. “Bien,” he said, summing up, “my
part at any rate is to go on; I, at least, can do my
duty.”

“Especially as there is nothing else to do,” observed
the Spirit.

Having once decided, the man kept at his work with
finical precision. At a given moment he eat a lunch,
and very tasteless it was too, and then to work again;
the little craft went steadily on before the stroke of
the strong arms, its wake unseen, its course unguided.
Suddenly at sunset the fog folded its gray draperies,
spread its wings, and floated off to the southwest, where
that night it rested at Death's Door and sent two
schooners to the bottom; but it left behind it a released
dug-out, floating before a log fortress which
had appeared by magic, rising out of the water with
not an inch of ground to spare, if indeed there was
any ground; for might it not be a species of fresh-water
boat, anchored there for clearer weather?

“Ten more strokes and I should have run into it,”
thought Waring as he floated noiselessly up to this
watery residence; holding on by a jutting beam, he
reconnoitred the premises. The building was of logs,
square, and standing on spiles, its north side, under

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

which he lay, showed a row of little windows all curtained
in white, and from one of them peeped the top
of a rose-bush; there was but one story, and the roof
was flat. Nothing came to any of these windows,
nothing stirred, and the man in the dug-out, being
curious as well as hungry, decided to explore, and
touching the wall at intervals pushed his craft noiselessly
around the eastern corner; but here was a blank
wall of logs and nothing more. The south side was
the same, with the exception of two loopholes, and
the dug-out glided its quietest past these. But the
west shone out radiant, a rude little balcony overhanging
the water, and in it a girl in a mahogany chair,
nibbling something and reading.

“My sugar and my sonnets, as I am alive!” ejaculated
Waring to himself.

The girl took a fresh bite with her little white teeth,
and went on reading in the sunset light.

“Cool,” thought Waring.

And cool she looked truly to a man who had paddled
two days in a hot sticky fog, as, clad in white, she sat
still and placid on her airy perch. Her hair, of the
very light fleecy gold seldom seen after babyhood, hung
over her shoulders unconfined by comb or ribbon, falling
around her like a veil and glittering in the horizontal
sunbeams; her face, throat, and hands were
white as the petals of a white camelia, her features
infantile, her cast-down eyes invisible under the

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

fullorbed lids. Waring gazed at her cynically, his boat
motionless; it accorded with his theories that the only
woman he had seen for months should be calmly eating
and reading stolen sweets. The girl turned a page,
glanced up, saw him, and sprang forward smiling; as
she stood at the balcony, her beautiful hair fell below
her knees.

“Jacob,” she cried, gladly, “is that you at last?”

“No,” replied Waring, “it is not Jacob; rather Esau.
Jacob was too tricky for me. The damsel Rachel, I
presume!”

“My name is Silver,” said the girl, “and I see you
are not Jacob at all. Who are you, then?”

“A hungry, tired man who would like to come
aboard and rest awhile.”

“Aboard? This is not a boat.”

“What then?”

“A castle, — Castle Nowhere.”

“You reside here?”

“Of course; where else should I reside? Is it not
a beautiful place?” said the girl, looking around with
a little air of pride.

“I could tell better if I was up there.”

“Come, then.”

“How?”

“Do you not see the ladder?”

“Ah, yes, — Jacob had a ladder, I remember; he
comes up this way, I suppose?”

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

“He does not; but I wish he would.”

“Undoubtedly. But you are not Leah all this
time?”

“I am Silver, as I told you before; I know not
what you mean with your Leah.”

“But, mademoiselle, your Bible —”

“What is Bible?”

“You have never read the Bible?”

“It is a book, then. I like books,” replied Silver,
waving her hand comprehensively; “I have read five,
and now I have a new one.”

“Do you like it, — your new one?” asked Waring,
glancing towards his property.

“I do not understand it all; perhaps you can explain
to me?”

“I think I can,” answered the young man, smiling
in spite of himself; “that is, if you wish to learn.”

“Is it hard?”

“That depends upon the scholar; now, some
minds —” Here a hideous face looked out through
one of the little windows, and then vanished. “Ah,”
said Waring, pausing, “one of the family?”

“That is Lorez, my dear old nurse.”

The face now came out on to the balcony and
showed itself as part of an old negress, bent and
wrinkled with age.

“He came in a boat, Lorez,” said Silver, “and yet
you see he is not Jacob. But he says he is tired

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

and hungry, so we will have supper now, without
waiting for father.”

The old woman smiled and nodded, stroking the
girl's glittering hair meanwhile with her black hand.

“As soon as the sun has gone it will be very
damp,” said Silver, turning to her guest; “you will
come within. But you have not told me your
name.”

“Jarvis,” replied Waring, promptly.

“Come, then, Jarvis.” And she led the way
through a low door into a long narrow room with a
row of little square windows on each side all covered
with little square white curtains. The walls and
ceiling were planked, and the workmanship of the
whole rude and clumsy; but a gay carpet covered
the floor, a chandelier adorned with lustres hung
from a hook in the ceiling, large gilded vases and a
mirror in a tarnished gilt frame adorned a shelf over
the hearth, mahogany chairs stood in ranks against
the wall under the little windows, and a long narrow
table ran down the centre of the apartment from end
to end. It all seemed strangely familiar; of what
did it remind him? His eyes fell upon the table-legs;
they were riveted to the floor. Then it came to him
at once, — the long narrow cabin of a lake steamer.

“I wonder if it is not anchored after all,” he
thought.

“Just a few shavings and one little stick, Lorez,”

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

said Silver; “enough to give us light and drive away
the damp.”

Up flared the blaze and spread abroad in a moment
the dear home feeling. (O hearth-fire, good
genius of home, with thee a log-cabin is cheery and
bright, without thee the palace a dreary waste!)

“And now, while Lorez is preparing supper, you
will come and see my pets,” said Silver, in her soft
tone of unconscious command.

“By all means,” replied Waring. “Anything in
the way of mermaidens?”

“Mermaidens dwell in the water, they cannot live
in houses as we can; did you not know that? I
have seen them on moonlight nights, and so has Lorez;
but Aunt Shadow never saw them.”

“Another member of the family, — Aunt Shadow?”

“Yes,” replied Silver; “but she is not here now.
She went away one night when I was asleep. I do
not know why it is,” she added, sadly, “but if people
go away from here in the night they never come
back. Will it be so with you, Jarvis?”

“No; for I will take you with me,” replied the
young man, lightly.

“Very well; and father will go too, and Lorez,”
said Silver.

To this addition, Waring, like many another man
in similar circumstances, made no reply. But Silver
did not notice the omission. She had opened a door,

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

and behold, they stood together in a bower of greenery
and blossom, flowers growing everywhere, — on the
floor, up the walls, across the ceiling, in pots, in
boxes, in baskets, on shelves, in cups, in shells, climbing,
crowding each other, swinging, hanging, winding
around everything, — a riot of beauty with perfumes
for a language. Two white gulls stood in the
open window and gravely surveyed the stranger.

“They stay with me almost all the time,” said the
water-maiden; “every morning they fly out to sea
for a while, but they always come back.”

Then she flitted to and fro, kissed the opening
blossoms and talked to them, tying back the more
riotous vines, and gravely admonishing them.

“They are so happy here,” she said; “it was dull
for them on shore. I would not live on the shore!
Would you?”

“Certainly not,” replied Waring, with an air of
having spent his entire life upon a raft. “But you
did not find all these blossoms on the shores about
here, did you?”

“Father found them, — he finds everything; in his
boat almost every night is something for me. I hope
he will come soon; he will be so glad to see you.”

“Will he? I wish I was sure of that,” thought
Waring. Then aloud, “Has he any men with him?”
he asked, carelessly.

“O no; we live here all alone now, — father, Lorez,
and I.”

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

“But you were expecting a Jacob?”

“I have been expecting Jacob for more than two
years. Every night I watch for him, but he comes
not. Perhaps he and Aunt Shadow will come together, —
do you think they will?” said Silver, looking
up into his eyes with a wistful expression.

“Certainly,” replied Waring.

“Now am I glad, so glad! For father and Lorez
will never say so. I think I shall like you, Jarvis.”
And, leaning on a box of mignonette, she considered
him gravely with her little hands folded.

Waring, man of the world, — Waring, who had been
under fire, — Waring the impassive, — Waring the unflinching, —
turned from this scrutiny.

Supper was eaten at one end of the long table; the
dishes, tablecloth, and napkins were marked with an
anchor, the food simple but well cooked.

“Fish, of course, and some common supplies I can
understand,” said the visitor; “but how do you obtain
flour like this, or sugar?”

“Father brings them,” said Silver, “and keeps them
locked in his storeroom. Brown sugar we have always,
but white not always, and I like it so much!
Don't you?”

“No; I care nothing for it,” said Waring, remembering
the few lumps and the little white teeth.

The old negress waited, and peered at the visitor out
of her small bright eyes; every time Silver spoke to

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

her, she broke into a radiance of smiles and nods, but
said nothing.

“She lost her voice some years ago,” explained the
little mistress when the black had gone out for more
coffee; “and now she seems to have forgotten how to
form words, although she understands us.”

Lorez returned, and, after refilling Waring's cup,
placed something shyly beside his plate, and withdrew
into the shadow. “What is it?” said the young man,
examining the carefully folded parcel.

“Why, Lorez, have you given him that!” exclaimed
Silver as he drew out a scarlet ribbon, old and
frayed, but brilliant still. “We think it must have
belonged to her young master,” she continued in a low
tone. “It is her most precious treasure, and long ago
she used to talk about him, and about her old home in
the South.”

The old woman came forward after a while, smiling
and nodding like an animated mummy, and taking the
red ribbon threw it around the young man's neck, knotting
it under the chin. Then she nodded with treble
radiance and made signs of satisfaction.

“Yes, it is becoming,” said Silver, considering the
effect thoughtfully, her small head with its veil of
hair bent to one side, like a flower swayed by the
wind.

The flesh-pots of Egypt returned to Jarvis Waring's
mind; he remembered certain articles of apparel left

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

behind in civilization, and murmured against the wilderness.
Under the pretence of examining the vases,
he took an early opportunity of looking into the round
mirror. “I am hideous,” he said to himself, uneasily.

“Decidedly so,” echoed the Spirit in a cheerful voice.
But he was not; only a strong dark young man of
twenty-eight, browned by exposure, clad in a gray
flannel shirt and the rough attire of a hunter.

The fire on the hearth sparkled gayly. Silver had
brought one of her little white gowns, half finished,
and sat sewing in its light, while the old negress came
and went about her household tasks.

“So you can sew?” said the visitor.

“Of course I can. Aunt Shadow taught me,” answered
the water-maiden, threading her needle deftly.
“There is no need to do it, for I have so many
dresses; but I like to sew, don't you?”

“I cannot say that I do. Have you so many dresses,
then?”

“Yes; would you like to see them? Wait.”

Down went the little gown trailing along the floor,
and away she flew, coming back with her arms full,—
silks, muslins, laces, and even jewelry. “Are they
not beautiful?” she asked, ranging her splendor over
the chairs.

“They are indeed,” said Waring, examining the
garments with curious eyes. “Where did you get
them?”

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

“Father brought them. O, there he is now, there he
is now! I hear the oars. Come, Lorez.”

She ran out; the old woman hastened, carrying a
brand from the hearth; and after a moment Waring
followed them. “I may as well face the old rogue at
once,” he thought.

The moon had not risen and the night was dark;
under the balcony floated a black object, and Lorez,
leaning over, held out her flaming torch. The face of
the old rogue came out into the light under its yellow
handkerchief, but so brightened and softened by loving
gladness that the gazer above hardly knew it. “Are
you there, darling, well and safe?” said the old man,
looking up fondly as he fastened his skiff.

“Yes, father; here I am and so glad to see you,”
replied the water-maiden, waiting at the top of the
ladder. “We have a visitor, father dear; are you not
glad, so glad to see him?”

The two men came face to face, and the elder started
back. “What are you doing here?” he said, sternly.

“Looking for my property.”

“Take it, and begone!”

“I will, to-morrow.”

All this apart, and with the rapidity of lightning.

“His name is Jarvis, father, and we must keep him
with us,” said Silver.

“Yes, dear, as long as he wishes to stay; but no
doubt he has home and friends waiting for him.”

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

They went within, Silver leading the way. Old
Fog's eyes gleamed and his hands were clinched. The
younger man watched him warily.

“I have been showing Jarvis all my dresses, father,
and he thinks them beautiful.”

“They certainly are remarkable,” observed Waring,
coolly.

Old Fog's hands dropped, he glanced nervously towards
the visitor.

“What have you brought for me to-night, father
dear?”

“Nothing, child; that is, nothing of any consequence.
But it is growing late; run off to your
nest.”

“O no, papa; you have had no supper, nor —”

“I am not hungry. Go, child, go; do not grieve
me,” said the old man in a low tone.

“Grieve you? Dear papa, never!” said the girl,
her voice softening to tenderness in a moment. “I
will run straight to my room. — Come, Lorez.”

The door closed. “Now for us two,” thought Waring.

But the cloud had passed from old Fog's face, and
he drew up his chair confidentially. “You see how
it is,” he began in an apologetic tone; “that child is the
darling of my life, and I could not resist taking those
things for her; she has so few books, and she likes
those little lumps of sugar.”

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

“And the Titian picture?” said Waring, watching
him doubtfully.

“A father's foolish pride; I knew she was lovelier,
but I wanted to see the two side by side. She is lovelier,
is n't she?”

“I do not think so.”

“Don't you?” said old Fog in a disappointed tone.
“Well, I suppose I am foolish about her; we live here
all alone, you see: my sister brought her up.”

“The Aunt Shadow who has gone away?”

“Yes; she was my sister, and — and she went away
last year,” said the old man. “Have a pipe?”

“I should think you would find it hard work to live
here.”

“I do; but a poor man cannot choose. I hunt, fish,
and get out a few furs sometimes; I traffic with the
Beaver Island people now and then. I bought all this
furniture in that way; you would not think it, but they
have a great many nice things down at Beaver.”

“It looks like steamboat furniture.”

“That is it; it is. A steamer went to pieces down
there, and they saved almost all her furniture and
stores; they are very good sailors, the Beavers.”

“Wreckers, perhaps?”

“Well, I would not like to say that; you know we
do have terrible storms on these waters. And then
there is the fog; this part of Lake Michigan is foggy
half the time, why, I never could guess; but twelve

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

hours out of the twenty-four the gray mist lies on the
water here and outside, shifting slowly backwards and
forwards from Little Traverse to Death's Door, and up
into this curve, like a waving curtain. Those silks,
now, came from the steamer; trunks, you know. But
I have never told Silver; she might ask where were
the people to whom they belonged. You do not like
the idea? Neither do I. But how could we help the
drowning when we were not there, and these things
were going for a song down at Beaver. The child
loves pretty things; what could a poor man do?
Have a glass of punch; I 'll get it ready in no time.”
He bustled about, and then came back with the full
glasses. “You won't tell her? I may have done
wrong in the matter, but it would kill me to have the
child lose faith in me,” he said, humbly.

“Are you going to keep the girl shut up here forever?”
said Waring, half touched, half disgusted; the
old fellow had looked abject as he pleaded.

“That is it; no,” said Fog, eagerly. “She has been
but a child all this time, you see, and my sister taught
her well. We did the best we could. But as soon as
I have a little more, just a little more, I intend to
move to one of the towns down the lake, and have
a small house and everything comfortable. I have
planned it all out, I shall have —”

He rambled on, garrulously detailing all his fancies
and projects while the younger man sipped his punch

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

(which was very good), listened until he was tired, fell
into a doze, woke and listened awhile longer, and
then, wearied out, proposed bed.

“Certainly. But, as I was saying —”

“I can hear the rest to-morrow,” said Waring, rising
with scant courtesy.

“I am sorry you go so soon; could n't you stay a
few days?” said the old man, lighting a brand. “I am
going over to-morrow to the shore where I met you.
I have some traps there; you might enjoy a little
hunting.”

“I have had too much of that already. I must
get my dogs, and then I should like to hit a steamer
or vessel going below.”

“Nothing easier; we 'll go over after the dogs early
in the morning, and then I 'll take you right down
to the islands if the wind is fair. Would you like to
look around the castle, — I am going to draw up the
ladders. No? This way, then; here is your room.”

It was a little side-chamber with one window high
up over the water; there was an iron bolt on the
door, and the walls of bare logs were solid. Waring
stood his gun in one corner, and laid his pistols by
the side of the bed, — for there was a bed, only a rude
framework like a low-down shelf, but covered with
mattress and sheets none the less, — and his weary
body longed for those luxuries with a longing that only
the wilderness can give, — the wilderness with its beds

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

of boughs, and no undressing. The bolt and the logs
shut him in safely; he was young and strong, and
there were his pistols. “Unless they burn down their
old castle,” he said to himself, “they cannot harm
me.” And then he fell to thinking of the lovely
childlike girl, and his heart grew soft. “Poor old
man,” he said, “how he must have worked and stolen
and starved to keep her safe and warm in this far-away
nest of his hidden in the fogs! I won't betray
the old fellow, and I 'll go to-morrow. Do you
hear that, Jarvis Waring? I 'll go to-morrow!”

And then the Spirit, who had been listening as
usual, folded himself up silently and flew away.

To go to sleep in a bed, and awake in an open boat
drifting out to sea, is startling. Waring was not without
experiences, startling and so forth, but this exceeded
former sensations; when a bear had him, for
instance, he at least understood it, but this was not
a bear, but a boat. He examined the craft as well as
he could in the darkness. “Evidently boats in some
shape or other are the genii of this region,” he said;
“they come shooting ashore from nowhere, they sail
in at a signal without oars, canvas, or crew, and now
they have taken to kidnapping. It is foggy too, I 'll
warrant; they are in league with the fogs.” He
looked up, but could see nothing, not even a star.
“What does it all mean anyway? Where am I?
Who am I? Am I anybody? Or has the body gone

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

and left me only an any?” But no one answered.
Finding himself partly dressed, with the rest of his
clothes at his feet, he concluded that he was not yet
a spirit; in one of his pockets was a match, he struck
it and came back to reality in its flash. The boat
was his own dug-out, and he himself and no other
was in it: so far, so good. Everything else, however,
was fog and night. He found the paddle and began
work. “We shall see who will conquer,” he thought,
doggedly, “Fate or I!” So he paddled on an hour
or more.

Then the wind arose and drove the fog helter-skelter
across to Green Bay, where the gray ranks
curled themselves down and lay hidden until morning.
“I 'll go with the wind,” thought Waring, “it
must take me somewhere in time.” So he changed
his course and paddled on. The wind grew strong,
then stronger. He could see a few stars now as the
ragged dark clouds scudded across the heavens, and he
hoped for the late moon. The wind grew wild, then
wilder. It took all his skill to manage his clumsy
boat. He no longer asked himself where he was or
who; he knew, — a man in the grasp of death. The
wind was a gale now, and the waves were pressed
down flat by its force as it flew along. Suddenly
the man at the paddle, almost despairing, espied a
light, high up, steady, strong. “A lighthouse on one
of the islands,” he said, and steered for it with all

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

his might. Good luck was with him; in half an
hour he felt the beach under him, and landed on a
shore; but the light he saw no longer. “I must be
close in under it,” he thought. In the train of the
gale came thunder and lightning. Waring sat under
a bush watching the powers of the air in conflict,
he saw the fury of their darts and heard the
crash of their artillery, and mused upon the wonders
of creation, and the riddle of man's existence. Then
a flash came, different from the others in that it
brought the human element upon the scene; in its
light he saw a vessel driving helplessly before the gale.
Down from his spirit-heights he came at once, and all
the man within him was stirred for those on board,
who, whether or not they had ever perplexed themselves
over the riddle of their existence, no doubt
now shrank from the violent solution offered to
them. But what could he do? He knew nothing
of the shore, and yet there must be a harbor somewhere,
for was there not the light? Another flash
showed the vessel still nearer, drifting broadside on;
involuntarily he ran out on the long sandy point
where it seemed that soon she must strike. But
sooner came a crash, and a grinding sound; there
was a reef outside then, and she was on it, the rocks
cutting her, and the waves pounding her down on
their merciless edges. “Strange!” he thought. “The
harbor must be on the other side I suppose, and yet

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

it seems as though I came this way.” Looking around,
there was the light high up behind him, burning
clearly and strongly, while the vessel was breaking
to pieces below. “It is a lure,” he said, indignantly,
“a false light.” In his wrath he spoke aloud; suddenly
a shape came out of the darkness, cast him down, and
tightened a grasp around his throat. “I know you,”
he muttered, strangling. One hand was free, he drew
out his pistol, and fired; the shape fell back. It
was old Fog. Wounded? Yes, badly.

Waring found his tinder-box, made a blaze of drift-wood,
and bound up the bleeding arm and leg
roughly. “Wretch,” he said, “you set that light.”

Old Fog nodded.

“Can anything be done for the men on board?
Answer, or I 'll end your miserable life at once; I
don't know why, indeed, I have tried to save it.”

Old Fog shook his head. “Nothing,” he murmured;
“I know every inch of the reef and shore.”

Another flash revealed for an instant the doomed
vessel, and Waring raged at his own impotence as
he strode to and fro, tears of anger and pity in his
eyes. The old man watched him anxiously. “There
are not more than six of them,” he said; “it was
only a small schooner.”

“Silence!” shouted Waring; “each man of the six
now suffering and drowning is worth a hundred of such
as you!”

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

“That may be,” said Fog.

Half an hour afterwards he spoke again. “They 're
about gone now, the water is deadly cold up here.
The wind will go down soon, and by daylight the
things will be coming ashore; you 'll see to them,
won't you?”

“I 'll see to nothing, murderer!”

“And if I die, what are you?”

“An avenger.”

“Silver must die too then; there is but little in
the house, she will soon starve. It was for her that
I came out to-night.”

“I will take her away; not for your sake, but for
hers.”

“How can you find her?”

“As soon as it is daylight I will sail over.”

“Over? Over where? That is it, you do not
know,” said the old man, eagerly, raising himself on
his unwounded arm. “You might row and sail
about here for days, and I 'll warrant you 'd never
find the castle; it 's hidden away more carefully than
a nest in the reeds, trust me for that. The way lies
through a perfect tangle of channels and islands and
marshes, and the fog is sure for at least a good half
of the time. The sides of the castle towards the
channel show no light at all; and even when you 're
once through the outlying islets, the only approach
is masked by a movable bed of sedge which I

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

contrived, and which turns you skilfully back into the
marsh by another way. No; you might float around
there for days, but you 'd never find the castle.”

“I found it once.”

“That was because you came from the north shore.
I did not guard that side, because no one has ever
come that way; you remember how quickly I saw
your light and rowed over to find out what it was.
But you are miles away from there now.”

The moon could not pierce the heavy clouds, and
the night continued dark. At last the dawn came
slowly up the east and showed an angry sea, and an
old man grayly pallid on the sands near the dying
fire; of the vessel nothing was to be seen.

“The things will be coming ashore, the things will
be coming ashore,” muttered the old man, his anxious
eyes turned towards the water that lay on a
level with his face; he could not raise himself now.
“Do you see things coming ashore?”

Waring looked searchingly at him. “Tell me the
truth,” he said, “has the girl no boat?”

“No.”

“Will any one go to rescue her; does any one know
of the castle?”

“Not a human being on this earth.”

“And that aunt, — that Jacob?”

“Did n't you guess it? They are both dead. I
rowed them out by night and buried them, — my

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

poor old sister, and the boy who had been our serving-lad.
The child knows nothing of death. I told
her they had gone away.”

“Is there no way for her to cross to the islands or
mainland?”

“No; there is a circle of deep water all around the
castle, outside.”

“I see nothing for it, then, but to try and save your
justly forfeited life,” said Waring, kneeling down with
an expression of repugnance. He was something of a
surgeon, and knew what he was about. His task over,
he made up the fire, warmed some food, fed the old
man, and helped his waning strength with the contents
of his flask. “At least you placed all my property in
the dug-out before you set me adrift,” he said; “may
I ask your motive?”

“I did not wish to harm you; only to get rid of
you. You had provisions, and your chances were as
good as many you had had in the woods.”

“But I might have found my way back to your
castle?”

“Once outside, you could never do that,” replied the
old man, securely.

“I could go back along-shore.”

“There are miles of piny-wood swamps where the
streams come down; no, you could not do it, unless
you went away round to Lake Superior again, and
struck across the country as you did before. That

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

would take you a month or two, and the summer is
almost over. You would not risk a Northern snow-storm,
I reckon. But say, do you see things coming
ashore?”

“The poor bodies will come, no doubt,” said Waring,
sternly.

“Not yet; and they don't often come in here, any
way; they 're more likely to drift out to sea.”

“Miserable creature, this is not the first time, then!”

“Only four times, — only four times in fifteen long
years, and then only when she was close to starvation,”
pleaded the old man. “The steamer was honestly
wrecked, — the Anchor, of the Buffalo line, — honestly,
I do assure you; and what I gathered from her—
she did not go to pieces for days — lasted me a
long time, besides furnishing the castle. It was a god-send
to me, that steamer. You must not judge me,
boy; I work, I slave, I go hungry and cold, to keep
her happy and warm. But times come when everything
fails and starvation is at the door. She never
knows it, none of them ever knew it, for I keep the
keys and amuse them with little mysteries; but, as
God is my judge, the wolf has been at the door, and
is there this moment unless I have luck. Fish?
There are none in shore where they can catch them.
Why do I not fish for them? I do; but my darling
is not accustomed to coarse fare, her delicate life
must be delicately nourished. O, you do not know,

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

you do not know! I am growing old, and my hands
and eyes are not what they were. That very night
when I came home and found you there, I had just
lost overboard my last supplies, stored so long, husbanded
so carefully! If I could walk, I would show
you my cellar and storehouse back in the woods.
Many things that they have held were honestly
earned, by my fish and my game, and one thing and
another. I get out timber and raft it down to the
islands sometimes, although the work is too hard for
an old man alone; and I trade my furs off regularly
at the settlements on the islands and even along the
mainland, — a month's work for a little flour or sugar.
Ah, how I have labored! I have felt my muscles
crack, I have dropped like a log from sheer weariness.
Talk of tortures; which of them have I not felt, with
the pains and faintness of exposure and hunger racking
me from head to foot? Have I stopped for snow
and ice? Have I stopped for anguish? Never; I
have worked, worked, worked, with the tears of pain
rolling down my cheeks, with my body gnawed by
hunger. That night, in some way, the boxes slipped
and fell overboard as I was shifting them; just slipped
out of my grasp as if on purpose, they knowing all
the time that they were my last. Home I came,
empty-handed, and found you there! I would have
taken your supplies, over on the north beach, that
night, yes, without pity, had I not felt sure of those

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

last boxes; but I never rob needlessly. You look at
me with scorn? You are thinking of those dead men?
But what are they to Silver, — the rough common
fellows, — and the wolf standing at the castle door!
Believe me, though, I try everything before I resort
to this, and only twice out of the four times have
I caught anything with my tree-hung light; once it
was a vessel loaded with provisions, and once it was
a schooner with grain from Chicago, which washed
overboard and was worthless. O, the bitter day
when I stood here in the biting wind and watched
it float by out to sea! But say, has anything come
ashore? She will be waking soon, and we have miles
to go.”

But Waring did not answer; he turned away. The
old man caught at his feet. “You are not going,” he
cried in a shrill voice, — “you are not going? Leave
me to die, — that is well; the sun will come and burn
me, thirst will come and madden me, these wounds
will torture me, and all is no more than I deserve.
But Silver? If I die, she dies. If you forsake me,
you forsake her. Listen; do you believe in your
Christ, the dear Christ? Then, in his name I swear
to you that you cannot reach her alone, that only I
can guide you to her. O save me, for her sake! Must
she suffer and linger and die? O God, have pity and
soften his heart!” The voice died away in sobs, the
weak slow sobs of an old man.

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

But Waring, stern in avenging justice, drew himself
from the feeble grasp, and walked down towards
the boats. He did not intend fairly to desert the miserable
old creature. He hardly knew what he intended,
but his impulse was to put more space between them,
between himself and this wretch who gathered his
evil living from dead men's bones. So he stood gazing
out to sea. A faint cry roused him, and, turning,
he saw that the old man had dragged himself half
across the distance between them, marking the way
with his blood, for the bandages were loosened by his
movements. As Waring turned, he held up his hands,
cried aloud, and fell as if dead on the sands. “I am
a brute,” said Waring. Then he went to work and
brought back consciousness, rebound the wounds, lifted
the body in his strong arms and bore it down the
beach. A sail-boat lay in a cove, with a little skiff in
tow. Waring arranged a couch in the bottom, and
placed the old man in an easy position on an impromptu
pillow made of his coat. Fog opened his
eyes. “Anything come ashore?” he asked faintly, trying
to turn his head towards the reef. Conquering
his repugnance, the young man walked out on the
long point. There was nothing there; but farther
down the coast barrels were washing up and back
in the surf, and one box had stranded in shallow
water. “Am I, too, a wrecker?” he asked himself,
as with much toil and trouble he secured the booty

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

and examined it. Yes, the barrels contained provisions.

Old Fog, revived by the sight, lay propped at the
stern, giving directions. Waring found himself a child
obeying the orders of a wiser head. The load on
board, the little skiff carrying its share behind, the
young man set sail and away they flew over the
angry water; old Fog watching the sky, the sail, and
the rudder, guiding their course with a word now and
then, but silent otherwise.

“Shall we see the castle soon?” asked Waring, after
several hours had passed.

“We may be there by night, if the wind does n't
shift.”

“Have we so far to go, then? Why, I came across
in the half of a night.”

“Add a day to the half and you have it. I let you
down at dawn and towed you out until noon; then I
spied that sail beating up, and I knew there would be
a storm by night, and — and things were desperate
with me. So I cast you off and came over to set the
light. It was a chance I did not count on, that your
dug-out should float this way; I calculated that she
would beach you safely on an island farther to the
south.”

“And all this time, when you were letting me
down — By the way, how did you do it?”

“Lifted a plank in the floor.”

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

“When you were letting me down, and towing
me out, and calculating chances, what was I, may I
ask?”

“O, just a body asleep, that was all; your punch
was drugged, and well done too! Of course I could
not have you at the castle; that was plain.”

They flew on a while longer, and then veered short
to the left. “This boat sails well,” said Waring, “and
that is your skiff behind I see. Did you whistle for
it that night?”

“I let it out by a long cord while you went after the
game-bag, and the shore-end I fastened to a little stake
just under the edge of the water on that long slope
of beach. I snatched it up as I ran out, and kept hauling
in until I met it. You fell off that ledge, did n't
you? I calculated on that. You see I had found out
all I wanted to know; the only thing I feared was
some plan for settling along that shore, or exploring it
for something. It is my weak side; if you had climbed
up one of those tall trees you might have caught sight
of the castle, — that is, if there was no fog.”

“Will the fog come up now?”

“Hardly; the storm has been too heavy. I suppose
you know what day it is?” continued the old man,
peering up at his companion from under his shaggy
eyebrows.

“No; I have lost all reckonings of time and place.”

“Purposely?”

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

“Yes.”

“You are worse than I am, then; I keep a reckoning,
although I do not show it. To-day is Sunday, but
Silver does not know it; all days are alike to her.
Silver has never heard of the Bible,” he added, slowly.

“Yes, she has, for I told her.”

“You told her!” cried old Fog, wringing his hands.

“Be quiet, or you will disturb those bandages again.
I only asked her if she had read the book, and she
said no; that was all. But supposing it had not been
all, what then? Would it harm her to know of the
Bible?”

“It would harm her to lose faith in me.”

“Then why have you not told her yourself?”

“I left her to grow up as the flowers grow,” said old
Fog, writhing on his couch. “Is she not pure and
good? Ah, a thousand times more than any church
or school could make her!”

“And yet you have taught her to read?”

“I knew not what might happen. I could not
expose her defenceless in a hard world. Religion is
fancy, but education is like an armor. I cannot tell
what may happen.”

“True. You may die, you know; you are an old
man.”

The old man turned away his face.

They sailed on, eating once or twice; afternoon
came, and then an archipelago closed in around them;

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

the sail was down, and the oars out. Around and
through, across and back, in and out they wound, now
rowing, now poling, and now and then the sail hoisted
to scud across a space of open water. Old Fog's face
had grown gray again, and the lines had deepened
across his haggard cheek and set mouth; his strength
was failing. At last they came to a turn, broad and
smooth like a canal. “Now I will hoist the sail
again,” said Waring.

But old Fog shook his head. “That turn leads directly
back into the marsh,” he said. “Take your oar
and push against the sedge in front.”

The young man obeyed, and lo! it moved slowly
aside and disclosed a narrow passage westward; through
this they poled their way along to open water, then
set the sail, rounded a point, and came suddenly
upon the castle. “Well, I am glad we are here,” said
Waring.

Fog had fallen back. “Promise,” he whispered with
gray lips, — “promise that you will not betray me to
the child.” And his glazing eyes fixed themselves on
Waring's face with the mute appeal of a dying animal
in the hands of its captor.

“I promise,” said Waring.

But the old man did not die; he wavered, lingered,
then slowly rallied, — very slowly. The weeks had
grown into a month and two before he could manage
his boat again. In the mean time Waring hunted and

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

fished for the household, and even sailed over to the
reef with Fog on a bed in the bottom of the boat,
coming back loaded with the spoil; not once only, not
twice did he go; and at last he knew the way, even
through the fog, and came and went alone, bringing
home the very planks and beams of the ill-fated
schooner. “They will make a bright fire in the evenings,”
he said. The dogs lived on the north shore, went
hunting when their master came over, and the rest of
the time possessed their souls in patience. And what
possessed Waring, do you ask? His name for it was
“necessity.” “Of course I cannot leave them to
starve,” he said to himself.

Silver came and went about the castle, at first wilfully,
then submissively, then shyly. She had folded
away all her finery in wondering silence, for Waring's
face had shown disapproval, and now she wore always
her simple white gown. “Can you not put up your
hair?” he had asked one day; and from that moment
the little head appeared crowned with braids. She
worked among her flowers and fed her gulls as usual,
but she no longer talked to them or told them stories.
In the evenings they all sat around the hearth, and
sometimes the little maiden sang; Waring had taught
her new songs. She knew the sonnets now, and
chanted them around the castle to tunes of her own;
Shakespeare would not have known his stately measures,
dancing along to her rippling melodies.

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

The black face of Orange shone and simmered with
glee; she nodded perpetually, and crooned and laughed
to herself over her tasks by the hour together, — a low
chuckling laugh of exceeding content.

And did Waring ever stop to think? I know not.
If he did, he forgot the thoughts when Silver came and
sat by him in the evening with the light of the hearth-fire
shining over her. He scarcely saw her at other
times, except on her balcony, or at her flower-window
as he came and went in his boat below; but in the
evenings she sat beside him in her low chair, and laid
sometimes her rose-leaf palm in his rough brown hand,
or her pretty head against his arm. Old Fog sat by
always; but he said little, and his face was shaded by
his hand.

The early autumn gales swept over the lakes, leaving
wreck and disaster behind; but the crew of the castle
stayed safely at home and listened to the tempest cosily,
while the flowers bloomed on, and the gulls brought
all their relations and colonized the balcony and window-sills,
fed daily by the fair hand of Silver. And
Waring went not.

Then the frosts came, and turned the forests into
splendor; they rowed over and brought out branches,
and Silver decked the long room with scarlet and gold.
And Waring went not.

The dreary November rains began, the leaves fell,
and the dark water surged heavily; but a store of

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

wood was piled on the flat roof, and the fire on the
hearth blazed high. And still Waring went not.

At last the first ice appeared, thin flakes forming
around the log foundations of the castle; then old Fog
spoke. “I am quite well now, quite strong again; you
must go to-day, or you will find yourself frozen in here.
As it is, you may hit a late vessel off the islands that
will carry you below. I will sail over with you, and
bring back the boat.”

“But you are not strong enough yet,” said Waring,
bending over his work, a shelf he was carving for Silver;
“I cannot go and leave you here alone.”

“It is either go now, or stay all winter. You do
not, I presume, intend to make Silver your wife, —
Silver, the daughter of Fog the wrecker.”

Waring's hands stopped; never before had the old
man's voice taken that tone, never before had he even
alluded to the girl as anything more than a child. On
the contrary, he had been silent, he had been humble,
he had been openly grateful to the strong young man
who had taken his place on sea and shore, and kept
the castle full and warm. “What new thing is this?”
thought Waring, and asked the same.

“Is it new?” said Fog. “I thought it old, very old.
I mean no mystery, I speak plainly. You helped me
in my great strait, and I thank you; perhaps it will be
counted unto you for good in the reckoning up of your
life. But I am strong again, and the ice is forming.

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

You can have no intention of making Silver your
wife?”

Waring looked up, their eyes met. “No,” he replied
slowly, as though the words were being dragged out of
him by the magnetism of the old man's gaze, “I certainly
have no such intention.”

Nothing more was said; soon Waring rose and went
out. But Silver spied him from her flower-room, and
came down to the sail-boat where it lay at the foot of
the ladder. “You are not going out this cold day,”
she said, standing by his side as he busied himself
over the rigging. She was wrapped in a fur mantle,
with a fur cap on her head, and her rough little shoes
were fur-trimmed. Waring made no reply. “But I
shall not allow it,” continued the maiden, gayly. “Am
I not queen of this castle? You yourself have said it
many a time. You cannot go, Jarvis; I want you
here.” And with her soft hands she blinded him
playfully.

“Silver, Silver,” called old Fog's voice above, “come
within; I want you.”

After that the two men were very crafty in their
preparations.

The boat ready, Waring went the rounds for the last
time. He brought down wood for several days and
stacked it, he looked again at all the provisions and
reckoned them over; then he rowed to the north shore,
visited his traps, called out the dogs from the little

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

house he had made for them, and bade them good by.
“I shall leave you for old Fog,” he said; “be good
dogs, and bring in all you can for the castle.”

The dogs wagged their tails, and waited politely on
the beach until he was out of sight; but they did not
seem to believe his story, and went back to their house
tranquilly without a howl. The day passed as usual.
Once the two men happened to meet in the passageway.
“Silver seems restless, we must wait till darkness,”
said Fog in a low tone.

“Very well,” replied Waring.

At midnight they were off, rowing over the black
water in the sail-boat, hoping for a fair wind at dawn,
as the boat was heavy. They journeyed but slowly
through the winding channel, leaving the sedge-gate
open; no danger now from intruders; the great giant,
Winter, had swallowed all lesser foes. It was cold,
very cold, and they stopped awhile at dawn on the
edge of the marsh, the last shore, to make a fire and
heat some food before setting sail for the islands.

“Good God!” cried Waring.

A boat was coming after them, a little skiff they
both knew, and in it, paddling, in her white dress, sat
Silver, her fur mantle at her feet where it had fallen
unnoticed. They sprang to meet her, knee-deep in the
icy water; but Waring was first, and lifted her slight
form in his arms.

“I have found you, Jarvis,” she murmured, laying

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

her head down upon his shoulder; then the eyes closed,
and the hand she had tried to clasp around his neck
fell lifeless. Close to the fire, wrapped in furs, Waring
held her in his arms, while the old man bent over her,
chafing her hands and little icy feet, and calling her
name in an agony.

“Let her but come back to life, and I will say not
one word, not one word more,” he cried with tears.
“Who am I that I should torture her? You shall
go back with us, and I will trust it all to God, — all
to God.”

“But what if I will not go back, what if I will not
accept your trust?” said Waring, turning his head
away from the face pillowed on his breast.

“I do not trust you, I trust God; he will guard
her.”

“I believe he will,” said the young man, half to
himself. And then they bore her home, not knowing
whether her spirit was still with them, or already gone
to that better home awaiting it in the next country.

That night the thick ice came, and the last vessels
fled southward. But in the lonely little castle there
was joy; for the girl was saved, barely, with fever,
with delirium, with long prostration, but saved!

When weeks had passed, and she was in her low
chair again, propped with cushions, pallid as a snow-drop,
weak and languid, but still there, she told her
story, simply and without comprehension of its meaning.

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

“I could not rest that night,” she said, “I know not
why; so I dressed softly and slipped past Orange
asleep on her mattress by my door, and found you
both gone, — you, father, and you, Jarvis. You never
go out at night, and it was very cold; and Jarvis had
taken his bag and his knapsack, and all the little
things I know so well. His gun was gone from the
wall, his clothes from his empty room, and that picture
of the girl holding up the fruit was not on his
table. From that I knew that something had happened;
for it is dear to Jarvis, that picture of the girl,”
said Silver with a little quiver in her voice. With a
quick gesture Waring drew the picture from his pocket
and threw it into the fire; it blazed, and was gone in
a moment. “Then I went after you,” said Silver with
a little look of gratitude. “I know the passage through
the south channels, and something told me you had
gone that way. It was very cold.”

That was all, no reasoning, no excuse, no embarrassment;
the flight of the little sea-bird straight to its
mate.

Life flowed on again in the old channel, Fog quiet,
Silver happy, and Waring in a sort of dream. Winter
was full upon them, and the castle beleaguered with his
white armies both below and above, on the water and
in the air. The two men went ashore on the ice now,
and trapped and hunted daily, the dogs following.
Fagots were cut and rough roads made through the

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

forest. One would have supposed they were planning
for a lifelong residence, the young man and the old,
as they came and went together, now on the snow-crust,
now plunging through breast-deep into the light
dry mass. One day Waring said, “Let me see your
reckoning. Do you know that to-morrow will be
Christmas?”

“Silver knows nothing of Christmas,” said Fog,
roughly.

“Then she shall know,” replied Waring.

Away he went to the woods and brought back evergreen.
In the night he decked the cabin-like room,
and with infinite pains constructed a little Christmas-tree
and hung it with everything he could collect or
contrive.

“It is but a poor thing, after all,” he said, gloomily,
as he stood alone surveying his work. It was indeed
a shabby little tree, only redeemed from ugliness by a
white cross poised on the green summit; this cross
glittered and shone in the firelight, — it was cut from
solid ice.

“Perhaps I can help you,” said old Fog's voice behind.
“I did not show you this, for fear it would
anger you, but — but there must have been a child on
board after all.” He held a little box of toys, carefully
packed as if by a mother's hand, — common toys, for
she was only the captain's wife, and the schooner a
small one; the little waif had floated ashore by itself,
and Fog had seen and hidden it.

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

Waring said nothing, and the two men began to tie
on the toys in silence. But after a while they warmed
to their work and grew eager to make it beautiful; the
old red ribbon that Orange had given was considered
a precious treasure-trove, and, cut in fragments, it
gayly held the little wooden toys in place on the green
boughs.

Fog, grown emulous, rifled the cupboards and found
small cakes freshly baked by the practised hand of the
old cook; these he hung exultingly on the higher
boughs. And now the little tree was full, and stood
bravely in its place at the far end of the long room,
while the white cross looked down on the toys of the
drowned child and the ribbon of the slave, and seemed
to sanctify them for their new use.

Great was the surprise of Silver the next morning,
and many the questions she asked. Out in the world,
they told her, it was so; trees like that were decked
for children.

“Am I a child?” said Silver, thoughtfully; “what
do you think, papa?”

“What do you think?” said Waring, turning the
question.

“I hardly know; sometimes I think I am, and sometimes
not; but it is of no consequence what I am as
long as I have you, — you and papa. Tell me more
about the little tree, Jarvis. What does it mean?
What is that white shining toy on the top? Is there
a story about it?”

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

“Yes, there is a story; but — but it is not I who
should tell it to you,” replied the young man, after a
moment's hesitation.

“Why not? Whom have I in all the world to tell
me, save you?” said fondly the sweet child-voice.

They did not take away the little Christmas-tree,
but left it on its pedestal at the far end of the long
room through the winter; and as the cross melted
slowly, a new one took its place, and shone aloft in
the firelight. But its story was not told.

February came, and with it a February thaw; the
ice stirred a little, and the breeze coming over the
floes was singularly mild. The arctic winds and the
airs from the Gulf Stream had met and mingled, and
the gray fog appeared again, waving to and fro.
“Spring has come,” said Silver; “there is the dear
fog.” And she opened the window of the flower-room,
and let out a little bird.

“It will find no resting-place for the sole of its
foot, for the snow is over the face of the whole earth,”
said Waring. “Our ark has kept us cosily through
bitter weather, has it not, little one?” (He had
adopted a way of calling her so.)

“Ark,” said Silver; “what is that?”

“Well,” answered Waring, looking down into her
blue eyes as they stood together at the little window,
“it was a watery residence like this; and if Japheth,—
he was always my favorite of the three — had

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

had you there, my opinion is that he would never
have come down at all, but would have resided permanently
on Ararat.”

Silver looked up into his face with a smile, not
understanding what he said, nor asking to understand;
it was enough for her that he was there. And
as she gazed her violet eyes grew so deep, so soft,
that the man for once (give him credit, it was the
first time) took her into his arms. “Silver,” he
whispered, bending over her, “do you love me?”

“Yes,” she answered in her simple, unconscious
way, “you know I do, Jarvis.”

No color deepened in her fair face under his ardent
gaze; and, after a moment, he released her, almost
roughly. The next day he told old Fog that he
was going.

“Where?”

“Somewhere, this time. I 've had enough of Nowhere.”

“Why do you go?”

“Do you want the plain truth, old man? Here
it is, then: I am growing too fond of that girl, — a
little more and I shall not be able to leave her.”

“Then stay; she loves you.”

“A child's love.”

“She will develop —”

“Not into my wife if I know myself,” said Waring,
curtly.

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

Old Fog sat silent a moment. “Is she not lovely
and good?” he said in a low voice.

“She is; but she is your daughter as well.”

“She is not.”

“She is not! What then?

“I — I do not know; I found her, a baby, by the
wayside.”

“A foundling! So much the better, that is even
a step lower,” said the younger man, laughing roughly.
And the other crept away as though he had been
struck.

Waring set about his preparations. This time Silver
did not suspect his purpose. She had passed out
of the quick, intuitive watchfulness of childhood.
During these days she had taken up the habit of
sitting by herself in the flower-room, ostensibly with
her book or sewing; but when they glanced in through
the open door, her hands were lying idle on her lap
and her eyes fixed dreamily on some opening blossom.
Hours she sat thus, without stirring.

Waring's plan was a wild one; no boat could sail
through the ice, no foot could cross the wide rifts made
by the thaw, and weeks of the bitterest weather still
lay between them and the spring. “Along-shore,”
he said.

“And die of cold and hunger,” answered Fog.

“Old man, why are you not afraid of me?” said
Waring, pausing in his work with a lowering glance.

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

“Am I not stronger than you, and the master, if I
so choose, of your castle of logs?”

“But you will not so choose.”

“Do not trust me too far!”

“I do not trust you, — but God.”

“For a wrecker and a murderer, you have, I must
say, a remarkably serene conscience,” sneered Waring.

Again the old man shrank, and crept silently away.

But when in the early dawn a dark figure stood on
the ice adjusting its knapsack, a second figure stole
down the ladder. “Will you go, then,” it said, “go
and leave the child?”

“She is no child,” answered the younger man, sternly;
“and you know it.”

“To me she is.”

“I care not what she is to you; but she shall not
be more to me.”

“More to you?”

“No more than any other pretty piece of waxwork,”
replied Waring, striding away into the gray
mist.

Silver came to breakfast radiant, her small head
covered from forehead to throat with the winding
braids of gold, her eyes bright, her cheeks faintly
tinged with the icy water of her bath. “Where is
Jarvis?” she asked.

“Gone hunting,” replied old Fog.

“For all day?”

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

“Yes; and perhaps for all night. The weather is
quite mild, you know.”

“Yes, papa. But I hope it will soon be cold again;
he cannot stay out long then,” said the girl, gazing out
over the ice with wistful eyes.

The danger was over for that day; but the next
morning there it was again, and with it the bitter
cold.

“He must come home soon now,” said Silver, confidently,
melting the frost on one of the little windows
so that she could see out and watch for his
coming. But he came not. As night fell the cold
grew intense; deadly, clear, and still, with the stars
shining brilliantly in the steel-blue of the sky. Silver
wandered from window to window, wrapped in her fur
mantle; a hundred times, a thousand times she had
scanned the ice-fields and the snow, the lake and the
shore. When the night closed down, she crept close
to the old man who sat by the fire in silence, pretending
to mend his nets, but furtively watching her every
movement. “Papa,” she whispered, “where is he, —
where is he?” And her tears fell on his hands.

“Silver,” he said, bending over her tenderly, “do I
not love you? Am I not enough for you? Think,
dear, how long we have lived here, and how happy
we have been. He was only a stranger. Come, let us
forget him, and go back to the old days.”

“What! Has he gone, then? Has Jarvis gone?”

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

Springing to her feet she confronted him with clinched
hands and dilated eyes. Of all the words she had heard
but one; he had gone! The poor old man tried to
draw her down again into the shelter of his arms, but
she seemed turned to stone, her slender form was rigid.
“Where is he? Where is Jarvis? What have you
done with him, — you, you!”

The quick unconscious accusation struck to his
heart. “Child,” he said in a broken voice, “I tried to
keep him. I would have given him my place in your
love, in your life, but he would not. He has gone,
he cares not for you; he is a hard, evil man.”

“He is not! But even if he were, I love him,” said
the girl, defiantly.

Then she threw up her arms towards heaven (alas!
it was no heaven to her, poor child) as if in appeal.
“Is there no one to help me?” she cried aloud.

“What can we do, dear?” said the old man, standing
beside her and smoothing her hair gently. “He
would not stay, — I could not keep him!”

I could have kept him.”

“You would not ask him to stay, if he wished to
go?”

“Yes, I would; he must stay, for my sake.”

“But if he had loved you, dear, he would not have
gone.”

“Did he say he did not love me?” demanded Silver,
with gleaming eyes.

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

Old Fog hesitated.

“Did he say he did not love me? Did Jarvis say
that?” she repeated, seizing his arm with grasp of fire.

“Yes; he said that.”

But the lie meant to rouse her pride, killed it; as
if struck by a visible hand, she swayed and fell to the
floor.

The miserable old man watched her all the night.
She was delirious, and raved of Waring through the
long hours. At daylight he left her with Orange,
who, not understanding these white men's riddles, and
sorely perplexed by Waring's desertion, yet cherished
her darling with dumb untiring devotion, and watched
her every breath.

Following the solitary trail over the snow-covered
ice and thence along-shore towards the east journeyed
old Fog all day in the teeth of the wind, dragging a
sledge loaded with furs, provisions, and dry wood;
the sharp blast cut him like a knife, and the dry
snow-pellets stung as they touched his face, and clung
to his thin beard coated with ice. It was the worst
day of the winter, an evil, desolate, piercing day; no
human creature should dare such weather. Yet the
old man journeyed patiently on until nightfall, and
would have gone farther had not darkness concealed
the track; his fear was that new snow might fall
deeply enough to hide it, and then there was no more
hope of following. But nothing could be done at

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

night, so he made his camp, a lodge under a drift
with the snow for walls and roof, and a hot fire that
barely melted the edges of its icy hearth. As the
blaze flared out into the darkness, he heard a cry, and
followed; it was faint, but apparently not distant, and
after some search he found the spot; there lay Jarvis
Waring, helpless and nearly frozen. “I thought you
farther on,” he said, as he lifted the heavy, inert body.

“I fell and injured my knee yesterday; since then
I have been freezing slowly,” replied Waring in a
muffled voice. “I have been crawling backwards and
forwards all day to keep myself alive, but had just
given it up when I saw your light.”

All night the old hands worked over him, and they
hated the body they touched; almost fiercely they
fed and nourished it, warmed its blood, and brought
back life. In the dawning Waring was himself again;
weak, helpless, but in his right mind. He said as
much, and added, with a touch of his old humor,
“There is a wrong mind you know, old gentleman.”

The other made no reply; his task done, he sat
by the fire waiting. He had gone after this fellow,
driven by fate; he had saved him, driven by fate.
Now what had fate next in store? He warmed
his wrinkled hands mechanically and waited, while
the thought came to him with bitterness that his
darling's life lay at the mercy of this man who
had nothing better to do, on coming back from the

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

very jaws of death, than make jests. But old Fog
was mistaken; the man had something better to do,
and did it. Perhaps he noted the expression of the
face before him; perhaps he did not, but was thinking,
young-man fashion, only of himself; at any rate
this is what he said: “I was a fool to go. Help me
back, old man; it is too strong for me, — I give it up.”

“Back, — back where?” said the other, apathetically.

Waring raised his head from his pillow of furs.
“Why do you ask, when you know already? Back to
Silver, of course; have you lost your mind?”

His harshness came from within; in reality it was
meant for himself; the avowal had cost him something
as it passed his lips in the form of words; it had not
seemed so when in the suffering, and the cold, and
the approach of death, he had seen his own soul face
to face and realized the truth.

So the two went back to the castle, the saved lying
on the sledge, the savior drawing it; the wind was
behind them now, and blew them along. And when
the old man, weary and numb with cold, reached the
ladder at last, helped Waring, lame and irritable, up
to the little snow-covered balcony, and led the way
to Silver's room, — when Silver, hearing the step,
raised herself in the arms of the old slave and looked
eagerly, not at him, no, but at the man behind, — did
he shrink? He did not; but led the reluctant, vanquished,
defiant, half-angry, half-shamed lover forward,

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

and gave his darling into the arms that seemed again
almost unwilling, so strong was the old opposing determination
that lay bound by love's bonds.

Silver regained her life as if by magic; not so Waring,
who lay suffering and irritable on the lounge in
the long room, while the girl tended him with a joy
that shone out in every word, every tone, every motion.
She saw not his little tyrannies, his exacting demands,
his surly tempers; or rather she saw and loved them
as women do when men lie ill and helpless in their
hands. And old Fog sat apart, or came and went unnoticed;
hours of the cold days he wandered through
the forests, visiting the traps mechanically, and making
tasks for himself to fill up the time; hours of the cold
evenings he paced the snow-covered roof alone. He
could not bear to see them, but left the post to Orange,
whose black face shone with joy and satisfaction over
Waring's return.

But after a time fate swung around (as she generally
does if impatient humanity would but give
her a chance). Waring's health grew, and so did
his love. He had been like a strong man armed,
keeping his palace; but a stronger than he was come,
and, the combat over, he went as far the other way,
and adored the very sandals of the conqueror. The
gates were open, and all the floods were out.

And Silver? As he advanced, she withdrew. (It
is always so in love, up to a certain point; and

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

beyond that point lies, alas! the broad monotonous
country of commonplace.)

This impetuous, ardent lover was not the Jarvis
she had known, the Jarvis who had been her master,
and a despotic one at that. Frightened, shy, bewildered,
she fled away from all her dearest joys, and
stayed by herself in the flower-room with the bar
across the door, only emerging timidly at meal-times
and stealing into the long room like a little wraith;
a rosy wraith now, for at last she had learned to
blush. Waring was angry at this desertion, but only
the more in love; for the face had lost its infantile
calm, the violet eyes veiled themselves under his
gaze, and the unconscious child-mouth began to try
to control and conceal its changing expressions, and
only succeeded in betraying them more helplessly
than ever. Poor little solitary maiden-heart!

Spring was near now; soft airs came over the ice
daily, and stirred the water beneath; then the old
man spoke. He knew what was coming, he saw it
all, and a sword was piercing his heart; but bravely
he played his part. “The ice will move out soon,
in a month or less you can sail safely,” he said,
breaking the silence one night when they two sat
by the fire, Waring moody and restless, for Silver
had openly repulsed him, and fled away early in the
evening. “She is trifling with me,” he thought, “or
else she does not know what love is. By heavens,

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

I will teach her though —” As far as this his
mind had journeyed when Fog spoke. “In a month
you can sail safely, and I suppose you will go for
good this time?”

“Yes.”

Fog waited. Waring kicked a fallen log into place,
lit his pipe, then let it go out, moved his chair forward,
then pushed it back impatiently, and finally
spoke. “Of course I shall take Silver; I intend to
make Silver my wife.”

“At last?”

“At last. No wonder you are glad —”

“Glad!” said old Fog, — “glad!” But the words
were whispered, and the young man went on unheeding.

“Of course it is a great thing for you to have
the child off your hands and placed in a home so
high above your expectations. Love is a strange
power. I do not deny that I have fought against it,
but — but — why should I conceal? I love Silver with
all my soul, she seems to have grown into my very
being.”

It was frankly and strongly uttered; the good
side of Jarvis Waring came uppermost for the moment.

Old Fog leaned forward and grasped his hand. “I
know you do,” he said. “I know something of men,
and I have watched you closely, Waring. It is for

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

this love that I forgive — I mean that I am glad
and thankful for it, very thankful.”

“And you have reason to be,” said the younger
man, withdrawing into his pride again. “As my
wife, Silver will have a home, a circle of friends,
which — But you could not understand; let it pass.
And now, tell me all you know of her.”

The tone was a command, and the speaker leaned
back in his chair with the air of an owner as he
relighted his pipe. But Fog did not shrink. “Will
you have the whole story?” he asked humbly.

“As well now as ever, I suppose, but be as brief
as possible,” said the young man in a lordly manner.
Had he not just conferred an enormous favor, an
alliance which might be called the gift of a prince,
on this dull old backwoodsman?

“Forty years ago or thereabouts,” began Fog in a
low voice, “a crime was committed in New York
City. I shall not tell you what it was, there is no
need; enough that the whole East was stirred, and a
heavy reward was offered for the man who did the
deed. I am that man.”

Waring pushed back his chair, a horror came over
him, his hand sought for his pistol; but the voice
went on unmoved. “Shall I excuse the deed to you,
boy? No, I will not. It was done and I did it;
that is enough, the damning fact that confronts and
silences all talk of motive or cause. This much only

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

will I say; to the passion of the act deliberate intention
was not added, and there was no gain for
the doer; only loss, the black eternal loss of everything
in heaven above, on the earth beneath, or in
the waters that are under the earth, for hell itself
seemed to spew me out. At least so I thought as I
fled away, the mark of Cain upon my brow; the
horror was so strong upon me, that I could not kill
myself, I feared to join the dead. I went to and fro
on the earth, and walked up and down in it; I fled
to the uttermost parts of the sea, and yet came back
again, moved by a strange impulse to be near the
scene of my crime. After years had passed, and
with them the memory of the deed from the minds
of others, though not from mine, I crept to the old
house where my one sister was living alone, and
made myself known to her. She left her home, a
forlorn place, but still a home, and followed me with
a sort of dumb affection, — poor old woman. She was
my senior by fifteen years, and I had been her pride;
and so she went with me from the old instinct,
which still remained, although the pride was dead,
crushed by slow horror. We kept together after that,
two poor hunted creatures instead of one; we were
always fleeing, always imagining that eyes knew us,
that fingers pointed us out. I called her Shadow,
and together we took the name of Fog, a common
enough name, but to us meaning that we were

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

nothing, creatures of the mist, wandering to and fro by
night, but in the morning gone. At last one day the
cloud over my mind seemed to lighten a little, and
the thought came to me that no punishment can endure
forever, without impugning the justice of our
great Creator. A crime is committed, perhaps in a
moment; the ensuing suffering, the results, linger on
earth, it may be for some years; but the end of it
surely comes sooner or later, and it is as though it
had never been. Then, for that crime, shall a soul
suffer forever, — not a thousand years, a thousand
ages if you like, but forever? Out upon the monstrous
idea! Let a man do evil every moment of
his life, and let his life be the full threescore years
and ten; shall there not come a period in the endless
cycles of eternity when even his punishment
shall end? What kind of a God is he whom your
theologians have held up to us, — a God who creates
us at his pleasure, without asking whether or not we
wish to be created, who endows us with certain wild
passions and capacities for evil, turns us loose into a
world of suffering, and then, for our misdeeds there,
our whole lives being less than one instant's time
in his sight, punishes us forever! Never-ending
tortures throughout the countless ages of eternity for
the little crimes of threescore years and ten! Heathendom
shows no god so monstrous as this. O great
Creator, O Father of our souls, of all the ills done

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

on the face of thy earth, this lie against thy justice
and thy goodness, is it not the greatest? The
thought came to me, as I said, that no punishment
could endure forever, that somewhere in the future I,
even I, should meet pardon and rest. That day I
found by the wayside a little child, scarcely more than
a baby; it had wandered out of the poorhouse, where
its mother had died the week before, a stranger passing
through the village. No one knew anything about
her nor cared to know, for she was almost in rags,
fair and delicate once they told me, but wasted with
illness and too far gone to talk. Then a second
thought came to me, — expiation. I would take this
forlorn little creature and bring her up as my own
child, tenderly, carefully, — a life for a life. My
poor old sister took to the child wonderfully, it
seemed to brighten her desolation into something
that was almost happiness; we wandered awhile
longer, and then came westward through the lakes,
but it was several years before we were fairly settled
here. Shadow took care of the baby and made her
little dresses; then, when the time came to teach her
to sew and read, she said more help was needed, and
went alone to the towns below to find a fit servant,
coming back in her silent way with old Orange, another
stray lost out of its place in the world, and
suffering from want in the cold Northern city. You
must not think that Silver is totally ignorant; Shadow

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

had the education of her day, poor thing, for ours
was a good old family as old families go in this new
country of ours, where three generations of well-to-do
people constitute aristocracy. But religion, so called,
I have not taught her. Is she any the worse for
its want?”

“I will teach her,” said Waring, passing over the
question (which was a puzzling one), for the new idea,
the strange interest he felt in the task before him, the
fair pure mind where his hand, and his alone, would be
the first to write the story of good and evil.

“That I should become attached to the child was
natural,” continued old Fog; “but God gave it to me to
love her with so great a love that my days have flown;
for her to sail out over the stormy water, for her to
hunt through the icy woods, for her to dare a thousand
deaths, to labor, to save, to suffer, — these have been
my pleasures through all the years. When I came
home, there she was to meet me, her sweet voice calling
me father, the only father she could ever know.
When my poor old sister died, I took her away in
my boat by night and buried her in deep water; and
so I did with the boy we had here for a year or two,
saved from a wreck. My darling knows nothing of
death; I could not tell her.”

“And those wrecks,” said Waring; “how do you
make them balance with your scheme of expiation?”

The old man sat silent a moment; then he brought

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

his hand down violently on the table by his side. “I
will not have them brought up in that way, I tell you
I will not! Have I not explained that I was desperate?”
he said in an excited voice. “What are one or
two miserable crews to the delicate life of my beautiful
child? And the men had their chances, too, in spite
of my lure. Does not every storm threaten them with
deathly force? Wait until you are tempted, before
you judge me, boy. But shall I tell you the whole?
Listen, then. Those wrecks were the greatest sacrifices,
the most bitter tasks of my hard life, the nearest
approach I have yet made to the expiation. Do you
suppose I wished to drown the men? Do you suppose
I did not know the greatness of the crime? Ah, I
knew it only too well, and yet I sailed out and did the
deed! It was for her, — to keep her from suffering;
so I sacrificed myself unflinchingly. I would murder
a thousand men in cold blood, and bear the thousand
additional punishments without a murmur throughout
a thousand ages of eternity, to keep my darling safe
and warm. Do you not see that the whole was a selfimmolation,
the greatest, the most complete I could
make? I vowed to keep my darling tenderly. I have
kept my vow; see that you keep yours.”

The voice ceased, the story was told, and the teller
gone. The curtain over the past was never lifted
again; but often, in after years, Waring thought of this
strange life and its stranger philosophy. He could not
judge them. Can we?

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

The next day the talk turned upon Silver. “I
know you love her,” said the old man, “but how
much?”

“Does it need the asking?” answered Waring with
a short laugh; “am I not giving up my name, my life,
into her hands?”

“You could not give them into hands more pure.”

“I know it; I am content. And yet, I sacrifice
something,” replied the young man, thinking of his
home, his family, his friends.

Old Fog looked at him. “Do you hesitate?” he
said, breaking the pause.

“Of course I do not; why do you ask?” replied
Waring, irritably. “But some things may be pardoned,
I think, in a case like mine.”

“I pardon them.”

“I can teach her, of course, and a year or so among
cultivated people will work wonders; I think I shall
take her abroad, first. How soon did you say we
could go?”

“The ice is moving. There will be vessels through
the straits in two or three weeks,” replied Fog. His
voice shook. Waring looked up; the old man was
weeping. “Forgive me,” he said, brokenly, “but the
little girl is very dear to me.”

The younger man was touched. “She shall be as
dear to me as she has been to you,” he said; “do not
fear. My love is proved by the very struggle I have

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

made against it. I venture to say no man ever fought
harder against himself than I have in this old castle
of yours. I kept that Titian picture as a countercharm.
It resembles a woman who, at a word, will
give me herself and her fortune, — a woman high in the
cultivated circles of cities both here and abroad, beautiful,
accomplished, a queen in her little sphere. But all
was useless. That long night in the snow, when I
crawled backwards and forwards to keep myself from
freezing, it came to me with power that the whole
of earth and all its gifts compared not with this love.
Old man, she will be happy with me.”

“I know it.”

“Did you foresee this end?” asked Waring after a
while, watching, as he spoke, the expression of the
face before him. He could not rid himself of the belief
that the old man had laid his plans deftly.

“I could only hope for it: I saw that she loved
you.”

“Well, well,” said the younger man, magnanimously,
“it was natural, after all. Your expiation has ended
better than you hoped; for the little orphan child you
have reared has found a home and friends, and you
yourself need work no more. Choose your abode here
or anywhere else in the West, and I will see that you
are comfortable.”

“I will stay on here.”

“As you please. Silver will not forget you; she

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

will write often. I think I will go first up the Rhine
and then into Switzerland,” continued Waring, going
back to himself and his plans with the matter-of-course
egotism of youth and love. And old Fog listened.

What need to picture the love-scene that followed?
The next morning a strong hand knocked at the door
of the flower-room, and the shy little maiden within
had her first lesson in love, or rather in its expression,
while all the blossoms listened and the birds looked
on approvingly. To do him justice, Waring was an
humble suitor when alone with her; she was so fair, so
pure, so utterly ignorant of the world and of life, that
he felt himself unworthy, and bowed his head. But
the mood passed, and Silver liked him better when the
old self-assertion and quick tone of command came
uppermost again. She knew not good from evil, she
could not comprehend or analyze the feeling in her
heart; but she loved this stranger, this master, with
the whole of her being. Jarvis Waring knew good
from evil (more of the latter knew he than of the former),
he comprehended and analyzed fully the feeling
that possessed him; but, man of the world as he was,
he loved this little water-maiden, this fair pagan, this
strange isolated girl, with the whole force of his nature.
“Silver,” he said to her, seriously enough, “do you
know how much I love you? I am afraid to think
what life would seem without you.”

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

“Why think of it, then, since I am here?” replied
Silver. “Do you know, Jarvis, I think if I had not
loved you so much, you would not have loved me,
and then — it would have been — that is, I mean —
it would have been different —” She paused; unused
to reasoning or to anything like argument, her
own words seemed to bewilder her.

Waring laughed, but soon grew serious again. “Silver,”
he said, taking her into his arms, “are you sure
that you can love me as I crave?” (For he seemed
at times tormented by the doubt as to whether she
was anything more than a beautiful child.) He held
her closely and would not let her go, compelling her
to meet his ardent eyes. A change came over the
girl, a sudden red flashed up into her temples and
down into her white throat. She drew herself impetuously
away from her lover's arms and fled from the
room. “I am not sure but that she is a watersprite,
after all,” grumbled Waring, as he followed her.
But it was a pleasure now to grumble and pretend
to doubt, since from that moment he was sure.

The next morning Fog seemed unusually cheerful.

“No wonder,” thought Waring. But the character
of benefactor pleased him, and he appeared in it
constantly.

“We must have the old castle more comfortable;
I will try to send up furniture from below,” he remarked,
while pacing to and fro in the evening.

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

“Is n't it comfortable now?” said Silver. “I am
sure I always thought this room beautiful.”

“What, this clumsy imitation of a second-class
Western steamer? Child, it is hideous!”

“Is it?” said Silver, looking around in innocent
surprise, while old Fog listened in silence. Hours of
patient labor and risks not a few over the stormy lake
were associated with each one of the articles Waring
so cavalierly condemned.

Then it was, “How you do look, old gentleman!
I must really send you up some new clothes. — Silver,
how have you been able to endure such shabby rags
so long? All the years before I came, did it never
force itself upon you?”

“I do not know, — I never noticed; it was always
just papa, you know,” replied Silver, her blue eyes
resting on the old man's clothes with a new and perplexed
attention.

But Fog bore himself cheerily. “He is right, Silver,”
he said, “I am shabby indeed. But when you
go out into the world, you will soon forget it.”

“Yes,” said Silver, tranquilly.

The days flew by and the ice moved out. This is
the phrase that is always used along the lakes. The
ice “moves out” of every harbor from Ogdensburg
to Duluth. You can see the great white floes drift
away into the horizon, and the question comes,
Where do they go? Do they not meet out there the

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

counter floes from the Canada side, and then do they
all join hands and sink at a given signal to the bottom?
Certainly, there is nothing melting in the
mood of the raw spring winds and clouded skies.

“What are your plans?” asked old Fog, abruptly,
one morning when the gulls had flown out to sea,
and the fog came stealing up from the south.

“For what?”

“For the marriage.”

“Aha!” thought Waring, with a smile of covert
amusement, “he is in a hurry to secure the prize, is
he? The sharp old fellow!” Aloud he said, “I
thought we would all three sail over to Mackinac;
and there we could be married, Silver and I, by the
fort chaplain, and take the first Buffalo steamer;
you could return here at your leisure.”

“Would it not be a better plan to bring a clergyman
here, and then you two could sail without me?
I am not as strong as I was; I feel that I cannot
bear — I mean that you had better go without me.”

“As you please; I thought it would be a change
for you, that was all.”

“It would only prolong — No, I think, if you
are willing, we will have the marriage here, and then
you can sail immediately.”

“Very well; but I did not suppose you would be
in such haste to part with Silver,” said Waring, unable
to resist showing his comprehension of what he

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

considered the manœuvres of the old man. Then,
waiving further discussion, — “And where shall we
find a clergyman?” he asked.

“There is one over on Beaver.”

“He must be a singular sort of a divine to be
living there!”

“He is; a strayed spirit, as it were, but a genuine
clergyman of the Presbyterian church, none the less.
I never knew exactly what he represented there, but
I think he came out originally as a sort of missionary.”

“To the Mormons,” said Waring, laughing; for he
had heard old Fog tell many a story of the Latter-Day
Saints, who had on Beaver Island at that time
their most eastern settlement.

“No; to the Indians, — sent out by some of those
New England societies, you know. When he reached
the islands, he found the Indians mostly gone, and
those who remained were all Roman Catholics. But
he settled down, farmed a little, hunted a little, fished
a little, and held a service all by himself occasionally in
an old log-house, just often enough to draw his salary
and to write up in his semiannual reports. He is n't a
bad sort of a man in his way.”

“And how does he get on with the Mormons?”

“Excellently. He lets them talk, and sells them
fish, and shuts his eyes to everything else.”

“What is his name?”

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

“Well, over there they call him the Preacher, principally
because he does not preach, I suppose. It is a
way they have over on Beaver to call people names;
they call me Believer.”

“Believer?”

“Yes, because I believe nothing; at least so they
think.”

A few days later, out they sailed over the freed
water, around the point, through the sedge-gate growing
green again, across the channelled marsh, and out
towards the Beavers, — Fog and Waring, armed as if
for a foray.

“Why?” asked Waring.

“It 's safer; the Mormons are a queer lot,” was the
reply.

When they came in sight of the islands, the younger
man scanned them curiously. Some years later an expedition
composed of exasperated crews of lake schooners,
exasperated fishermen, exasperated mainland settlers,
sailed westward through the straits bound for
these islands, armed to the teeth and determined upon
vengeance and slaughter. False lights, stolen nets,
and stolen wives were their grievances; and no aid
coming from the general government, then as now
sorely perplexed over the Mormon problem, they took
justice into their own hands and sailed bravely out,
with the stars and stripes floating from the mast of
their flag-ship, — an old scow impressed for military

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

service. But this was later; and when Fog and Waring
came scudding into the harbor, the wild little village
existed in all its pristine outlawry, a city of refuge for
the flotsam vagabondage of the lower lakes.

“Perhaps he will not come with us,” suggested
Waring.

“I have thought of that, but it need not delay us
long,” replied Fog; “we can kidnap him.”

“Kidnap him?”

“Yes; he is but a small chap,” said the old man,
tranquilly.

They fastened their boat to the long log-dock,
and started ashore. The houses of the settlement
straggled irregularly along the beach and inland towards
the fields where fine crops were raised by the
Saints, who had made here, as is their custom everywhere,
a garden in the wilderness; the only defence
was simple but strong, — an earthwork on one of the
white sand-hills back of the village, over whose rampart
peeped two small cannon, commanding the harbor.
Once on shore, however, a foe found only a living,
moving rampart of flesh and blood, as reckless a set of
villains as New World history can produce. But this
rampart came together only in times of danger; ordinary
visitors, coming by twos and threes, they welcomed
or murdered as they saw fit, or according to
the probable contents of their pockets, each man for
himself and his family. Some of these patriarchal

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

gentlemen glared from their windows at Fog and Waring
as they passed along; but the worn clothes not promising
much, they simply invited them to dinner; they
liked to hear the news, when there was nothing else
going on. Old Fog excused himself. They had business,
he said, with the Preacher; was he at home?

He was; had anything been sent to him from the
East, — any clothes, now, for the Indians?

Old Fog had heard something of a box at Mackinac,
waiting for a schooner to bring it over. He was glad
it was on the way, it would be of so much use to the
Indians, — they wore so many clothes.

The patriarchs grinned, and allowed the two to pass
on. Waring had gazed within, meanwhile, and discovered
the plural wives, more or less good-looking, generally
less; they did not seem unhappy, however, not
so much so as many a single one he had met in more
luxurious homes, and he said to himself, “Women of
the lower class are much better and happier when well
curbed.” It did not occur to him that possibly the
evil tempers of men of the lower class are made
more endurable by a system of co-operation; one reed
bends, breaks, and dies, but ten reeds together can
endure.

The Preacher was at home on the outskirts, — a little
man, round and rosy, with black eyes and a cheery
voice. He was attired entirely in blanket-cloth, baggy
trousers and a long blouse, so that he looked not

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

unlike a Turkish Santa Claus, Oriental as to under, and
arctic as to upper rigging. “Are you a clergyman?”
said Waring, inspecting him with curious eyes.

“If you doubt it, look at this,” said the little man;
and he brought out a clerical suit of limp black cloth,
and a ministerial hat much the worse for wear. These
articles he suspended from a nail, so that they looked
as if a very poor lean divine had hung himself there.
Then he sat down, and took his turn at staring. “I do
not bury the dead,” he remarked after a moment, as
if convinced that the two shabby hunters before him
could have no other errand.

Waring was about to explain, but old Fog stopped
him with a glance. “You are to come with us, sir,”
he said courteously; “you will be well treated, well
paid, and returned in a few days.”

“Come with you! Where?”

“Never mind where; will you come?”

“No,” said the little blanket-man, stoutly.

In an instant Fog had tripped him up, seized a
sheet and blanket from the bed, bound his hands and
feet with one, and wrapped him in the other. “Now,
then,” he said shouldering the load, “open the door.”

“But the Mormons,” objected Waring.

“O, they like a joke, they will only laugh! But if,
by any chance, they should show fight, fire at once,”
replied the old man, leading the way. Waring followed,
his mind anything but easy; it seemed to him

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

like running the gantlet. He held his pistols ready,
and glanced furtively around as they skirted the town
and turned down towards the beach. “If any noise
is made,” Fog had remarked, “I shall know what
to do.”

Whereupon the captive swallowed down his wrath
and a good deal of woollen fuzz, and kept silence. He
was no coward, this little Preacher. He held his own
manfully on the Beavers; but no one had ever carried
him off in a blanket before. So he silently considered
the situation.

When near the boat they came upon more patriarchs.
“Put a bold face on it,” murmured old Fog.
“Whom do you suppose we have here?” he began,
as they approached. “Nothing less than your little
Preacher; we want to borrow him for a few days.”

The patriarchs stared.

“Don't you believe it? — Speak up, Preacher; are
you being carried off?”

No answer.

“You had better speak,” said Fog, jocosely, at the
same time giving his captive a warning touch with
his elbow.

The Preacher had revolved the situation rapidly,
and perceived that in any contest his round body
would inevitably suffer from friend and foe alike. He
was not even sure but that he would be used as a
missile, a sort of ponderous pillow swung by one end.

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

So he replied briskly, “Yes, I am being carried as
you see, dear brethren; I don't care about walking
to-day.”

The patriarchs laughed, and followed on to the boat,
laughing still more when Fog gayly tossed in his load
of blanket, and they could hear the little man growl
as he came down. “I say, though, when are you going
to bring him back, Believer?” said one.

“In a few days,” replied Fog, setting sail.

Away they flew; and, when out of harbor, the captive
was released, and Waring told him what was
required.

“Why did n't you say so before?” said the little
blanket-man; “nothing I like better than a wedding,
and a drop of punch afterwards.”

His task over, Fog relapsed into silence; but Waring,
curious, asked many a question about the island
and its inhabitants. The Preacher responded freely in
all things, save when the talk glided too near himself.
The Mormons were not so bad, he thought; they had
their faults, of course, but you must take them on the
right side.

“Have they a right side?” asked Waring.

“At least they have n't a rasping, mean, cold, starving,
bony, freezing, busy-bodying side,” was the reply,
delivered energetically; whereat Waring concluded the
little man had had his own page of history back somewhere
among the decorous New England hills.

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

Before they came to the marsh they blindfolded
their guest, and did not remove the bandage until he
was safely within the long room of the castle. Silver
met them, radiant in the firelight.

“Heaven grant you its blessing, maiden,” said the
Preacher, becoming Biblical at once. He meant it,
however, for he sat gazing at her long with moistened
eyes, forgetful even of the good cheer on the table;
a gleam from his far-back youth came to him, a snow-drop
that bloomed and died in bleak New Hampshire
long, long before.

The wedding was in the early morning. Old Fog
had hurried it, hurried everything; he seemed driven
by a spirit of unrest, and wandered from place to place,
from room to room, his eyes fixed in a vacant way
upon the familiar objects. At the last moment he
appeared with a prayer-book, its lettering old, its
cover tarnished. “Have you any objection to using
the Episcopal service?” he asked in a low tone. “I—
I have heard the Episcopal service.”

“None in the world,” replied the affable little
Preacher.

But he too grew sober and even earnest as Silver
appeared, clad in white, her dress and hair wreathed
with the trailing arbutus, the first flower of spring,
plucked from under the vanishing snows. So beautiful
her face, so heavenly its expression, that Waring,
as he took her hand, felt his eyes grow dim, and he

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

vowed to himself to cherish her with tenderest love
forever.

“We are gathered together here in the sight of
God,” began the Preacher solemnly; and old Fog,
standing behind, shrank into the shadow, and bowed
his head upon his hands. But when the demand
came, “Who giveth this woman to be married to this
man?” he stepped forward, and gave away his child
without a tear, nay, with even a smile on his brave
old face.

“To love, cherish, and to obey,” repeated Silver in
her clear sweet voice.

And then Waring placed upon her finger the little
ring he himself had carved out of wood. “It shall
never be changed,” he said, “but coated over with
heavy gold, just as it is.”

Old Orange, radiant with happiness, stood near, and
served as a foil for the bridal white.

It was over; but they were not to start until noon.

Fog put the Preacher almost forcibly into the boat
and sailed away with him, blindfolded and lamenting.

“The wedding feast,” he cried, “and the punch!
You are a fine host, old gentleman.”

“Everything is here, packed in those baskets. I
have even given you two fine dogs. And there is
your fee. I shall take you in sight of the Beavers,
and then put you into the skiff and leave you to row
over alone. The weather is fine, you can reach there
to-morrow.”

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

Remonstrance died away before the bag of money;
old Fog had given his all for his darling's marriagefee.
“I shall have no further use for it,” he thought,
mechanically.

So the little blanket-man paddled away in his skiff
with his share of the wedding-feast beside him; the
two dogs went with him, and became good Mormons.

Old Fog returned in the sail-boat through the channels,
and fastened the sedge-gate open for the outgoing
craft. Silver, timid and happy, stood on the
balcony as he approached the castle.

“It is time to start,” said the impatient bridegroom.
“How long you have been, Fog!”

The old man made no answer, but busied himself
arranging the boat; the voyage to Mackinac would
last two or three days, and he had provided every
possible comfort for their little camps on shore.

“Come,” said Waring, from below.

Then the father went up to say good by. Silver
flung her arms around his neck and burst into tears.
“Father, father,” she sobbed, “must I leave you? O
father, father!”

He soothed her gently; but something in the expression
of his calm, pallid face touched the deeper
feelings of the wakening woman, and she clung to
him desperately, realizing, perhaps, at this last moment,
how great was his love for her, how great
his desolation. Waring had joined them on the

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

balcony. He bore with her awhile and tried to calm
her grief, but the girl turned from him and clung to
the old man; it was as though she saw at last how
she had robbed him. “I cannot leave him thus,” she
sobbed; “O father, father!”

Then Waring struck at the root of the difficulty.
(Forgive him; he was hurt to the core.) “But he
is not your father,” he said, “he has no claim upon
you. I am your husband now, Silver, and you must
come with me; do you not wish to come with me,
darling?” he added, his voice sinking into fondness.

“Not my father!” said the girl. Her arms fell,
and she stood as if petrified.

“No, dear; he is right. I am not your father,”
said old Fog, gently. A spasm passed over his features,
he kissed her hastily, and gave her into her
husband's arms. In another moment they were afloat,
in two the sail filled and the boat glided away. The
old man stood on the castle roof, smiling and waving
his hand; below, Orange fluttered her red handkerchief
from the balcony, and blessed her darling
with African mummeries. The point was soon rounded,
the boat gone.

That night, when the soft spring moonlight lay
over the water, a sail came gliding back to the castle,
and a shape flew up the ladder; it was the bride
of the morning.

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

“O father, father, I could not leave you so, I
made him bring me back, if only for a few days!
O father, father! for you are my father, the only father
I can ever know, — and so kind and good!”

In the gloom she knelt by his bedside, and her
arms were around his neck. Waring came in afterwards,
silent and annoyed, yet not unkind. He
stirred the dying brands into a flame.

“What is this?” he said, starting, as the light fell
across the pillow.

“It is nothing,” replied Fog, and his voice sounded
far away; “I am an old man, children, and all
is well.”

They watched him through the dawning, through
the lovely day, through the sunset, Waring repentant,
Silver absorbed in his every breath; she lavished
upon him now all the wealth of love her
unconscious years had gathered. Orange seemed to
agree with her master that all was well. She came
and went, but not sadly, and crooned to herself some
strange African tune that rose and fell more like a
chant of triumph than a dirge. She was doing her
part, according to her light, to ease the going of the
soul out of this world.

Grayer grew the worn face, fainter the voice,
colder the shrivelled old hands in the girl's fond
clasp.

“O Jarvis, Jarvis, what is this?” she murmured,
fearfully.

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

Waring came to her side and put his strong arm
around her. “My little wife,” he said, “this is Death.
But do not fear.”

And then he told her the story of the Cross; and,
as it came to her a revelation, so, in the telling, it
became to him, for the first time, a belief.

Old Fog told them to bury him out in deep water,
as he had buried the others; and then he lay placid,
a great happiness shining in his eyes.

“It is well,” he said, “and God is very good to
me. Life would have been hard without you, darling.
Something seemed to give way when you said
good by; but now that I am called, it is sweet to
know that you are happy, and sweeter still to think
that you came back to me at the last. Be kind to
her, Waring. I know you love her; but guard her
tenderly, — she is but frail. I die content, my child,
quite content; do not grieve for me.”

Then, as the light faded from his eyes, he folded
his hands. “Is it expiated, O God? Is it expiated?”
he murmured.

There was no answer for him on earth.

They buried him as he had directed, and then they
sailed away, taking the old black with them. The
castle was left alone; the flowers bloomed on through
the summer, and the rooms held the old furniture
bravely through the long winter. But gradually the

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

walls fell in, and the water entered. The fogs still
steal across the lake, and wave their gray draperies
up into the northern curve; but the sedge - gate is
gone, and the castle is indeed Nowhere.

-- --

p755-102 PETER THE PARSON.

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

IN November, 1850, a little mining settlement
stood forlornly on the shore of Lake Superior.
A log-dock ran out into the dark water; a roughly
built furnace threw a glare against the dark sky;
several stamping-mills kept up their monotonous
tramping day and night; and evil-minded saloons
beset the steps on all sides. Back into the pine
forest ran the white-sand road leading to the mine,
and on the right were clustered the houses, which
were scarcely better than shanties, although adorned
with sidling porches and sham-windowed fronts.
Winter begins early in these high latitudes. Navigation
was still open, for a scow with patched sails
was coming slowly up the bay; but the air was cold,
and the light snow of the preceding night clung unmelted
on the north side of the trees. The pine
forest had been burned away to make room for the
village; blackened stumps rose everywhere in the
weedy streets, and, on the outskirts of the clearing,
grew into tall skeletons, bleached white without, but

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

black and charred within, — a desolate framing for a
desolate picture. Everything was bare, jagged, and
unfinished; each poor house showed hasty makeshifts, —
no doors latched, no windows fitted. Pigs
were the principal pedestrians. At four o'clock this
cold November afternoon, the saloons, with their pine
fires and red curtains, were by far the most cheerful
spots in the landscape, and their ruddy invitations
to perdition were not counterbalanced by a
single opposing gleam, until the Rev. Herman Peters
prepared his chapel for vespers.

Herman Warriner Peters was a slender little man,
whose blue eyes, fair hair, and unbearded face misled
the observer into the idea of extreme youth. There
was a boyishness in his air, or, rather, lack of air,
and a nervous timidity in his manner, which stamped
him as a person of no importance, — one of those
men who, not of sufficient consequence to be disliked,
are simply ignored by a well-bred world, which
pardons anything rather than insignificance. And if
ignored by a well-bred world, what by an ill-bred?
Society at Algonquin was worse than ill-bred, inasmuch
as it had never been bred at all. Like all mining
settlements, it esteemed physical strength the highest
good, and next to that an undaunted demeanor and
flowing vocabulary, designated admiringly as “powerful
sassy.” Accordingly it made unlimited fun
of the Rev. Herman Warriner Peters, and derived

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

much enjoyment from calling him “Peter,” pretending
to think it was his real name, and solemnly persisting
in the mistake in spite of all the painstaking
corrections of the unsuspecting little man.

The Rev. Herman wrapped himself in his thin
old cloak and twisted a comforter around his little
throat, as the clock warned him of the hour. He
was not leaving much comfort behind him; the room
was dreary and bare, without carpet, fire, or easy-chair.
A cot-bed, which sagged hopelessly, a washbowl
set on a dry-goods box, flanked by a piece of
bar-soap and a crash towel, a few pegs on the cracked
wall, one wooden chair and his own little trunk,
completed the furniture. The Rev. Herman boarded
with Mrs. Malone, and ate her streaked biscuit and
fried meat without complaint. The woman could rise
to yeast and a gridiron when the surveyors visited
Algonquin, or when the directors of the iron company
came up in the summer; but the streaked biscuit
and fried steak were “good enough for the little
parson, bless him!”

There were some things in the room, however,
other than furniture, namely, a shelf full of religious
books, a large and appalling picture of the crucifixion,
and a cross six feet in height, roughly made of
pine saplings, and fixed to the floor in a wooden
block. There was also a small colored picture, with
the words “Santa Margarita” inscribed beneath. The

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

picture stood on a bracket fashioned of shingles, and
below it hung a poor little vase filled with the last
colored leaves.

“Ye only want the Howly Vargin now, to be all
right, yer riverence,” said Mrs. Malone, who was, in
name at least, a Roman Catholic.

“All honor and affection are, no doubt, due to the
Holy Mary,” answered the Rev. Herman, nervously;
“but the Anglican Church does not — at present—
allow her claim to — to adoration.” And he
sighed.

“Why don't yer jest come right out now, and be
a rale Catholic?” said Mrs. Malone, with a touch of
sympathy. “You 're next door to it, and it 's aisy
to see yer ain't happy in yer mind. If yer was a
rale praste, now, with the coat and all, 'stead of being
a make-believe, the boys ud respect yer more,
and would n't notice yer soize so much. Or yer
might go back to the cities (for I don't deny they
do loike a big fist up here), and loikely enough yer
could find aisy work there that ud suit yer.”

“I like hard work, Mrs. Malone,” said the little
parson.

“But you 're not fit for it, sir. You 'll niver get
on here if yer stay till judgment day. Why, yer ain't
got ten people, all told, belongin' to yer chapel, and
you 're here a year already!”

The Rev. Herman sighed again, but made no

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

answer. He sighed now as he left his cold room and
stepped out into the cold street. The wind blew as
he made his way along between the stumps, carefully
going round the pigs, who had selected the best places
for their siestas. He held down his comforter with
one bare hand; the other clutched the end of a row
of books, which filled his thin arm from the shoulder
down. He limped as he walked. An ankle had been
cruelly injured some months previously; the wound
had healed, but he was left permanently and awkwardly
lame. At the time, the dastardly injury had roused
a deep bitterness in the parson's heart, for grace and
activity had been his one poor little bodily gift, his
one small pride. The activity had returned, not the
grace. But he had learned to limp bravely along, and
the bitterness had passed away.

Lights shone comfortably from the Pine-Cone Saloon
as he passed.

“Hallo! Here 's Peter the Parson,” sang out a
miner, standing at the door; and forth streamed all
the loungers to look at him.

“Say, Peter, come in and have a drop to warm yer,”
said one.

“Look at his poor little ribs, will yer?” said another,
as his cloak blew out like a sail.

“Let him alone! He 's going to have his preaching
all to himself, as usual,” said a third. “Them
books is all the congregation he can get, poor little
chap!”

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

The parson's sensitive ears heard every word. He
quickened his steps, and, with his usual nervous awkwardness,
stumbled and fell, dropping all the books,
amid the jeering applause of the bystanders. Silently
he rose and began collecting his load, the wind every
now and then blowing his cloak over his head as he
stooped, and his difficulties increased by the occasional
gift of a potato full in the breast, and a flood of
witty commentaries from the laughing group at the
saloon door. As he picked up the last volume and
turned away, a missile, deftly aimed, took off his
hat, and sent it over a fence into a neighboring field.
The parson hesitated; but as a small boy had already
given chase, not to bring it back, but to send it further
away, he abandoned the hat, — his only one, —
and walked on among the stumps bareheaded, his
thin hair blown about by the raw wind, and his blue
eyes reddened with cold and grief.

The Episcopal Church of St. John and St. James
was a rough little building, with recess-chancel, illset
Gothic windows, and a half-finished tower. It
owed its existence to the zeal of a director's wife,
who herself embroidered its altar-cloth and bookmarks,
and sent thither the artificial flowers and
candles which she dared not suggest at home; the
poor Indians, at least, should not be deprived of
them! The director's wife died, but left by will a
pittance of two hundred dollars per annum towards

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

the rector's salary. In her fancy she saw Algonquin
a thriving town, whose inhabitants believed in the
Anglican succession, and sent their children to Sunday
school. In reality, Algonquin remained a lawless
mining settlement, whose inhabitants believed in
nothing, and whose children hardly knew what Sunday
meant, unless it was more whiskey than usual.
The two hundred dollars and the chapel, however,
remained fixed facts; and the Eastern directors, therefore,
ordered a picturesque church to be delineated on
their circulars, and themselves constituted a nonresident
vestry. One or two young missionaries had
already tried the field, failed, and gone away; but the
present incumbent, who had equally tried and equally
failed, remained.

On this occasion he unlocked the door and entered
the little sanctuary. It was cold and dark, but he
made no fire, for there was neither stove nor hearth.
Lighting two candles, — one for the congregation and
one for himself, — he distributed the books among
the benches and the chancel, and dusted carefully
the little altar, with its faded embroideries and flowers.
Then he retired into the shed which served as
a vestry-room, and in a few minutes issued forth,
clad in his robes of office, and knelt at the chancel
rail. There was no bell to summon the congregation,
and no congregation to summon; but still he began
in his clear voice, “Dearly beloved brethren,” and

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

continued on unwavering through the Confession, the
Absolution, and the Psalms, leaving a silence for the
corresponding responses, and devoutly beginning the
first lesson. In the midst of “Zephaniah” there was
a slight noise at the door and a step sounded over
the rough floor. The solitary reader did not raise
his eyes; and, the lesson over, he bravely lifted up
his mild tenor in the chant, “It is a good thing to
give thanks unto the Lord, and to sing praises unto
thy name, O Most Highest.” A girl's voice took up
the air; the mild tenor dropped into its own part,
and the two continued the service in a duet, spoken
and sung, to its close. Then the minister retired,
with his candle, to the shed, and, hanging up his
surplice, patiently waited, pacing to and fro in the
cold. Patiently waited; and for what? For the
going away of the only friend he had in Algonquin.

The congregation lingered; its shawl must be refastened;
indeed, it must be entirely refolded. Its
hat must be retied, and the ribbons carefully smoothed.
Still there was no sound from the vestry-room. It
collected all the prayer-books, and piled them near
the candle, making a separate journey for each little
volume. Still no one. At last, with lingering step
and backward glance, slowly it departed and carried
its disappointed face homeward. Then Peter the Parson
issued forth, lifted the careful pile of books with
tender hand, and, extinguishing the lights, went out

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

bareheaded into the darkness. The vesper service
of St. John and St. James was over.

After a hot, unwholesome supper the minister returned
to his room and tried to read; but the candle
flickered, the cold seemed to blur the book, and he
found himself gazing at the words without taking in
their sense. Then he began to read aloud, slowly
walking up and down, and carrying the candle to
light the page; but through all the learned sentences
there still crept to the surface the miserable consciousness
of bodily cold. “And mental, too, Heaven
help me!” he thought. “But I cannot afford a fire
at this season, and, indeed, it ought not to be necessary.
This delicacy must be subdued; I will go out
and walk.” Putting on his cloak and comforter, (O,
deceitful name!) he remembered that he had no hat.
Would his slender store of money allow a new one?
Unlocking his trunk, he drew out a thin purse hidden
away among his few carefully folded clothes, — the
poor trunk was but half full, — and counted its contents.
The sum was pitifully small, and it must yet
last many weeks. But a hat was necessary, whereas
a fire was a mere luxury. “I must harden myself,”
thought the little parson, sternly, as he caught himself
shuddering with the cold; “this evil tendency
to self-indulgence must and shall be crushed.”

He went down towards the dock where stood the
one store of Algonquin, — stealing along in the

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

darkness to hide his uncovered condition. Buying a hat,
the poorest one there, from the Jew proprietor, he
lingered a moment near the stove to warm his chilled
hands. Mr. Marx, rendered good-natured by the bold
cheat he had perpetrated, affably began a conversation.

“Sorry to see yer still limp bad. But it ain't so
hard as it would be if yer was a larger man. Yer see
there ain't much of yer to limp; that 's one comfort.
Hope business is good at yer chapel, and that Mrs.
Malone gives yer enough to eat; yer don't look like it,
though. The winter has sot in early, and times is
hard.” And did the parson know that “Brother Saul
has come in from the mine, and is a holding forth in
the school-house this very minit?”

No; the parson did not know it. But he put on
his new hat, whose moth-holes had been skilfully
blackened over with ink, and turned towards the door.

“It 's nothing to me, of course,” continued Mr.
Marx, with a liberal wave of his dirty hand; “all
your religions are alike to me, I 'm free to say. But
I wonder yer and Saul don't work together, parson.
Yer might do a heap of good if yer was to pull at
the same oar, now.”

The words echoed in the parson's ears as he walked
down to the beach, the only promenade in Algonquin
free from stumps. Could he do a “heap of good,” by
working with that ignorant, coarse, roaring brother,

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

whose blatant pride, dirty shirt, and irreverent familiarity
with all things sacred were alike distasteful,
nay, horrible to his sensitive mind? Pondering, he
paced the narrow strip of sand under the low bluff;
but all his efforts did not suffice to quicken or warm his
chilled blood. Nevertheless, he expanded his sunken
chest and drew in long breaths of the cold night air,
and beat his little hands vigorously together, and ran
to and fro. “Aha!” he said to himself, “this is
glorious exercise.” And then he went home, colder
than ever; it was his way thus to make a reality of
what ought to be.

Passing through one of the so-called streets, he saw
a ruddy glow in front of the school-house; it was a
pine-knot fire whose flaring summons had not been
unheeded. The parson stopped a moment and warmed
himself, glancing meanwhile furtively within, where
Brother Saul was holding forth in clarion tones to a
crowded congregation; his words reached the listener's
ear, and verified the old proverb. “There 's brimstone
and a fiery furnace for them as doubts the truth, I tell
you. Prayin' out of a book — and flowers — and candles—
and night-gownds 'stead of decent coats — for
it 's night-gownds they look like, though they may call
them surpluses” (applause from the miners) — “won't
do no good. Sech nonsense will never save souls.
You 've jest got to fall down on your knees and pray
hard — hard — with groaning and roaring of the spirit

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

— until you 're as weak as a rag. Nothing else will
do; nothing, — nothing.”

The parson hurried away, shrinking (though unseen)
from the rough finger pointed at him. Before he was
out of hearing a hymn sounded forth on the night
breeze, — one of those nondescript songs that belong
to the border, a favorite with the Algonquin miners,
because of a swinging chorus wherein they roared out
their wish to “die a-shouting,” in company with all
the kings and prophets of Israel, each one fraternally
mentioned by name.

Reaching his room, the parson hung up his cloak
and hat, and sat down quietly with folded hands.
Clad in dressing-gown and slippers, in an easy-chair,
before a bright fire, — a revery, thus, is the natural
ending for a young man's day. But here the chair was
hard and straight-backed, there was no fire, and the
candle burned with a feeble blue flame; the small figure
in its limp black clothes, with its little gaitered
feet pressed close together on the cold floor as if for
warmth, its clasped hands, its pale face and blue eyes
fixed on the blank expanse of the plastered wall, was
pathetic in its patient discomfort. After a while a tear
fell on the clasped hands and startled their coldness
with its warmth. The parson brushed the token of
weakness hastily away, and rising, threw himself at
the foot of the large wooden cross with his arms clasping
its base. In silence for many moments he lay thus

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

prostrate; then, extinguishing the candle, he sought
his poor couch. But later in the night, when all Algonquin
slept, a crash of something falling was heard
in the dark room, followed by the sound of a scourge
mercilessly used, and murmured Latin prayers, — the
old cries of penitence that rose during night-vigils from
the monasteries of the Middle Ages. And why not
English words? Was there not something of affectation
in the use of these mediæval phrases? Maybe
so; but at least there was nothing affected in the
stripes made by the scourge. The next morning all
was as usual in the little room, save that the picture
of Santa Margarita was torn in twain, and the bracket
and vase shattered to fragments on the floor below.

At dawn the parson rose, and, after a conscientious
bath in the tub of icy water brought in by his own
hands the previous evening, he started out with his
load of prayer-books, his face looking haggard and
blue in the cold morning light. Again he entered
the chapel, and having arranged the books and dusted
the altar, he attired himself in his robes and began
the service at half past six precisely. “From the
rising of the sun even unto the going down of the
same,” he read, and in truth the sun was just rising.
As the evening prayer was “vespers,” so this was
“matins,” in the parson's mind. He had his “vestments”
too, of various ritualistic styles, and washed
them himself, ironing them out afterwards with fear

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

and difficulty in Mrs. Malone's disorderly kitchen,
poor little man! No hand turned the latch, no step
came across the floor this morning; the parson had
the service all to himself, and, as it was Friday, he
went through the Litany, omitting nothing, and closing
with a hymn. Then, gathering up his books, he
went home to breakfast.

“How peaked yer do look, sir!” exclaimed ruddy
Mrs. Malone, as she handed him a cup of muddy
coffee. “What, no steak? Do, now; for I ain't got
nothin' else. Well, if yer won't — But there 's
nothin' but the biscuit, then. Why, even Father
O'Brien himself 'lows meat for the sickly, Friday or
no Friday.”

“I am not sickly, Mrs. Malone,” replied the little
parson, with dignity.

A young man with the figure of an athlete sat at
the lower end of the table, tearing the tough steak
voraciously with his strong teeth, chewing audibly,
and drinking with a gulping noise. He paused as
the parson spoke, and regarded him with wonder not
unmixed with contempt.

“You ain't sickly?” he repeated. “Well, if you
ain't, then I 'd like to know who is, that 's all.”

“Now, you jest eat your breakfast, Steve, and let
the parson alone,” interposed Mrs. Malone. “Sorry
to see that little picture all tore, sir,” she continued,
turning the conversation in her blundering

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

good-nature. “It was a moighty pretty picture, and looked
uncommonly like Rosie Ray.”

“It was a copy of an Italian painting, Mrs. Malone,”
the parson hastened to reply; “Santa Margarita.”

“O, I dare say; but it looked iver so much like
Rosie, for all that!”

A deep flush had crossed the parson's pale face.
The athlete saw it, and muttered to himself angrily,
casting surly sidelong glances up the table, and breathing
hard; the previous evening he had happened to
pass the Chapel of St. John and St. James as its
congregation of one was going in the door.

After two hours spent in study, the parson went
out to visit the poor and sick of the parish; all were
poor, and one was sick, — the child of an Englishwoman,
a miner's wife. The mother, with a memory
of her English training, dusted a chair for the minister,
and dropped a courtesy, as he seated himself
by the little bed; but she seemed embarrassed, and
talked volubly of anything and everything save the
child. The parson listened to the unbroken stream
of words while he stroked the boy's soft cheek and
held the wasted little hand in his. At length he
took a small bottle from his pocket, and looked
around for a spoon; it was a pure and delicate cordial
which he had often given to the sick child to
sustain its waning strength.

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

“O, if you please, sir, — indeed, I don't feel sure
that it does Harry any good. Thank you for offering
it so free — but — but, if you 'd just as lieve —
I — I 'd rather not, sir, if you please, sir.”

The parson looked up in astonishment; the costly
cordial had robbed him of many a fire.

“Why don't you tell the minister the truth?” called
out a voice from the inner room, the harsh voice of
the husband. “Why don't you say right out that
Brother Saul was here last night, and prayed over
the child, and give it some of his own medicine, and
telled you not to touch the parson's stuff? He said
it was pizen, he did.”

The parson rose, cut to the heart. He had shared
his few dimes with this woman, and had hoped much
from her on account of her early church-training. On
Sunday she had been one of the few who came to the
chapel, and when, during the summer, she was smitten
with fever, he had read over her the prayers from “The
Visitation of the Sick”; he had baptized this child
now fading away, and had loved the little fellow tenderly,
taking pleasure in fashioning toys for his baby
hands, and saving for him the few cakes of Mrs.
Malone's table.

“I did n't mean to have Saul, — I did n't indeed,
sir,” said the mother, putting her apron to her eyes.
“But Harry he was so bad last night, and the neighbors
sort o' persuaded me into it. Brother Saul does

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

pray so powerful strong, sir, that it seems as though it
must do some good some way; and he 's a very comfortable
talker too, there 's no denying that. Still, I
did n't mean it, sir; and I hope you 'll forgive me.”

“There is nothing to forgive,” replied the parson,
gently; and, leaving his accustomed coin on the table,
he went away.

Wandering at random through the pine forest, unable
to overcome the dull depression at his heart, he
came suddenly upon a large bull-dog; the creature, one
of the ugliest of its kind, eyed him quietly, with a slow
wrinkling of the sullen upper lip.

The parson visibly trembled.

“'Fraid, are ye?” called out a voice, and the athlete
of the breakfast-table showed himself.

“Call off your dog, please, Mr. Long.”

“He ain't doin' nothin', parson. But you 're at liberty
to kick him, if you like,” said the man, laughing
as the dog snuffed stealthily around the parson's gaiters.
The parson shifted his position; the dog followed.
He stepped aside; so did the dog. He turned
and walked away with a determined effort at self-control;
the dog went closely behind, brushing his ankles
with his ugly muzzle. He hurried; so did the dog.
At last, overcome with the nervous physical timidity
which belonged to his constitution, he broke into a
run, and fled as if for life, hearing the dog close behind
and gaining with every step. The jeering laugh of the

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

athlete followed him through the pine-tree aisles, but
he heeded it not, and when at last he spied a log-house
on one side he took refuge within like a hunted hare,
breathless and trembling. An old woman smoking a
pipe was its only occupant. “What 's the matter?”
she said. “O, the dog?” And, taking a stick of
wood, she drove the animal from the door, and sent
him fleeing back to his master. The parson sat down
by the hearth to recover his composure.

“Why, you 're most frightened to death, ain't yer?”
said the old woman, as she brushed against him to
make up the fire. “You 're all of a tremble. I would
n't stray so far from home if I was you, child.”

Her vision was imperfect, and she took the small,
cowering figure for a boy.

The minister went home.

After dinner, which he did not eat, as the greasy
dishes offended his palate, he shut himself up in his
room to prepare his sermon for the coming Sunday.
It made no difference whether there would be any
one to hear it or not, the sermon was always carefully
written and carefully delivered, albeit short,
according to the ritualistic usage, which esteems the
service all, the sermon nothing. His theme on this
occasion was “The General Councils of the Church”;
and the sermon, an admirable production of its kind,
would have been esteemed, no doubt, in English Oxford
or in the General Theological Seminary of New

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

York City. He wrote earnestly and ardently, deriving
a keen enjoyment from the work; the mechanical
part also was exquisitely finished, the clear sentences
standing out like the work of a sculptor.
Then came vespers; and the congregation this time
was composed of two, or, rather, three persons, — the
girl, the owner of the dog, and the dog himself. The
man entered during service with a noisy step, managing
to throw over a bench, coughing, humming,
and talking to his dog; half of the congregation
was evidently determined upon mischief. But the
other half rose with the air of a little queen, crossed
the intervening space with an open prayer-book, gave
it to the man, and, seating herself near by, fairly
awed him into good behavior. Rose Ray was beautiful;
and the lion lay at her feet. As for the dog,
with a wave of her hand she ordered him out, and
the beast humbly withdrew. It was noticeable that the
parson's voice gained strength as the dog disappeared.

“I ain't going to stand by and see it, Rosie,” said
the man, as, the service over, he followed the girl
into the street. “That puny little chap!”

“He cares nothing for me,” answered the girl,
quickly.

“He sha' n't have a chance to care, if I know myself.
You 're free to say `no' to me, Rosie, but you
ain't free to say `yes' to him. A regular coward!
That 's what he is. Why, he ran away from my dog

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

this very afternoon, — ran like he was scared to
death!”

“You set the dog on him, Steve.”

“Well, what if I did? He need n't have run;
any other man would have sent the beast flying.”

“Now, Steve, do promise me that you won't tease
him any more,” said the girl, laying her hand upon
the man's arm as he walked by her side. His face
softened.

“If he had any spirit he 'd be ashamed to have
a girl beggin' for him not to be teased. But never
mind that; I 'll let him alone fast enough, Rosie, if
you will too.”

“If I will,” repeated the girl, drawing back, as he
drew closer to her side; “what can you mean?”

“O, come now! You know very well you 're always
after him, — a goin' to his chapel where no one
else goes hardly, — a listenin' to his preachin', — and
a havin' your picture hung up in his room.”

It was a random shaft, sent carelessly, more to
finish the sentence with a strong point than from
any real belief in the athlete's mind.

“What!”

“Leastways so Mrs. Malone said. I took breakfast
there this morning.”

The girl was thrown off her guard, her whole face
flushed with joy; she could not for the moment hide
her agitation. “My picture!” she murmured, and

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

clasped her hands. The light from the Pine-Cone
crossed her face, and revealed the whole secret. Steven
Long saw it, and fell into a rage. After all,
then, she did love the puny parson!

“Let him look out for himself, that 's all,” he
muttered with a fierce gesture, as he turned towards
the saloon door. (He felt a sudden thirst for vengeance,
and for whiskey.) “I 'll be even with him,
and I won't be long about it neither. You 'll never
have the little parson alive, Rose Ray! He 'll be
found missin' some fine mornin', and nobody will be to
blame but you either.” He disappeared, and the girl
stood watching the spot where his dark, angry face
had been. After a time she went slowly homeward,
troubled at heart; there was neither law nor order at
Algonquin, and not without good cause did she fear.

The next morning, as the parson was coming from
his solitary matin service through thick-falling snow,
this girl met him, slipped a note into his hand, and
disappeared like a vision. The parson went homeward,
carrying the folded paper under his cloak
pressed close to his heart. “I am only keeping it
dry,” he murmured to himself. This was the note: —

Respected Sir, — I must see you, you air in
danger. Please come to the Grotter this afternoon
at three and I remain yours respectful,

Rose Ray.

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

The Rev. Herman Warriner Peters read these words
over and over; then he went to breakfast, but ate
nothing, and, coming back to his room, he remained
the whole morning motionless in his chair. At
first the red flamed in his cheek, but gradually it
faded, and gave place to a pinched pallor; he bowed
his head upon his hands, communed with his own
heart, and was still. As the dinner-bell rang he
knelt down on the cold hearth, made a little funeral
pyre of the note torn into fragments, watched
it slowly consume, and then, carefully collecting the
ashes, he laid them at the base of the large cross.

At two o'clock he set out for the Grotto, a cave
two miles from the village along the shore, used by the
fishermen as a camp during the summer. The snow
had continued falling, and now lay deep on the even
ground; the pines were loaded with it, and everything
was white save the waters of the bay, heaving
sullenly, dark, and leaden, as though they knew the
icy fetters were nearly ready for them. The parson
walked rapidly along in his awkward, halting gait;
overshoes he had none, and his cloak was but a
sorry substitute for the blankets and skins worn by
the miners. But he did not feel cold when he
opened the door of the little cabin which had been
built out in front of the cave, and found himself
face to face with the beautiful girl who had summoned
him there. She had lighted a fire of pine

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

knots on the hearth, and set the fishermen's rough
furniture in order; she had cushioned a chair-back
with her shawl, and heated a flat stone for a footwarmer.

“Take this seat, sir,” she said, leading him thither.

The parson sank into the chair and placed his
old soaked gaiters on the warm stone; but he said
not one word.

“I thought perhaps you 'd be tired after your long
walk, sir,” continued the girl, “and so I took the liberty
of bringing something with me.” As she spoke
she drew into view a basket, and took from it delicate
bread, chicken, cakes, preserved strawberries, and a
little tin coffee-pot which, set on the coals, straightway
emitted a delicious fragrance; nothing was forgotten, —
cream, sugar, nor even snowy napkins.

The parson spoke not a word.

But the girl talked for both, as with flushed cheeks
and starry eyes she prepared the tempting meal, using
many pretty arts and graceful motions, using in
short every power she possessed to charm the silent
guest. The table was spread, the viands arranged,
the coffee poured into the cup; but still the parson
spoke not, and his blue eyes were almost stern as
he glanced at the tempting array. He touched nothing.

“I thought you would have liked it all,” said the
girl at last, when she saw her little offerings

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

despised. “I brought them all out myself — and I
was so glad thinking you 'd like them — and now —”
Her voice broke, and the tears flowed from her pretty
soft eyes. A great tenderness came over the parson's
face.

“Do not weep,” he said, quickly. “See, I am eating.
See, I am enjoying everything. It is all good,
nay, delicious.” And in his haste he partook of each
dish, and lifted the coffee-cup to his lips. The girl's
face grew joyous again, and the parson struggled bravely
against his own enjoyment; in truth, what with the
warm fire, the easy-chair, the delicate food, the fragrant
coffee, and the eager, beautiful face before him, a
sense of happiness came over him in long surges, and
for the moment his soul drifted with the warm tide.

“You do like it, don't you?” said the girl with
delight, as he slowly drank the fragrant coffee, his
starved lips lingering over the delicious brown drops.
Something in her voice jarred on the trained nerves
and roused them to action again.

“Yes, I do like it, — only too well,” he answered;
but the tone of his voice had altered. He pushed
back his chair, rose, and began pacing to and fro in
the shadow beyond the glow of the fire.

“Thou glutton body!” he murmured. “But thou
shalt go empty for this.” Then, after a pause, he
said in a quiet, even tone, “You had something to
tell me, Miss Ray.”

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

The girl's face had altered; but rallying, she told
her story earnestly, — of Steven Long, his fierce temper,
his utter lawlessness, and his threats.

“And why should Steven Long threaten me?” said
the parson. “But you need not answer,” he continued
in an agitated voice. “Say to Steven Long, —
say to him,” he repeated in louder tones, “that I
shall never marry. I have consecrated my life to
my holy calling.”

There was a long silence; the words fell with
crushing weight on both listener and speaker. We
do not realize even our own determinations, sometimes,
until we have told them to another. The girl
rallied first; for she still hoped.

“Mr. Peters,” she said, taking all her courage in
her hands and coming towards him, “is it wrong to
marry?”

“For me — it is.”

“Why?”

“Because I am a priest.”

“Are you a Catholic, then?”

“I am a Catholic, although not in the sense you
mean. Mine is the true Catholic faith which the
Anglican Church has kept pure from the errors of
Rome, and mine it is to make my life accord with
the high office I hold.”

“Is it part of your high office to be cold — and
hungry — and wretched?”

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

“I am not wretched.”

“You are; now, and at all times. You are killing
yourself.”

“No; else I had died long, long ago.”

“Well, then, of what use is your poor life as you
now live it, either to yourself or any one else? Do
you succeed among the miners? How many have
you brought into the church?”

“Not one.”

“And yourself? Have you succeeded, so far, in
making yourself a saint?”

“God knows I have not,” replied the parson, covering
his face with his hands as the questions probed
his sore, sad heart. “I have failed in my work, I
have failed in myself, I am of all men most miserable! —
most miserable!”

The girl sprang forward and caught his arm, her
eyes full of love's pity. “You know you love me,”
she murmured; “why fight against it? For I — I
love you!”

What did the parson do?

He fell upon his knees, but not to her, and uttered
a Latin prayer, short but fervid.

“All the kingdoms of the world and the glory of
them,” he murmured, “would not be to me so much
as this!” Then he rose.

“Child,” he said, “you know not what you do.”
And, opening the door, he went away into the snowy

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

forest. But the girl's weeping voice called after him,
“Herman, Herman.” He turned; she had sunk upon
the threshold. He came back and lifted her for a
moment in his arms.

“Be comforted, Rosamond,” he said, tenderly. “It
is but a fancy; you will soon forget me. You do
not really love me, — such a one as I,” he continued,
bringing forward, poor heart! his own greatest
sorrow with unpitying hand. “But thank you, dear,
for the gentle fancy.” He stood a moment, silent;
then touched her dark hair with his quivering lips
and disappeared.

Sunday morning the sun rose unclouded, the snow
lay deep on the ground, the first ice covered the
bay; winter had come. At ten o'clock the customary
service began in the Chapel of St. John and
St. James, and the little congregation shivered, and
whispered that it must really try to raise money
enough for a stove. The parson did not feel the cold,
although he looked almost bloodless in his white surplice.
The Englishwoman was there, repentant, —
the sick child had not rallied under the new ministration;
Mrs. Malone was there, from sheer good-nature;
and several of the villagers and two or three
miners had strolled in because they had nothing else
to do, Brother Saul having returned to the mine.
Rose Ray was not there. She was no saint, so she
stayed at home and wept like a sinner.

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

The congregation, which had sat silent through the
service, fell entirely asleep during the sermon on the
“General Councils.” Suddenly, in the midst of a
sentence, there came a noise that stopped the parson
and woke the sleepers. Two or three miners
rushed into the chapel and spoke to the few men
present. “Come out,” they cried, — “come out to the
mine. The thief 's caught at last! and who do you
think it is? Saul, Brother Saul himself, the hypocrite!
They tracked him to his den, and there they
found the barrels and sacks and kegs, but the stuff
he 's made away with, most of it. He took it all,
every crumb, and us a starving!”

“We 've run in to tell the town,” said another.
“We 've got him fast, and we 're going to make a
sample of him. Come out and see the fun.”

“Yes,” echoed a third, who lifted a ruffianly face
from his short, squat figure, “and we 'll take our own
time, too. He 's made us suffer, and now he shall
suffer a bit, if I know myself.”

The women shuddered as, with an ominous growl,
all the men went out together.

“I misdoubt they 'll hang him,” said Mrs. Malone,
shaking her head as she looked after them.

“Or worse,” said the miner's wife.

Then the two departed, and the parson was left
alone. Did he cut off the service? No. Deliberately
he finished every word of the sermon, sang a

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

hymn, and spoke the final prayer; then, after putting
everything in order, he too left the little sanctuary;
but he did not go homeward, he took the road
to the mine.

“Don't-ee go, sir, don't!” pleaded the Englishwoman,
standing in her doorway as he passed. “You
won't do no good, sir.”

“Maybe not,” answered the parson, gently, “but
at least I must try.”

He entered the forest; the air was still and cold,
the snow crackled under his feet, and the pine-trees
stretched away in long white aisles. He looked like
a pygmy as he hastened on among the forest giants,
his step more languid than usual from sternest vigil
and fasting.

“Thou proud, evil body, I have conquered thee!”
he had said in the cold dawning. And he had; at
least, the body answered not again.

The mine was several miles away, and to lighten
the journey the little man sang a hymn, his voice
sounding through the forest in singular melody. It
was an ancient hymn that he sang, written long ago
by some cowled monk, and it told in quaint language
of the joys of “Paradise! O Paradise!” He
did not feel the cold as he sang of the pearly gates.

In the late afternoon his halting feet approached
the mine; as he drew near the clearing he heard a
sound of many voices shouting together, followed by

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

a single cry, and a momentary silence more fearful
than the clamor. The tormentors were at work. The
parson ran forward, and, passing the log-huts which
lay between, came out upon the scene. A circle of
men stood there around a stake. Fastened by a long
rope, crouched the wretched prisoner, his face turned
to the color of dough, his coarse features drawn apart
like an animal in terror, and his hoarse voice never
ceasing its piteous cry, “Have mercy, good gentlemen!
Dear gentlemen, have mercy!”

At a little distance a fire of logs was burning,
and from the brands scattered around it was evident
that the man had served as a target for the
fiery missiles; in addition he bore the marks of blows,
and his clothes were torn and covered with mud as
though he had been dragged roughly over the ground.
The lurid light of the fire cast a glow over the faces
of the miners; behind rose the Iron Mountain, dark
in shadow; and on each side stretched out the ranks
of the white-pine trees, like ghosts assembled as silent
witnesses against the cruelty of man. The parson
rushed forward, broke through the circle, and
threw his arms around the prisoner at the stake,
protecting him with his slender body.

“If ye kill him, ye must kill me also,” he cried,
in a ringing voice.

On the border, the greatest crime is robbery. A
thief is worse than a murderer; a life does not count

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

so much as life's supplies. It was not for the murderer
that the Lynch law was made, but for the
thief. For months these Algonquin miners had suffered
loss; their goods, their provisions, their clothes,
and their precious whiskey had been stolen, day
after day, and all search had proved vain; exasperated,
several times actually suffering from want, they
had heaped up a great store of fury for the thief,—
fury increased tenfold when, caught at last, he
proved to be no other than Brother Saul, the one
man whom they had trusted, the one man whom
they had clothed and fed before themselves, the one
man from whom they had expected better things.
An honest, bloodthirsty wolf in his own skin was
an animal they respected; indeed, they were themselves
little better. But a wolf in sheep's clothing
was utterly abhorrent to their peculiar sense of
honor. So they gathered around their prey, and esteemed
it rightfully theirs; whiskey had sharpened
their enjoyment.

To this savage band, enter the little parson.
“What! are ye men?” he cried. “Shame, shame,
ye murderers!”

The miners stared at the small figure that defied
them, and for the moment their anger gave way before
a rough sense of the ludicrous.

“Hear the little man,” they cried. “Hurrah, Peter!
Go ahead!”

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

But they soon wearied of his appeal and began to
answer back.

“What are clothes or provisions to a life?” said
the minister.

“Life ain't worth much without 'em, Parson,” replied
a miner. “He took all we had, and we 've
gone cold and hungry 'long of him, and he knowed
it. And all the time we was a giving him of the
best, and a believing his praying and his preaching.”

“If he is guilty, let him be tried by the legal
authorities.”

“We 're our own legal 'thorities, Parson.”

“The country will call you to account.”

“The country won't do nothing of the kind.
Much the country cares for us poor miners, frozen
up here in the woods! Stand back, Parson. Why
should you bother about Saul? You always hated
him.”

“Never! never!” answered the parson, earnestly.

“You did too, and he knowed it. 'T was because
he was dirty, and could n't mince his words as you
do.”

The parson turned to the crouching figure at his
side. “Friend,” he said, “if this is true, — and the
heart is darkly deceitful and hides from man his
own worst sins, — I humbly ask your forgiveness.”

“O come! None of your gammon,” said another
miner, impatiently. “Saul did n't care whether you

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

liked him or not, for he knowed you was only a
coward.”

“'Fraid of a dog! 'Fraid of a dog!” shouted half
a dozen voices; and a frozen twig struck the parson's
cheek, and drew blood.

“Why, he 's got blood!” said one. “I never
thought he had any.”

“Come, Parson,” said a friendly miner, advancing
from the circle, “we don't want to hurt you, but you
might as well understand that we 're the masters here.”

“And if ye are the masters, then be just. Give
the criminal to me; I will myself take him to the
nearest judge, the nearest jail, and deliver him up.”

“He 'll be more likely to deliver you up, I reckon,
Parson.”

“Well, then, send a committee of your own men
with me —”

“We 've got other things to do besides taking
long journeys over the ice to 'commodate thieves,
Parson. Leave the man to us.”

“And to torture? Men, men, ye would not treat
a beast so!”

“A beast don't steal our food and whiskey,” sang
out a miner.

“Stand back! stand back!” shouted several voices.
“You 're too little to fight, Parson.”

“But not too little to die,” answered the minister,
throwing up his arms towards the sky.

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

For an instant his words held the men in check;
they looked at each other, then at him.

“Think of yourselves,” continued the minister.
“Are ye without fault? If ye murder this man, ye
are worse than he is.”

But here the minister went astray in his appeal,
and ran against the views of the border.

“Worse! Worse than a sneaking thief! Worse
than a praying hypocrite who robs the very men
that feed him! Look here, we won't stand that!
Sheer off, or take the consequences.” And a burning
brand struck the parson's coat, and fell on the
head of the crouching figure at his side, setting fire
to its hair. Instantly the parson extinguished the
light flame, and drew the burly form closer within
his arms, so that the two stood as one. “Not one,
but both of us,” he cried.

A new voice spoke next, the voice of the oldest
miner, the most hardened reprobate there. “Let go
that rascal, Parson. He 's the fellow that lamed you
last spring. He set the trap himself; I seen him
a doing it.”

Involuntarily, for a moment, Herman Peters drew
back; the trap set at the chapel door, the deliberate,
cruel intention, the painful injury, and its life-long
result, brought the angry color to his pale face.
The memory was full of the old bitterness.

But Saul, feeling himself deserted, dragged his

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

miserable body forward, and clasped the parson's
knees. With desperate hands he clung, and he was
not repulsed. Without a word the parson drew him
closer, and again faced the crowd.

“Why, the man 's a downright fool!” said the old
miner. “That Saul lamed him for life, and all for
nothing, and still he stands by him. The man 's
mad!”

“I am not mad,” answered the parson, and his
voice rung out clear and sweet. “But I am a minister
of the great God who has said to men, `Thou
shalt do no murder.' O men! O brothers! look
back into your own lives. Have ye no crimes, no
sins to be forgiven? Can ye expect mercy when ye
give none? Let this poor creature go, and it shall
be counted unto you for goodness. Ye, too, must
some time die; and when the hour comes, as it often
comes, in lives like yours, with sudden horror, ye will
have this good deed to remember. For charity —
which is mercy — shall cover a multitude of sins.”

He ceased, and there was a momentary pause.
Then a stern voice answered, “Facts won't alter,
Parson. The man is a thief, and must be punished.
Your talk may do for women-folks, not for us.”

“Women-folks!” repeated the ruffian-faced man
who had made the women shudder at the chapel.
“He 's a sly fox, this parson! He did n't go out to
meet Rosie Ray at the Grotter yesterday, O no!”

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

“Liar!” shouted a man, who had been standing
in the shadow on the outskirts of the crowd, taking,
so far, no part in the scene. He forced himself to
the front; it was Steven Long, his face dark with
passion.

“No liar at all, Steve,” answered the first. “I
seen 'em there with my own eyes; they had things
to eat and everything. Just ask the parson.”

“Yes, ask the parson,” echoed the others; and with
the shifting humor of the border, they stopped to
laugh over the idea. “Ask the parson.”

Steven Long stepped forward and confronted the
little minister. His strong hands were clinched, his
blood was on fire with jealousy. The bull-dog followed
his master, and smelled around the parson's
gaiters, — the same poor old shoes, his only pair,
now wet with melted snow. The parson glanced
down apprehensively.

“'Fraid of a dog! 'Fraid of a dog!” shouted the
miners, again laughing uproariously. The fun was
better than they had anticipated.

“Is it true?” demanded Steven Long, in a hoarse
voice. “Did you meet that girl at the Grotter yesterday?”

“I did meet Rosamond Ray at the Grotto yesterday,”
answered the parson; “but —”

He never finished the sentence. A fragment of
iron ore struck him on the temple. He fell, and

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

died, his small body lying across the thief, whom
he still protected even in death.

The murder was not avenged; Steven Long was
left to go his own way. But as the thief was also
allowed to depart unmolested, the principles of border
justice were held to have been amply satisfied.

The miners attended the funeral in a body, and
even deputed one of their number to read the Episcopal
burial service over the rough pine coffin, since
there was no one else to do it. They brought out
the chapel prayer-books, found the places, and followed
as well as they could; for “he thought a deal
of them books. Don't you remember how he was
always carrying 'em backward and forward, poor little
chap!”

The Chapel of St. John and St. James was closed
for the season. In the summer a new missionary
arrived; he was not ritualistic, and before the year
was out he married Rosamond Ray.

-- --

p755-139 JEANNETTE.

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

BEFORE the war for the Union, in the times of
the old army, there had been peace throughout
the country for thirteen years. Regiments existed
in their officers, but the ranks were thin, —
the more so the better, since the United States
possessed few forts and seemed in chronic embarrassment
over her military children, owing to the
flying foot-ball of public opinion, now “standing
army pro,” now “standing army con,” with more or
less allusion to the much-enduring Cæsar and his
legions, the ever-present ghost of the political arena.

In those days the few forts were full and much
state was kept up; the officers were all graduates
of West Point, and their wives graduates of the first
families. They prided themselves upon their antecedents;
and if there was any aristocracy in the
country, it was in the circles of army life.

Those were pleasant days, — pleasant for the old
soldiers who were resting after Mexico, — pleasant
for young soldiers destined to die on the plains of

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

Gettysburg or the cloudy heights of Lookout Mountain.
There was an esprit de corps in the little band,
a dignity of bearing, and a ceremonious state, lost in
the great struggle which came afterward. That great
struggle now lies ten years back; yet, to-day, when
the silver-haired veterans meet, they pass it over as
a thing of the present, and go back to the times of
the “old army.”

Up in the northern straits, between blue Lake
Huron, with its clear air, and gray Lake Michigan,
with its silver fogs, lies the bold island of Mackinac.
Clustered along the beach, which runs around its
half-moon harbor, are the houses of the old French
village, nestling at the foot of the cliff rising behind,
crowned with the little white fort, the stars and
stripes floating above it against the deep blue sky.
Beyond, on all sides, the forest stretches away, cliffs
finishing it abruptly, save one slope at the far end
of the island, three miles distant, where the British
landed in 1812. That is the whole of Mackinac.

The island has a strange sufficiency of its own;
it satisfies; all who have lived there feel it. The
island has a wild beauty of its own; it fascinates;
all who have lived there love it. Among its aromatic
cedars, along the aisles of its pine-trees, in the
gay company of its maples, there is companionship.
On its bald northern cliffs, bathed in sunshine and
swept by the pure breeze, there is exhilaration.

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

Many there are, bearing the burden and heat of the
day, who look back to the island with the tears that
rise but do not fall, the sudden longing despondency
that comes occasionally to all, when the tired heart
cries out, “O, to escape, to flee away, far, far away,
and be at rest!”

In 1856 Fort Mackinac held a major, a captain,
three lieutenants, a chaplain, and a surgeon, besides
those subordinate officers who wear stripes on their
sleeves, and whose rank and duties are mysterious
to the uninitiated. The force for this array of commanders
was small, less than a company; but what
it lacked in quantity it made up in quality, owing
to the continual drilling it received.

The days were long at Fort Mackinac; happy
thought! drill the men. So when the major had
finished, the captain began, and each lieutenant was
watching his chance. Much state was kept up also.
Whenever the major appeared, “Commanding officer;
guard, present arms,” was called down the line
of men on duty, and the guard hastened to obey,
the major acknowledging the salute with stiff precision.
By day and by night sentinels paced the
walls. True, the walls were crumbling, and the whole
force was constantly engaged in propping them up,
but none the less did the sentinels pace with dignity.
What was it to the captain if, while he
sternly inspected the muskets in the block-house, the

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

lieutenant, with a detail of men, was hard at work
strengthening its underpinning? None the less did
he inspect. The sally-port, mended but imposing;
the flag-staff with its fair-weather and storm flags;
the frowning iron grating; the sidling white causeway,
constantly falling down and as constantly repaired,
which led up to the main entrance; the well-preserved
old cannon, — all showed a strict military
rule. When the men were not drilling they were
propping up the fort, and when they were not propping
up the fort they were drilling. In the early
days, the days of the first American commanders,
military roads had been made through the forest, —
roads even now smooth and solid, although trees of
a second growth meet overhead. But that was when
the fort was young and stood firmly on its legs. In
1856 there was no time for road-making, for when
military duty was over there was always more or
less mending to keep the whole fortification from
sliding down hill into the lake.

On Sunday there was service in the little chapel,
an upper room overlooking the inside parade-ground.
Here the kindly Episcopal chaplain read the chapters
about Balaam and Balak, and always made the same
impressive pause after “Let me die the death of the
righteous, and let my last end be like his.” (Dear
old man! he has gone. Would that our last end
might indeed be like his!) Not that the chaplain

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

confined his reading to the Book of Numbers; but
as those chapters are appointed for the August Sundays,
and as it was in August that the summer visitors
came to Mackinac, the little chapel is in many
minds associated with the patient Balak, his seven
altars, and his seven rams.

There was state and discipline in the fort even on
Sundays; bugle-playing marshalled the congregation
in, bugle-playing marshalled them out. If the sermon
was not finished, so much the worse for the sermon,
but it made no difference to the bugle; at a given
moment it sounded, and out marched all the soldiers,
drowning the poor chaplain's hurrying voice with
their tramp down the stairs. The officers attended
service in full uniform, sitting erect and dignified in
the front seats. We used to smile at the grand air
they had, from the stately gray-haired major down
to the youngest lieutenant fresh from the Point.
But brave hearts were beating under those fine uniforms;
and when the great struggle came, one and
all died on the field in the front of the battle.
Over the grave of the commanding officer is inscribed
“Major-General,” over the captain's is “Brigadier,”
and over each young lieutenant is “Colonel.” They
gained their promotion in death.

I spent many months at Fort Mackinac with Archie;
Archie was my nephew, a young lieutenant. In the
short, bright summer came the visitors from below; all

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

the world outside is “below” in island vernacular. In
the long winter the little white fort looked out over
unbroken ice-fields, and watched for the moving black
dot of the dog-train bringing the mails from the mainland.
One January day I had been out walking on
the snow-crust, breathing the cold, still air, and, returning
within the walls to our quarters, I found my
little parlor already occupied. Jeannette was there,
petite Jeanneton, the fisherman's daughter. Strange
beauty sometimes results from a mixed descent, and
this girl had French, English, and Indian blood in her
veins, the three races mixing and intermixing among her
ancestors, according to the custom of the Northwestern
border. A bold profile delicately finished, heavy blue-black
hair, light blue eyes looking out unexpectedly
from under black lashes and brows; a fair white skin,
neither the rose-white of the blonde nor the cream-white
of the Oriental brunette; a rounded form with
small hands and feet, — showed the mixed beauties of
three nationalities. Yes, there could be no doubt but
that Jeannette was singularly lovely, albeit ignorant
utterly. Her dress was as much of a mélange as her
ancestry: a short skirt of military blue, Indian leggins
and moccasins, a red jacket and little red cap embroidered
with beads. The thick braids of her hair hung
down her back, and on the lounge lay a large blanket-mantle
lined with fox-skins and ornamented with the
plumage of birds. She had come to teach me

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

bead-work; I had already taken several lessons to while
away the time, but found myself an awkward scholar.

Bonjou', madame,” she said, in her patois of broken
English and degenerate French. “Pretty here.”

My little parlor had a square of carpet, a hearth-fire
of great logs, Turkey-red curtains, a lounge and arm-chair
covered with chintz, several prints on the cracked
walls, and a number of books, — the whole well used
and worn, worth perhaps twenty dollars in any town
below, but ten times twenty in icy Mackinac. I began
the bead-work, and Jeannette was laughing at
my mistakes, when the door opened, and our surgeon
came in, pausing to warm his hands before going up
to his room in the attic. A taciturn man was our surgeon,
Rodney Prescott, not popular in the merry garrison
circle, but a favorite of mine; the Puritan, the
New-Englander, the Bostonian, were as plainly written
upon his face as the French and Indian were written
upon Jeannette.

“Sit down, Doctor,” I said.

He took a seat and watched us carelessly, now and
then smiling at Jeannette's chatter as a giant might
smile upon a pygmy. I could see that the child was
putting on all her little airs to attract his attention;
now the long lashes swept the cheeks, now they were
raised suddenly, disclosing the unexpected blue eyes;
the little moccasined feet must be warmed on the fender,
the braids must be swept back with an impatient

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

movement of the hand and shoulder, and now and
then there was a coquettish arch of the red lips, less
than a pout, what she herself would have called “une
p'tite moue.
” Our surgeon watched this pantomime
unmoved.

“Is n't she beautiful?” I said, when, at the expiration
of the hour, Jeannette disappeared, wrapped in her
mantle.

“No; not to my eyes.”

“Why, what more can you require, Doctor? Look
at her rich coloring, her hair —”

“There is no mind in her face, Mrs. Corlyne.”

“But she is still a child.”

“She will always be a child; she will never mature,”
answered our surgeon, going up the steep stairs
to his room above.

Jeannette came regularly, and one morning, tired of
the bead-work, I proposed teaching her to read. She
consented, although not without an incentive in the
form of shillings; but, however gained, my scholar
gave to the long winter a new interest. She learned
readily; but as there was no foundation, I was obliged
to commence with A, B, C.

“Why not teach her to cook?” suggested the major's
fair young wife, whose life was spent in hopeless
labors with Indian servants, who, sooner or later, ran
away in the night with spoons and the family apparel.

“Why not teach her to sew?” said Madame

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

Captain, wearily raising her eyes from the pile of small
garments before her.

“Why not have her up for one of our sociables?”
hazarded our most dashing lieutenant, twirling his
mustache.

“Frederick!” exclaimed his wife, in a tone of horror:
she was aristocratic, but sharp in outlines.

“Why not bring her into the church? Those French
half-breeds are little better than heathen,” said the
chaplain.

Thus the high authorities disapproved of my educational
efforts. I related their comments to Archie, and
added, “The surgeon is the only one who has said
nothing against it.”

“Prescott? O, he 's too high and mighty to notice
anybody, much less a half-breed girl. I never saw
such a stiff, silent fellow; he looks as though he had
swallowed all his straightlaced Puritan ancestors. I
wish he 'd exchange.”

“Gently, Archie —”

“O, yes, without doubt; certainly, and amen! I
know you like him, Aunt Sarah,” said my handsome
boy-soldier, laughing.

The lessons went on. We often saw the surgeon
during study hours, as the stairway leading to his
room opened out of the little parlor. Sometimes he
would stop awhile and listen as Jeannette slowly read,
“The good boy likes his red top”; “The good girl can

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

sew a seam”; or watched her awkward attempts to
write her name, or add a one and a two. It was slow
work, but I persevered, if from no other motive than
obstinacy. Had not they all prophesied a failure?
When wearied with the dull routine, I gave an oral
lesson in poetry. If the rhymes were of the chiming,
rhythmic kind, Jeannette learned rapidly, catching the
verses as one catches a tune, and repeating them with
a spirit and dramatic gesture all her own. Her favorite
was Macaulay's “Ivry.” Beautiful she looked, as,
standing in the centre of the room, she rolled out the
sonorous lines, her French accent giving a charming
foreign coloring to the well-known verses: —



“Now by the lips of those ye love, fair gentlemen of France,
Charge for the golden lilies, — upon them with the lance!
A thousand spurs are striking deep, a thousand spears in rest,
A thousand knights are pressing close behind the snow-white crest;
And in they burst, and on they rushed, while, like a guiding star,
Amidst the thickest carnage blazed the helmet of Navarre.”

And yet, after all my explanations, she only half
understood it; the “knights” were always “nights”
in her mind, and the “thickest carnage” was always
the “thickest carriage.”

One March day she came at the appointed hour,
soon after our noon dinner. The usual clear winter
sky was clouded, and a wind blew the snow from the
trees where it had lain quietly month after month.
“Spring is coming,” said the old sergeant that

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

morning, as he hoisted the storm-flag; “it 's getting wildlike.”

Jeannette and I went through the lessons, but toward
three o'clock a north-wind came sweeping over
the Straits and enveloped the island in a whirling
snow-storm, partly eddies of white splinters torn from
the ice-bound forest, and partly a new fall of round
snow pellets careering along on the gale, quite unlike
the soft, feathery flakes of early winter. “You cannot
go home now, Jeannette,” I said, looking out
through the little west window; our cottage stood
back on the hill, and from this side window we could
see the Straits, going down toward far Waugoschance;
the steep fort-hill outside the wall; the long meadow,
once an Indian burial-place, below; and beyond on
the beach the row of cabins inhabited by the French
fishermen, one of them the home of my pupil. The
girl seldom went round the point into the village;
its one street and a half seemed distasteful to her.
She climbed the stone-wall on the ridge behind her
cabin, took an Indian trail through the grass in summer,
or struck across on the snow-crust in winter,
ran up the steep side of the fort-hill like a wild
chamois, and came into the garrison enclosure with
a careless nod to the admiring sentinel, as she passed
under the rear entrance. These French half-breeds,
like the gypsies, were not without a pride of their
own. They held themselves aloof from the Irish of

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

Shanty-town, the floating sailor population of the
summer, and the common soldiers of the garrison.
They intermarried among themselves, and held their
own revels in their beach-cabins during the winter,
with music from their old violins, dancing and songs,
French ballads with a chorus after every two lines,
quaint chansons handed down from voyageur ancestors.
Small respect had they for the little Roman Catholic
church beyond the old Agency garden; its German
priest they refused to honor; but, when stately old
Father Piret came over to the island from his hermitage
in the Chenaux, they ran to meet him, young
and old, and paid him reverence with affectionate
respect. Father Piret was a Parisian, and a gentleman;
nothing less would suit these far-away sheep
in the wilderness!

Jeannette Leblanc had all the pride of her class;
the Irish saloon-keeper with his shining tall hat, the
loud-talking mate of the lake schooner, the trim sentinel
pacing the fort walls, were nothing to her, and
this somewhat incongruous hauteur gave her the air
of a little princess.

On this stormy afternoon the captain's wife was in
my parlor preparing to return to her own quarters
with some coffee she had borrowed. Hearing my remark
she said, “O, the snow won't hurt the child,
Mrs. Corlyne; she must be storm-proof, living down
there on the beach! Duncan can take her home.”

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

Duncan was the orderly, a factotum in the garrison.

Non,” said Jeannette, tossing her head proudly
as the door closed behind the lady, “I wish not of
Duncan; I go alone.”

It happened that Archie, my nephew, had gone over
to the cottage of the commanding officer to decorate
the parlor for the military sociable; I knew he would
not return, and the evening stretched out before me
in all its long loneliness. “Stay, Jeannette,” I said.
“We will have tea together here, and when the wind
goes down, old Antoine shall go back with you.” Antoine
was a French wood-cutter, whose cabin clung
half-way down the fort-hill like a swallow's nest.

Jeannette's eyes sparkled; I had never invited her
before; in an instant she had turned the day into
a high festival. “Braid hair?” she asked, glancing
toward the mirror; “faut que je m' fasse belle.” And
the long hair came out of its close braids, enveloping
her in its glossy dark waves, while she carefully
smoothed out the bits of red ribbon that served as
fastenings. At this moment the door opened, and the
surgeon, the wind, and a puff of snow came in together.
Jeannette looked up, smiling and blushing; the falling
hair gave a new softness to her face, and her eyes were
as shy as the eyes of a wild fawn.

Only the previous day I had noticed that Rodney
Prescott listened with marked attention to the captain's

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

cousin, a Virginia lady, as she advanced a theory that
Jeannette had negro blood in her veins. “Those quadroon
girls often have a certain kind of plebeian beauty
like this pet of yours, Mrs. Corlyne,” she said, with a
slight sniff of her high-bred, pointed nose. In vain I
exclaimed, in vain I argued; the garrison ladies were
all against me, and, in their presence, not a man dared
come to my aid; and the surgeon even added, “I wish
I could be sure of it.”

“Sure of the negro blood?” I said, indignantly.

“Yes.”

“But Jeannette does not look in the least like a
quadroon.”

“Some of the quadroon girls are very handsome, Mrs.
Corlyne,” answered the surgeon, coldly.

“O yes!” said the high-bred Virginia lady. “My
brother has a number of them about his place, but we
do not teach them to read, I assure you. It spoils
them.”

As I looked at Jeannette's beautiful face, her delicate
eagle profile, her fair skin and light blue eyes, I
recalled this conversation with vivid indignation. The
surgeon, at least, should be convinced of his mistake.
Jeannette had never looked more brilliant; probably
the man had never really scanned her features, — he
was such a cold, unseeing creature; but to-night he
should have a fair opportunity, so I invited him to
join our storm-bound tea-party. He hesitated.

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

“Ah, do, Monsieur Rodenai,” said Jeannette, springing
forward. “I sing for you, I dance; but, no, you
not like that. Bien, I tell your fortune then.” The
young girl loved company. A party of three, no matter
who the third, was to her infinitely better than
two.

The surgeon stayed.

A merry evening we had before the hearth-fire.
The wind howled around the block-house and rattled
the flag-staff, and the snow pellets sounded on the
window-panes, giving that sense of warm comfort
within that comes only with the storm. Our servant
had been drafted into service for the military sociable,
and I was to prepare the evening meal myself.

“Not tea,” said Jeannette, with a wry face; “tea, —
c'est médecine!” She had arranged her hair in fanciful
braids, and now followed me to the kitchen,
enjoying the novelty like a child. “Café?” she said.
“O, please, madame! I make it.”

The little shed kitchen was cold and dreary, each
plank of its thin walls rattling in the gale with a
dismal creak; the wind blew the smoke down the
chimney, and finally it ended in our bringing everything
into the cosey parlor, and using the hearth fire,
where Jeannette made coffee and baked little cakes
over the coals.

The meal over, Jeannette sang her songs, sitting
on the rug before the fire, — Le Beau Voyageur, Les

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

Neiges de la Cloche, ballads in Canadian patois sung
to minor airs brought over from France two hundred
years before.

The surgeon sat in the shade of the chimney-piece,
his face shaded by his hand, and I could not discover
whether he saw anything to admire in my protégée,
until, standing in the centre of the room, she gave us
“Ivry” in glorious style. Beautiful she looked as she
rolled out the lines: —



“And if my standard-bearer fall, as fall full well he may, —
For never saw I promise yet of such a bloody fray, —
Press where ye see my white plume shine amidst the ranks of war,
And be your oriflamme to-day the helmet of Navarre.”

Rodney sat in the full light now, and I secretly
triumphed in his rapt attention.

“Something else, Jeannette,” I said, in the pride
of my heart. Instead of repeating anything I had
taught her, she began in French: —



“`Marie, enfin quitte l'ouvrage,
Voici l'étoile du berger.'
— `Ma mère, un enfant du village
Languit captif chez l'étranger;
Pris sur mer, loin de sa patrie,
Il s'est rendu, — mais le dernier.'
File, file, pauvre Marie,
Pour secourir le prisonnier;
File, file, pauvre Marie,
File, file, pour le prisonnier.
“`Pour lui je filerais moi-même
Mon enfant, — mais — j'ai tant vieilli!'

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]



— `Envoyez à celui que j'aime
Tout le gain par moi recueilli.
Rose à sa noce en vain me prie; —
Dieu! j'entends le ménétrier!'
File, file, pauvre Marie,
Pour secourir le prisonnier;
File, file, pauvre Marie,
File, file, pour le prisonnier.
“`Plus près du feu file, ma chère;
La nuit vient refroidir le temps.'
— `Adrien, m'a-t-on dit, ma mère,
Gémit dans des cachots flottants.
On repousse la main flétrie
Qu'il étend vers un pain grossier.'
File, file, pauvre Marie,
Pour secourir le prisonnier;
File, file, pauvre Marie,
File, file, pour le prisonnier.”*

Jeannette repeated these lines with a pathos so
real that I felt a moisture rising in my eyes.

“Where did you learn that, child?” I asked.

“Father Piret, madame.”

“What is it?”

Je n' sais.

“It is Béranger, — `The Prisoner of War,'” said
Rodney Prescott. “But you omitted the last verse,
mademoiselle; may I ask why?”

“More sad so,” answered Jeannette. “Marie she
die now.”

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

“You wish her to die?”

Mais oui: she die for love; c'est beau!

And there flashed a glance from the girl's eyes that
thrilled through me, I scarcely knew why. I looked
toward Rodney, but he was back in the shadow again.

The hours passed. “I must go,” said Jeannette,
drawing aside the curtain. Clouds were still driving
across the sky, but the snow had ceased falling, and
at intervals the moon shone out over the cold white
scene; the March wind continued on its wild career
toward the south.

“I will send for Antoine,” I said, rising, as Jeannette
took up her fur mantle.

“The old man is sick to-day,” said Rodney. “It
would not be safe for him to leave the fire to-night.
I will accompany mademoiselle.”

Pretty Jeannette shrugged her shoulders. “Mais,
monsieur,
” she answered, “I go over the hill.”

“No, child; not to-night,” I said decidedly. “The
wind is violent, and the cliff doubly slippery after this
ice-storm. Go round through the village.”

“Of course we shall go through the village,” said
our surgeon, in his calm, authoritative way. They
started. But in another minute I saw Jeannette fly
by the west window, over the wall, and across the
snowy road, like a spirit, disappearing down the steep
bank, now slippery with glare ice. Another minute,
and Rodney Prescott followed in her track.

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

With bated breath I watched for the reappearance
of the two figures on the white plain, one hundred and
fifty feet below; the cliff was difficult at any time,
and now in this ice! The moments seemed very long,
and, alarmed, I was on the point of arousing the garrison,
when I spied the two dark figures on the snowy
plain below, now clear in the moonlight, now lost in
the shadow. I watched them for some distance; then
a cloud came, and I lost them entirely.

Rodney did not return, although I sat late before
the dying fire. Thinking over the evening, the idea
came to me that perhaps, after all, he did admire my
protégée, and, being a romantic old woman, I did not
repel the fancy; it might go a certain distance without
harm, and an idyl is always charming, doubly so to
people cast away on a desert island. One falls into
the habit of studying persons very closely in the limited
circle of garrison life.

But, the next morning, the Major's wife gave me an
account of the sociable. “It was very pleasant,” she
said. “Toward the last Dr. Prescott came in, quite
unexpectedly. I had no idea he could be so agreeable.
Augusta can tell you how charming he was!”

Augusta, a young lady cousin, of pale blond complexion,
neutral opinions, and irreproachable manners,
smiled primly. My idyl was crushed!

The days passed. The winds, the snows, and the
high-up fort remained the same. Jeannette came and

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

went, and the hour lengthened into two or three; not
that we read much, but we talked more. Our surgeon
did not again pass through the parlor; he had ordered
a rickety stairway on the outside wall to be repaired,
and we could hear him going up and down its icy steps
as we sat by the hearth-fire. One day I said to him,
“My protégée is improving wonderfully. If she could
have a complete education, she might take her place
with the best in the land.”

“Do not deceive yourself, Mrs. Corlyne,” he answered.
“It is only the shallow French quickness.”

“Why do you always judge the child so harshly,
Doctor?”

“Do you take her part, Aunt Sarah?” (For sometimes
he used the title which Archie had made so
familiar.)

“Of course I do, Rodney. A poor, unfriended girl
living in this remote place, against a United States
surgeon with the best of Boston behind him.”

“I wish you would tell me that every day, Aunt
Sarah,” was the reply I received. It set me musing,
but I could make nothing of it. Troubled without
knowing why, I suggested to Archie that he should
endeavor to interest our surgeon in the fort gayety;
there was something for every night in the merry little
circle, — games, suppers, tableaux, music, theatricals,
readings, and the like.

“Why, he 's in the thick of it already, Aunt Sarah,”

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

said my nephew. “He 's devoting himself to Miss
Augusta; she sings `The Harp that once — ' to him
every night.”

(“The Harp that once through Tara's Halls” was
Miss Augusta's dress-parade song. The Major's quarters
not being as large as the halls aforesaid, the
melody was somewhat overpowering.)

“O, does she?” I thought, not without a shade of
vexation. But the vague anxiety vanished.

The real spring came at last, — the rapid, vivid
spring of Mackinac. Almost in a day the ice moved
out, the snows melted, and the northern wild-flowers
appeared in the sheltered glens. Lessons were at an
end, for my scholar was away in the green woods.
Sometimes she brought me a bunch of flowers; but I
seldom saw her; my wild bird had flown back to the
forest. When the ground was dry and the pine droppings
warmed by the sun, I, too, ventured abroad.
One day, wandering as far as the Arched Rock, I found
the surgeon there, and together we sat down to rest
under the trees, looking off over the blue water flecked
with white caps. The Arch is a natural bridge over a
chasm one hundred and fifty feet above the lake, — a
fissure in the cliff which has fallen away in a hollow,
leaving the bridge by itself far out over the water.
This bridge springs upward in the shape of an arch; it
is fifty feet long, and its width is in some places two
feet, in others only a few inches, — a narrow, dizzy
pathway hanging between sky and water.

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

“People have crossed it,” I said.

“Only fools,” answered our surgeon, who despised
foolhardiness. “Has a man nothing better to do with
his life than risk it for the sake of a silly feat like
that? I would not so much as raise my eyes to see
any one cross.”

“O yes, you would, Monsieur Rodenai,” cried a voice
behind us. We both turned and caught a glimpse of
Jeannette as she bounded through the bushes and out
to the very centre of the Arch, where she stood balancing
herself and laughing gayly. Her form was outlined
against the sky; the breeze swayed her skirt; she
seemed hovering over the chasm. I watched her, mute
with fear; a word might cause her to lose her balance;
but I could not turn my eyes away, I was fascinated
with the sight. I was not aware that Rodney had left
me until he, too, appeared on the Arch, slowly finding
a foothold for himself and advancing toward the centre.
A fragment of the rock broke off under his foot and fell
into the abyss below.

“Go back, Monsieur Rodenai,” cried Jeannette, seeing
his danger.

“Will you come back too, Jeannette?”

Moi? C'est aut' chose,” answered the girl, gayly
tossing her pretty head.

“Then I shall come out and carry you back, wilful
child,” said the surgeon.

A peal of laughter broke from Jeannette as he spoke,

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

and then she began to dance on her point of rock,
swinging herself from side to side, marking the time
with a song. I held my breath; her dance seemed
unearthly; it was as though she belonged to the Prince
of the Powers of the Air.

At length the surgeon reached the centre and caught
the mocking creature in his arms: neither spoke, but
I could see the flash of their eyes as they stood for
an instant motionless. Then they struggled on the
narrow foothold and swayed over so far that I buried
my face in my trembling hands, unable to look at the
dreadful end. When I opened my eyes again all was
still; the Arch was tenantless, and no sound came
from below. Were they, then, so soon dead? Without
a cry? I forced myself to the brink to look down
over the precipice; but while I stood there, fearing to
look, I heard a sound behind me in the woods. It was
Jeannette singing a gay French song. I called to her
to stop. “How could you?” I said severely, for I was
still trembling with agitation.

Ce n'est rien, madame. I cross l'Arche when I had
five year. Mais, Monsieur Rodenai le Grand, he raise
his eye to look this time, I think,” said Jeannette,
laughing triumphantly.

“Where is he?”

“On the far side, gone on to Scott's Pic [Peak].
Féroce, O féroce, comme un loupgarou! Ah! c'est joli,
ça!
” And, overflowing with the wildest glee, the girl

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

danced along through the woods in front of me, now
pausing to look at something in her hand, now laughing,
now shouting like a wild creature, until I lost
sight of her. I went back to the fort alone.

For several days I saw nothing of Rodney. When
at last we met, I said, “That was a wild freak of Jeannette's
at the Arch.”

“Planned, to get a few shillings out of us.”

“O Doctor! I do not think she had any such motive,”
I replied, looking up deprecatingly into his cold,
scornful eyes.

“Are you not a little sentimental over that ignorant,
half-wild creature, Aunt Sarah?”

“Well,” I said to myself, “perhaps I am!”

The summer came, sails whitened the blue straits
again, steamers stopped for an hour or two at the
island docks, and the summer travellers rushed ashore
to buy “Indian curiosities,” made by the nuns in Montreal,
or to climb breathlessly up the steep fort-hill to
see the pride and panoply of war. Proud was the
little white fort in those summer days; the sentinels
held themselves stiffly erect, the officers gave up lying
on the parapet half asleep, the best flag was hoisted
daily, and there was much bugle-playing and ceremony
connected with the evening gun, fired from the ramparts
at sunset; the hotels were full, the boarding-house
keepers were in their annual state of wonder
over the singular taste of these people from “below,”

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

who actually preferred a miserable white-fish to the
best of beef brought up on ice all the way from Buffalo!
There were picnics and walks, and much confusion
of historical dates respecting Father Marquette
and the irrepressible, omnipresent Pontiac. The fort
officers did much escort duty; their buttons gilded
every scene. Our quiet surgeon was foremost in everything.

“I am surprised! I had no idea Dr. Prescott was
so gay,” said the Major's wife.

“I should not think of calling him gay,” I answered.

“Why, my dear Mrs. Corlyne! He is going all the
time. Just ask Augusta.”

Augusta thereupon remarked that society, to a certain
extent, was beneficial; that she considered Dr.
Prescott much improved; really, he was now very
“nice.”

I silently protested against the word. But then I
was not a Bostonian.

One bright afternoon I went through the village,
round the point into the French quarter, in search of a
laundress. The fishermen's cottages faced the west;
they were low and wide, not unlike scows drifted
ashore and moored on the beach for houses. The little
windows had gay curtains fluttering in the breeze,
and the rooms within looked clean and cheery; the
rough walls were adorned with the spoils of the fresh-water
seas, shells, green stones, agates, spar, and

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

curiously shaped pebbles; occasionally there was a stuffed
water-bird, or a bright-colored print, and always a
violin. Black-eyed children played in the water which
bordered their narrow beach-gardens; and slender
women, with shining black hair, stood in their doorways
knitting. I found my laundress, and then went
on to Jeannette's home, the last house in the row.
From the mother, a Chippewa woman, I learned that
Jeannette was with her French father at the fishing-grounds
off Drummond's Island.

“How long has she been away?” I asked.

“Veeks four,” replied the mother, whose knowledge
of English was confined to the price-list of white-fish
and blueberries, the two articles of her traffic with the
boarding-house keepers.

“When will she return?”

Je n' sais.

She knitted on, sitting in the sunshine on her little
doorstep, looking out over the western water with
tranquil content in her beautiful, gentle eyes. As I
walked up the beach I glanced back several times to
see if she had the curiosity to watch me; but no, she
still looked out over the western water. What was I
to her? Less than nothing. A white-fish was more.

A week or two later I strolled out to the Giant's
Stairway and sat down in the little rock chapel.
There was a picnic at the Lovers' Leap, and I had
that side of the island to myself. I was leaning back,

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

half asleep, in the deep shadow, when the sound of
voices roused me; a birch-bark canoe was passing
close in shore, and two were in it, — Jeannette and our
surgeon. I could not hear their words, but I noticed
Rodney's expression as he leaned forward. Jeannette
was paddling slowly; her cheeks were flushed, and her
eyes brilliant. Another moment, and a point hid them
from my view. I went home troubled.

“Did you enjoy the picnic, Miss Augusta?” I said,
with assumed carelessness, that evening. “Dr. Prescott
was there, as usual, I suppose?”

“He was not present, but the picnic was highly enjoyable,”
replied Miss Augusta, in her even voice and
impartial manner.

“The Doctor has not been with us for some days,”
said the major's wife, archly; “I suspect he does not
like Mr. Piper.”

Mr. Piper was a portly widower, of sanguine complexion,
a Chicago produce-dealer, who was supposed
to admire Miss Augusta, and was now going through
a course of “The Harp that once.”

The last days of summer flew swiftly by; the surgeon
held himself aloof; we scarcely saw him in the
garrison circles, and I no longer met him in my
rambles.

“Jealousy!” said the major's wife.

September came. The summer visitors fled away
homeward; the remaining “Indian curiosities” were

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

stored away for another season; the hotels were closed,
and the forests deserted; the bluebells swung unmolested
on their heights, and the plump Indian-pipes
grew in peace in their dark corners. The little white
fort, too, began to assume its winter manners; the
storm-flag was hoisted; there were evening fires upon
the broad hearth-stones; the chaplain, having finished
everything about Balak, his seven altars and seven
rams, was ready for chess-problems; books and papers
were ordered; stores laid in, and anxious inquiries
made as to the “habits” of the new mail-carrier, —
for the mail-carrier was the hero of the winter, and
if his “habits” led him to whiskey, there was danger
that our precious letters might be dropped all along
the northern curve of Lake Huron.

Upon this quiet matter-of-course preparation, suddenly,
like a thunderbolt from a clear sky, came orders
to leave. The whole garrison, officers and men,
were ordered to Florida.

In a moment all was desolation. It was like being
ordered into the Valley of the Shadow of Death.
Dense everglades, swamp-fevers, malaria in the air,
poisonous underbrush, and venomous reptiles and insects,
and now and then a wily unseen foe picking off
the men, one by one, as they painfully cut out roads
through the thickets, — these were the features of military
life in Florida at that period. Men who would
have marched boldly to the cannon's mouth, officers

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

who would have headed a forlorn hope, shrank from
the deadly swamps.

Families must be broken up, also; no women, no
children, could go to Florida. There were tears and
the sound of sobbing in the little white fort, as the
poor wives, all young mothers, hastily packed their
few possessions to go back to their fathers' houses,
fortunate if they had fathers to receive them. The
husbands went about in silence, too sad for words.
Archie kept up the best courage; but he was young,
and had no one to leave save me.

The evening of the fatal day — for the orders had
come in the early dawn — I was alone in my little
parlor, already bare and desolate with packing-cases.
The wind had been rising since morning, and now
blew furiously from the west. Suddenly the door
burst open and the surgeon entered. I was shocked
at his appearance, as, pale, haggard, with disordered
hair and clothing, he sank into a chair, and looked at
me in silence.

“Rodney, what is it?” I said.

He did not answer, but still looked at me with that
strange gaze. Alarmed, I rose and went toward him,
laying my hand on his shoulder with a motherly touch.
I loved the quiet, gray-eyed youth next after Archie.

“What is it, my poor boy? Can I help you?”

“O Aunt Sarah, perhaps you can, for you know her.”

“Her?” I repeated, with sinking heart.

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

“Yes. Jeannette.”

I sat down and folded my hands; trouble had come,
but it was not what I apprehended, — the old story of
military life, love, and desertion; the ever-present ballad
of the “gay young knight who loves and rides
away.” This was something different.

“I love her, — I love her madly, in spite of myself,”
said Rodney, pouring forth his words with feverish
rapidity. “I know it is an infatuation, I know it is
utterly unreasonable, and yet — I love her. I have
striven against it, I have fought with myself, I have
written out elaborate arguments wherein I have clearly
demonstrated the folly of such an affection, and I have
compelled myself to read them over slowly, word for
word, when alone in my own room, and yet — I love
her! Ignorant, I know she would shame me; shallow,
I know she could not satisfy me; as a wife she
would inevitably drag me down to misery, and yet — I
love her! I had not been on the island a week before
I saw her, and marked her beauty. Months before
you invited her to the fort I had become infatuated
with her singular loveliness; but, in some respects,
a race of the blood-royal could not be prouder than
these French fishermen. They will accept your money,
they will cheat you, they will tell you lies for an extra
shilling; but make one step toward a simple acquaintance,
and the door will be shut in your face. They
will bow down before you as a customer, but they will

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

not have you for a friend. Thus I found it impossible
to reach Jeannette. I do not say that I tried, for all
the time I was fighting myself; but I went far enough
to see the barriers. It seemed a fatality that you
should take a fancy to her, have her here, and ask me
to admire her, — admire the face that haunted me by
day and by night, driving me mad with its beauty.

“I realized my danger, and called to my aid all the
pride of my race. I said to my heart, `You shall not
love this ignorant half-breed girl to your ruin.' I reasoned
with myself, and said, `It is only because you
are isolated on this far-away island. Could you present
this girl to your mother? Could she be a companion
for your sisters?' I was beginning to gain
a firmer control over myself, in spite of her presence,
when you unfolded your plan of education. Fatality
again. Instantly a crowd of hopes surged up. The
education you began, could I not finish? She was but
young; a few years of careful teaching might work
wonders. Could I not train this forest flower so that
it could take its place in the garden? But, when I
actually saw this full-grown woman unable to add the
simplest sum or write her name correctly, I was again
ashamed of my infatuation. It is one thing to talk
of ignorance, it is another to come face to face with it.
Thus I wavered, at one moment ready to give up all
for pride, at another to give up all for love.

“Then came the malicious suggestion of negro blood.

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

Could it be proved, I was free; that taint I could not
pardon. [And here, even as the surgeon spoke, I
noticed this as the peculiarity of the New England
Abolitionist. Theoretically he believed in the equality
of the enslaved race, and stood ready to maintain the
belief with his life, but practically he held himself
entirely aloof from them; the Southern creed and
practice were the exact reverse.] I made inquiries
of Father Piret, who knows the mixed genealogy of
the little French colony as far back as the first voyageurs
of the fur trade, and found — as I, shall I say
hoped for feared? — that the insinuation was utterly
false. Thus I was thrown back into the old tumult.

“Then came that evening in this parlor when Jeannette
made the coffee and baked little cakes over the
coals. Do you remember the pathos with which she
chanted File, file, pauvre Marie; File, file, pour le
prisonnier?
Do you remember how she looked when
she repeated `Ivry'? Did that tender pity, that ringing
inspiration, come from a dull mind and shallow
heart? I was avenged of my enforced disdain, my
love gave itself up to delicious hope. She was capable
of education, and then —! I made a pretext of old
Antoine's cough in order to gain an opportunity of
speaking to her alone; but she was like a thing possessed,
she broke from me and sprang over the icy
cliff, her laugh coming back on the wind as I followed
her down the dangerous slope. On she rushed,

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

jumping from rock to rock, waving her hand in wild glee
when the moon shone out, singing and shouting with
merry scorn at my desperate efforts to reach her. It
was a mad chase, but only on the plain below could
I come up with her. There, breathless and eager, I
unfolded to her my plan of education. I only went
so far as this: I was willing to send her to school,
to give her opportunities of seeing the world, to provide
for her whole future. I left the story of my love
to come afterward. She laughed me to scorn. As
well talk of education to the bird of the wilderness!
She rejected my offers, picked up snow to throw in
my face, covered me with her French sarcasms, danced
around me in circles, laughed, and mocked, until I was
at a loss to know whether she was human. Finally,
as a shadow darkened the moon, she fled away; and
when it passed she was gone, and I was alone on the
snowy plain.

“Angry, fierce, filled with scorn for myself, I determined
resolutely to crush out my senseless infatuation.
I threw myself into such society as we had; I assumed
an interest in that inane Miss Augusta; I read and
studied far into the night; I walked until sheer fatigue
gave me tranquillity; but all I gained was lost in that
encounter at the Arch: you remember it? When I
saw her on that narrow bridge, my love burst its bonds
again, and, senseless as ever, rushed to save her, — to
save her, poised on her native rocks, where every inch

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

was familiar from childhood! To save her, — surefooted
and light as a bird! I caught her. She struggled
in my arms, angrily, as an imprisoned animal
might struggle, but — so beautiful! The impulse came
to me to spring with her into the gulf below, and so
end the contest forever. I might have done it, — I
cannot tell, — but, suddenly, she wrenched herself out
of my arms and fled over the Arch, to the farther side.
I followed, trembling, blinded, with the violence of my
emotion. At that moment I was ready to give up my
life, my soul, into her hands.

“In the woods beyond she paused, glanced over her
shoulder toward me, then turned eagerly. `Voilà,' she
said, pointing. I looked down and saw several silver
pieces that had dropped from my pocket as I sprang
over the rocks, and, with an impatient gesture, I thrust
them aside with my foot.

“`Non,' she cried, turning toward me and stooping
eagerly, — `so much! O, so much! See! four shillings!
' Her eyes glistened with longing as she held
the money in her hand and fingered each piece lovingly.

“The sudden revulsion of feeling produced by her
words and gesture filled me with fury. `Keep it, and
buy yourself a soul if you can!' I cried; and turning
away, I left her with her gains.

“`Merci, monsicur,' she answered gayly, all unmindful
of my scorn; and off she ran, holding her treasure

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

tightly clasped in both hands. I could hear her singing
far down the path.

“It is a bitter thing to feel a scorn for yourself!
Did I love this girl who stooped to gather a few shillings
from under my feet? Was it, then, impossible
for me to conquer this ignoble passion? No; it could
not and it should not be! I plunged again into all
the gayety; I left myself not one free moment; if
sleep came not, I forced it to come with opiates;
Jeannette had gone to the fishing-grounds, the weeks
passed, I did not see her. I had made the hardest
struggle of all, and was beginning to recover my self-respect
when, one day, I met her in the woods with
some children; she had returned to gather blueberries.
I looked at her. She was more gentle than usual, and
smiled. Suddenly, as an embankment which has withstood
the storms of many winters gives way at last in
a calm summer night, I yielded. Without one outward
sign, I laid down my arms. Myself knew that the
contest was over, and my other self rushed to her feet.

“Since then I have often seen her; I have made
plan after plan to meet her; I have — O degrading
thought! — paid her to take me out in her canoe, under
the pretence of fishing. I no longer looked forward;
I lived only in the present, and thought only of when
and where I could see her. Thus it has been until this
morning, when the orders came. Now, I am brought
face to face with reality; I must go; can I leave her

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

behind? For hours I have been wandering in the
woods. Aunt Sarah, — it is of no use, — I cannot live
without her; I must marry her.”

“Marry Jeannette!” I exclaimed.

“Even so.”

“An ignorant half-breed?”

“As you say, an ignorant half-breed.”

“You are mad, Rodney.”

“I know it.”

I will not repeat all I said; but, at last, silenced, if
not convinced, by the power of this great love, I started
with him out into the wild night to seek Jeannette.
We went through the village and round the point,
where the wind met us, and the waves broke at our
feet with a roar. Passing the row of cabins, with their
twinkling lights, we reached the home of Jeannette
and knocked at the low door. The Indian mother
opened it. I entered, without a word, and took a seat
near the hearth, where a drift-wood fire was burning.
Jeannette came forward with a surprised look. “You
little think what good fortune is coming to you, child,”
I thought, as I noted her coarse dress and the poor
furniture of the little room.

Rodney burst at once into his subject.

“Jeannette,” he said, going toward her, “I have come
to take you away with me. You need not go to school;
I have given up that idea, — I accept you as you
are. You shall have silk dresses and ribbons, like the

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

ladies at the Mission-House this summer. You shall
see all the great cities, you shall hear beautiful music.
You shall have everything you want, — money, bright
shillings, as many as you wish. See! Mrs. Corlyne
has come with me to show you that it is true. This
morning we had orders to leave Mackinac; in a few
days we must go. But — listen, Jeannette; I will
marry you. You shall be my wife. Do not look so
startled. I mean it; it is really true.”

Qu'est-ce-que-c'est?” said the girl, bewildered by
the rapid, eager words.

“Dr. Prescott wishes to marry you, child,” I explained,
somewhat sadly, for never had the disparity
between them seemed so great. The presence of the
Indian mother, the common room, were like silent
protests.

“Marry!” ejaculated Jeannette.

“Yes, love,” said the surgeon, ardently. “It is quite
true; you shall be my wife. Father Piret shall marry
us. I will exchange into another regiment, or, if necessary,
I will resign. Do you understand what I am
saying, Jeannette? See! I give you my hand, in
token that it is true.”

But, with a quick bound, the girl was across the
room. “What!” she cried. “You think I marry you?
Have you not heard of Baptiste? Know, then, that
I love one finger of him more than all you, ten times,
hundred times.”

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

“Baptiste?” repeated Rodney.

Oui, mon cousin, Baptiste, the fisherman. We
marry soon — tenez — la fête de Saint André.

Rodney looked bewildered a moment, then his face
cleared. “Oh! a child engagement? That is one of
your customs, I know. But never fear; Father Piret
will absolve you from all that. Baptiste shall have
a fine new boat; he will let you off for a handful of
silver-pieces. Do not think of that, Jeannette, but
come to me —”

Je vous abhorre; je vous déteste,” cried the girl
with fury as he approached. “Baptiste not love me?
He love me more than boat and silver dollar, — more
than all the world! And I love him; I die for him!
Allez-vous-en, traître!

Rodney had grown white; he stood before her,
motionless, with fixed eyes.

“Jeannette,” I said in French, “perhaps you do not
understand. Dr. Prescott asks you to marry him;
Father Piret shall marry you, and all your friends
shall come. Dr. Prescott will take you away from
this hard life; he will make you rich; he will support
your father and mother in comfort. My child, it is
wonderful good fortune. He is an educated gentleman,
and loves you truly.”

“What is that to me?” replied Jeannette, proudly.
“Let him go, I care not.” She paused a moment.
Then, with flashing eyes, she cried, “Let him go with

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

his fine new boat and silver dollars! He does not
believe me? See, then, how I despise him!” And,
rushing forward, she struck him on the cheek.

Rodney did not stir, but stood gazing at her while
the red mark glowed on his white face.

“You know not what love is,” said Jeannette, with
indescribable scorn. “You! You! Ah, mon Baptiste,
où es-tu?
But thou wilt kill him, — kill him for his
boats and silver dollars!”

“Child!” I said, startled by her fury.

“I am not a child. Je suis femme, moi!” replied
Jeannette, folding her arms with haughty grace.
Allez!” she said, pointing toward the door. We
were dismissed. A queen could not have made a
more royal gesture.

Throughout the scene the Indian mother had not
stopped her knitting.

In four days we were afloat, and the little white fort
was deserted. It was a dark afternoon, and we sat
clustered on the stern of the steamer, watching the flag
come slowly down from its staff in token of the departure
of the commanding officer. “Isle of Beauty,
fare thee well,” sang the major's fair young wife, with
the sound of tears in her sweet voice.

“We shall return,” said the officers. But not one
of them ever saw the beautiful island again.

Rodney Prescott served a month or two in Florida,

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

“taciturn and stiff as ever,” Archie wrote. Then he
resigned suddenly, and went abroad. He has never
returned, and I have lost all trace of him, so that I
cannot say, from any knowledge of my own, how long
the feeling lived, — the feeling that swept me along in
its train down to the beach-cottage that wild night.

Each man who reads this can decide for himself.

Each woman has decided already.

Last year I met an islander on the cars, going eastward.
It was the first time he had ever been “below”;
but he saw nothing to admire, that dignified
citizen of Mackinac!

“What has become of Jeannette Leblanc?” I
asked.

“Jeannette? O, she married that Baptiste, a lazy,
good-for-nothing fellow! They live in the same little
cabin round the point, and pick up a living most anyhow
for their tribe of young ones.”

“Are they happy?”

“Happy?” repeated my islander, with a slow stare.
“Well, I suppose they are, after their fashion; I don't
know much about them. In my opinion, they are a
shiftless set, those French half-breeds round the point.”

eaf755n1

* “Le Prisonnier de Guerre,” Béranger.

-- --

p755-179 THE OLD AGENCY.

“The buildings of the United States Indian Agency on the island
of Mackinac were destroyed by fire December 31, at midnight.”


Western Newspaper Item.

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

THE old house is gone then! But it shall not
depart into oblivion unchronicled. One who
has sat under its roof-tree, one who remembers well
its rambling rooms and wild garden, will take the
pen to write down a page of its story. It is only
an episode, one of many; but the others are fading
away, or already buried in dead memories under the
sod. It was a quaint, picturesque old place, stretching
back from the white limestone road that bordered
the little port, its overgrown garden surrounded
by an ancient stockade ten feet in height, with a
massive, slow-swinging gate in front, defended by
loopholes. This stockade bulged out in some places
and leaned in at others; but the veteran posts, each
a tree sharpened to a point, did not break their ranks,
in spite of decrepitude; and the Indian warriors, could
they have returned from their happy hunting-grounds,
would have found the brave old fence of the Agency

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

a sturdy barrier still. But the Indian warriors could
not return. The United States agent had long ago
moved to Lake Superior, and the deserted residence,
having only a mythical owner, left without repairs
year after year, and under a cloud of confusion as
regarded taxes, titles, and boundaries, became a sort
of flotsam property, used by various persons, but belonging
legally to no one. Some tenant, tired of
swinging the great gate back and forth, had made a
little sally port alongside, but otherwise the place
remained unaltered; a broad garden with a central
avenue of cherry-trees, on each side dilapidated arbors,
overgrown paths, and heart-shaped beds, where
the first agents had tried to cultivate flowers, and
behind the limestone cliffs crowned with cedars. The
house was large on the ground, with wings and various
additions built out as if at random; on each
side and behind were rough outside chimneys clamped
to the wall; in the roof over the central part dormer-windows
showed a low second story; and here and
there at irregular intervals were outside doors, in some
cases opening out into space, since the high steps
which once led up to them had fallen down, and remained
as they fell, heaps of stones on the ground
below. Within were suites of rooms, large and small,
showing traces of workmanship elaborate for such a
remote locality; the ceilings, patched with rough mortar,
had been originally decorated with moulding, the

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

doors were ornamented with scroll-work, and the two
large apartments on each side of the entrance-hall
possessed chimney-pieces and central hooks for chandeliers.
Beyond and behind stretched out the wings;
coming to what appeared to be the end of the house
on the west, there unexpectedly began a new series
of rooms turning toward the north, each with its outside
door; looking for a corresponding labyrinth on
the eastern side, there was nothing but a blank wall.
The blind stairway went up in a kind of dark well,
and once up it was a difficult matter to get down
without a plunge from top to bottom, since the undefended
opening was just where no one would expect
to find it. Sometimes an angle was so arbitrarily
walled up that you felt sure there must be a secret
chamber there, and furtively rapped on the wall to
catch the hollow echo within. Then again you
opened a door, expecting to step out into the wilderness
of a garden, and found yourself in a set of
little rooms running off on a tangent, one after the
other, and ending in a windowless closet and an open
cistern. But the Agency gloried in its irregularities,
and defied criticism. The original idea of its architect—
if there was any — had vanished; but his
work remained, a not unpleasing variety to summer
visitors accustomed to city houses, all built with a
definite purpose, and one front door.

After some years of wandering in foreign lands, I

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

returned to my own country, and took up the burden
of old associations whose sadness time had mercifully
softened. The summer was over; September had begun,
but there came to me a great wish to see Mackinac
once more; to look again upon the little white
fort where I had lived with Archie, my soldier nephew,
killed at Shiloh. The steamer took me safely across
Erie, up the brimming Detroit River, through the enchanted
region of the St. Clair flats, and out into broad
Lake Huron; there, off Thunder Bay, a gale met us,
and for hours we swayed between life and death. The
season for pleasure travelling was over; my fellow-passengers,
with one exception, were of that class of
Americans who, dressed in cheap imitations of fine
clothes, are forever travelling, travelling, — taking the
steamers not from preference, but because they are less
costly than an all-rail route. The thin, listless men, in
ill-fitting black clothes and shining tall hats, sat on the
deck in tilted chairs, hour after hour, silent and dreary;
the thin, listless women, clad in raiment of many colors,
remained upon the fixed sofas in the cabin hour
after hour, silent and weary. At meals they ate indiscriminately
everything within range, but continued the
same, a weary, dreary, silent band. The one exception
was an old man, tall and majestic, with silvery hair
and bright, dark eyes, dressed in the garb of a Roman
Catholic priest, albeit slightly tinged with frontier
innovations. He came on board at Detroit, and as

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

soon as we were under way he exchanged his hat for
a cloth cap embroidered with Indian bead-work; and
when the cold air, precursor of the gale, struck us on
Huron, he wrapped himself in a large capote made of
skins, with the fur inward.

In times of danger formality drops from us. During
those long hours, when the next moment might have
brought death, this old man and I were together; and
when at last the cold dawn came, and the disabled
steamer slowly ploughed through the angry water
around the point, and showed us Mackinac in the
distance, we discovered that the island was a mutual
friend, and that we knew each other, at least by name;
for the silver-haired priest was Father Piret, the hermit
of the Chenaux. In the old days, when I was living
at the little white fort, I had known Father Piret by
reputation, and he had heard of me from the French
half-breeds around the point. We landed. The summer
hotels were closed, and I was directed to the old
Agency, where occasionally a boarder was received by
the family then in possession. The air was chilly, and
a fine rain was falling, the afterpiece of the equinoctial;
the wet storm-flag hung heavily down over the fort on
the height, and the waves came in sullenly. All was
in sad accordance with my feelings as I thought of the
past and its dead, while the slow tears of age moistened
my eyes. But the next morning Mackinac awoke,
robed in autumn splendor; the sunshine poured down,

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

the straits sparkled back, the forest glowed in scarlet,
the larches waved their wild, green hands, the fair-weather
flag floated over the little fort, and all was as
joyous as though no one had ever died; and indeed it
is in glorious days like these that we best realize
immortality.

I wandered abroad through the gay forest to the
Arch, the Lovers' Leap, and old Fort Holmes, whose
British walls had been battered down for pastime,
so that only a caved-in British cellar remained to
mark the spot. Returning to the Agency, I learned
that Father Piret had called to see me.

“I am sorry that I missed him,” I said; “he is a
remarkable old man.”

The circle at the dinner-table glanced up with one
accord. The little Methodist minister with the surprised
eyes looked at me more surprised than ever;
his large wife groaned audibly. The Baptist colporteur
peppered his potatoes until they and the plate were
black; the Presbyterian doctor, who was the champion
of the Protestant party on the island, wished to know
if I was acquainted with the latest devices of the Scarlet
Woman in relation to the county school-fund.

“But, my friends,” I replied, “Father Piret and I
both belong to the past. We discuss not religion, but
Mackinac; not the school-fund, but the old associations
of the island, which is dear to both of us.”

The four looked at me with distrust; they saw

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

nothing dear about the island, unless it was the price of
fresh meat; and as to old associations, they held themselves
above such nonsense. So, one and all, they took
beef and enjoyed a season of well-regulated conversation,
leaving me to silence and my broiled white-fish;
as it was Friday, no doubt they thought the latter a
rag of popery.

Very good rags.

But my hostess, a gentle little woman, stole away
from these bulwarks of Protestantism in the late afternoon,
and sought me in my room, or rather series of
rooms, since there were five opening one out of the
other, the last three unfurnished, and all the doorless
doorways staring at me like so many fixed eyes, until,
oppressed by their silent watchfulness, I hung a shawl
over the first opening and shut out the whole gazing
suite.

“You must not think, Mrs. Corlyne, that we islanders
do not appreciate Father Piret,” said the little
woman, who belonged to one of the old island families,
descendants of a chief factor of the fur trade. “There
has been some feeling lately against the Catholics —”

“Roman Catholics, my dear,” I said with Anglican
particularity.

“But we all love and respect the dear old man as a
father.”

“When I was living at the fort, fifteen years ago, I
heard occasionally of Father Piret,” I said, “but he

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

seemed to be almost a mythic personage. What is his
history?”

“No one knows. He came here fifty years ago, and
after officiating on the island a few years, he retired to
a little Indian farm in the Chenaux, where he has lived
ever since. Occasionally he holds a service for the
half-breeds at Point St. Ignace, but the parish of Mackinac
proper has its regular priest, and Father Piret apparently
does not hold even the appointment of missionary.
Why he remains here — a man educated,
refined, and even aristocratic — is a mystery. He
seems to be well provided with money; his little house
in the Chenaux contains foreign books and pictures,
and he is very charitable to the poor Indians. But he
keeps himself aloof, and seems to desire no intercourse
with the world beyond his letters and papers, which
come regularly, some of them from France. He seldom
leaves the Straits; he never speaks of himself; always
he appears as you saw him, carefully dressed and
stately. Each summer when he is seen on the street,
there is more or less curiosity about him among the
summer visitors, for he is quite unlike the rest of us
Mackinac people. But no one can discover anything
more than I have told you, and those who have persisted
so far as to sail over to the Chenaux either lose
their way among the channels, or if they find the
house, they never find him; the door is locked, and no
one answers.”

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

“Singular,” I said. “He has nothing of the hermit
about him. He has what I should call a courtly manner.”

“That is it,” replied my hostess, taking up the
word; “some say he came from the French court, — a
nobleman exiled for political offences; others think
he is a priest under the ban; and there is still a third
story, to the effect that he is a French count, who,
owing to a disappointment in love, took orders and
came to this far-away island, so that he might seclude
himself forever from the world.”

“But no one really knows?”

“Absolutely nothing. He is beloved by all the real
old island families, whether they are of his faith or
not; and when he dies the whole Strait, from Bois
Blanc light to far Waugoschance, will mourn for him.”

At sunset the Father came again to see me; the front
door of my room was open, and we seated ourselves on
the piazza outside. The roof of bark thatch had fallen
away, leaving the bare beams overhead twined with
brier-roses; the floor and house side were frescoed
with those lichen-colored spots which show that the
gray planks have lacked paint for many long years;
the windows had wooden shutters fastened back with
irons shaped like the letter S, and on the central door
was a brass knocker, and a plate bearing the words,
“United States Agency.”

“When I first came to the island,” said Father Piret,

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

“this was the residence par excellence. The old house
was brave with green and white paint then; it had
candelabra on its high mantles, brass andirons on its
many hearthstones, curtains for all its little windows,
and carpets for all its uneven floors. Much cooking
went on, and smoke curled up from all these outside
chimneys. Those were the days of the fur trade, and
Mackinac was a central mart. Hither twice a year
came the bateaux from the Northwest, loaded with
furs; and in those old, decaying warehouses on the back
street of the village were stored the goods sent out
from New York, with which the bateaux were loaded
again, and after a few days of revelry, during which
the improvident voyagers squandered all their hardearned
gains, the train returned westward into `the
countries,' as they called the wilderness beyond the
lakes, for another six months of toil. The officers of
the little fort on the height, the chief factors of the fur
company, and the United States Indian agent, formed
the feudal aristocracy of the island; but the agent
had the most imposing mansion, and often have I seen
the old house shining with lights across its whole
broadside of windows, and gay with the sound of a
dozen French violins. The garden, now a wilderness,
was the pride of the island. Its prim arbors, its spring
and spring-house, its flower-beds, where, with infinite
pains, a few hardy plants were induced to blossom; its
cherry-tree avenue, whose early red fruit the short

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

summer could scarcely ripen; its annual attempts at
vegetables, which never came to maturity, — formed
topics for conversation in court circles. Potatoes then
as now were left to the mainland Indians, who came
over with their canoes heaped with the fine, large thinjacketed
fellows, bartering them all for a loaf or two
of bread and a little whiskey.

“The stockade which surrounds the place was at
that day a not unnecessary defence. At the time of
the payments the island swarmed with Indians, who
came from Lake Superior and the Northwest, to receive
the government pittance. Camped on the beach as far
as the eye could reach, these wild warriors, dressed in
all their savage finery, watched the Agency with greedy
eyes, as they waited for their turn. The great gate
was barred, and sentinels stood at the loopholes with
loaded muskets; one by one the chiefs were admitted,
stalked up to the office, — that wing on the right, —
received the allotted sum, silently selected something
from the displayed goods, and as silently departed,
watched by quick eyes, until the great gate closed
behind them. The guns of the fort were placed so
as to command the Agency during payment time; and
when, after several anxious, watchful days and nights,
the last brave had received his portion, and the last
canoe started away toward the north, leaving only the
comparatively peaceful mainland Indians behind, the
island drew a long breath of relief.”

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

“Was there any real danger?” I asked.

“The Indians are ever treacherous,” replied the Father.
Then he was silent, and seemed lost in revery.
The pure, ever-present breeze of Mackinac played in
his long silvery hair, and his bright eyes roved along
the wall of the old house; he had a broad forehead,
noble features, and commanding presence, and as he
sat there, recluse as he was, — aged, alone, without a
history, with scarcely a name or a place in the world,—
he looked, in the power of his native-born dignity,
worthy of a royal coronet.

“I was thinking of old Jacques,” he said, after a long
pause. “He once lived in these rooms of yours, and
died on that bench at the end of the piazza, sitting in
the sunshine, with his staff in his hand.”

“Who was he?” I asked. “Tell me the story, Father.”

“There is not much to tell, madame; but in my
mind he is so associated with this old house, that I
always think of him when I come here, and fancy I
see him on that bench.

“When the United States agent removed to the
Apostle Islands, at the western end of Lake Superior,
this place remained for some time uninhabited. But
one winter morning smoke was seen coming out of
that great chimney on the side; and in the course of
the day several curious persons endeavored to open the
main gate, at that time the only entrance. But the

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

gate was barred within, and as the high stockade was
slippery with ice, for some days the mystery remained
unsolved. The islanders, always slow, grow torpid in
the winter like bears; they watched the smoke in the
daytime and the little twinkling light by night; they
talked of spirits both French and Indian as they went
their rounds, but they were too indolent to do more.
At length the fort commandant heard of the smoke,
and saw the light from his quarters on the height. As
government property, he considered the Agency under
his charge, and he was preparing to send a detail of
men to examine the deserted mansion in its ice-bound
garden, when its mysterious occupant appeared in the
village; it was an old man, silent, gentle, apparently
French. He carried a canvas bag, and bought a few
supplies of the coarsest description, as though he was
very poor. Unconscious of observation, he made his
purchases and returned slowly homeward, barring the
great gate behind him. Who was he? No one knew.
Whence and when came he? No one could tell.

“The detail of soldiers from the fort battered at
the gate, and when the silent old man opened it they
followed him through the garden, where his feet
had made a lonely trail over the deep snow, round
to the side door. They entered, and found some
blankets on the floor, a fire of old knots on the hearth,
a long narrow box tied with a rope; his poor little
supplies stood in one corner, — bread, salted fish, and

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

a few potatoes, — and over the fire hung a rusty tea-kettle,
its many holes carefully plugged with bits of
rag. It was a desolate scene; the old man in the
great rambling empty house in the heart of an arctic
winter. He said little, and the soldiers could not understand
his language; but they left him unmolested,
and going back to the fort, they told what they had
seen. Then the major went in person to the Agency,
and gathered from the stranger's words that he had
come to the island over the ice in the track of the
mail-carrier; that he was an emigrant from France on
his way to the Red River of the North, but his strength
failing, owing to the intense cold, he had stopped at
the island, and seeing the uninhabited house, he had
crept into it, as he had not enough money to pay for
a lodging elsewhere. He seemed a quiet, inoffensive
old man, and after all the islanders had had a good long
slow stare at him, he was left in peace, with his little
curling smoke by day and his little twinkling light by
night, although no one thought of assisting him; there is
a strange coldness of heart in these northern latitudes.

“I was then living at the Chenaux; there was a
German priest on the island; I sent over two half-breeds
every ten days for the mail, and through them
I heard of the stranger at the Agency. He was
French, they said, and it was rumored in the saloons
along the frozen docks that he had seen Paris. This
warmed my heart; for, madame, I spent my youth in

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

Paris, — the dear, the beautiful city! So I came over
to the island in my dog-sledge; a little thing is an
event in our long, long winter. I reached the village
in the afternoon twilight, and made my way alone to
the Agency; the old man no longer barred his gate,
and swinging it open with difficulty, I followed the
trail through the snowy silent garden round to the
side door of this wing, — the wing you occupy. I
knocked; he opened; I greeted him, and entered. He
had tried to furnish his little room with the broken
relics of the deserted dwelling; a mended chair, a
stool, a propped-up table, a shelf with two or three
battered tin dishes, and some straw in one corner
comprised the whole equipment, but the floor was
clean, the old dishes polished, and the blankets neatly
spread over the straw which formed the bed. On the
table the supplies were ranged in order; there was a
careful pile of knots on one side of the hearth, and
the fire was evidently husbanded to last as long as
possible. He gave me the mended chair, lighted a
candle-end stuck in a bottle, and then seating himself
on the stool, he gazed at me in his silent way
until I felt like an uncourteous intruder. I spoke to
him in French, offered my services; in short, I did
my best to break down the barrier of his reserve;
there was something pathetic in the little room and
its lonely occupant, and, besides, I knew by his accent
that we were both from the banks of the Seine.

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

“Well, I heard his story, — not then, but afterward;
it came out gradually during the eleven months of our
acquaintance; for he became my friend, — almost the
only friend of fifty years. I am an isolated man,
madame. It must be so. God's will be done!”

The Father paused, and looked off over the darkening
water; he did not sigh, neither was his calm brow
clouded, but there was in his face what seemed to me
a noble resignation, and I have ever since felt sure that
the secret of his exile held in it a self-sacrifice; for
only self-sacrifice can produce that divine expression.

Out in the straits shone the low-down green light of
a schooner; beyond glimmered the mast-head star of a
steamer, with the line of cabin lights below, and away
on the point of Bois Blanc gleamed the steady radiance
of the lighthouse showing the way into Lake Huron;
the broad overgrown garden cut us off from the village,
but above on the height we could see the lighted windows
of the fort, although still the evening sky retained
that clear hue that seems so much like daylight when
one looks aloft, although the earth lies in dark shadows
below. The Agency was growing indistinct even to
our near eyes; its white chimneys loomed up like
ghosts, the shutters sighed in the breeze, and the
planks of the piazza creaked causelessly. The old
house was full of the spirits of memories, and at twilight
they came abroad and bewailed themselves.
“The place is haunted,” I said, as a distant door
groaned drearily.

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

“Yes,” replied Father Piret, coming out of his abstraction,
“and this wing is haunted by my old French
friend. As time passed and the spring came, he fitted
up in his fashion the whole suite of five rooms. He
had his parlor, sleeping-room, kitchen, and store-room,
the whole furnished only with the articles I have
already described, save that the bed was of fresh green
boughs instead of straw. Jacques occupied all the
rooms with ceremonious exactness; he sat in the parlor,
and I too must sit there when I came; in the second
room he slept and made his careful toilet, with his
shabby old clothes; the third was his kitchen and dining-room;
and the fourth, that little closet on the right,
was his store-room. His one indulgence was coffee;
coffee he must and would have, though he slept on
straw and went without meat. But he cooked to perfection
in his odd way, and I have often eaten a dainty
meal in that little kitchen, sitting at the propped-up
table, using the battered tin dishes, and the clumsy
wooden spoons fashioned with a jack-knife. After we
had become friends Jacques would accept occasional
aid from me, and it gave me a warm pleasure to think
that I had added something to his comfort, were it only
a little sugar, butter, or a pint of milk. No one disturbed
the old man; no orders came from Washington
respecting the Agency property, and the major had not
the heart to order him away. There were more than
houses enough for the scanty population of the island,

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

and only a magnate could furnish these large rambling
rooms. So the soldiers were sent down to pick the red
cherries for the use of the garrison, but otherwise
Jacques had the whole place to himself, with all its
wings, outbuildings, arbors, and garden beds.

“But I have not told you all. The fifth apartment
in the suite — the square room with four windows and
an outside door — was the old man's sanctuary; here
were his precious relics, and here he offered up his
devotions, half Christian, half pagan, with never-failing
ardor. From the long narrow box which the fort soldiers
had noticed came an old sabre, a worn and faded
uniform of the French grenadiers, a little dried sprig,
its two withered leaves tied in their places with
thread, and a coarse woodcut of the great Napoleon; for
Jacques was a soldier of the Empire. The uniform
hung on the wall, carefully arranged on pegs as a man
would wear it, and the sabre was brandished from the
empty sleeve as though a hand held it; the woodcut
framed in green, renewed from day to day, pine in the
winter, maple in the summer, occupied the opposite
side, and under it was fastened the tiny withered sprig,
while on the floor below was a fragment of buffalo-skin
which served the soldier for a stool when he knelt in
prayer. And did he pray to Napoleon, you ask? I
hardly know. He had a few of the Church's prayers
by heart, but his mind was full of the Emperor as he
repeated them, and his eyes were fixed upon the

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

picture as though it was the face of a saint. Discovering
this, I labored hard to bring him to a clearer understanding
of the faith; but all in vain. He listened to
me patiently, even reverently, although I was much
the younger; at intervals he replied, `Oui, mon père,'
and the next day he said his prayers to the dead Emperor
as usual. And this was not the worst; in place
of an amen, there came a fierce imprecation against
the whole English nation. After some months I succeeded
in persuading him to abandon this termination;
but I always suspected that it was but a verbal abandonment,
and that, mentally, the curse was as strong
as ever.

“Jacques had been a soldier of the Empire, as it is
called, — a grenadier under Napoleon; he had loved
his General and Emperor in life, and adored him in
death with the affectionate pertinacity of a faithful
dog. One hot day during the German campaign, Napoleon,
engaged in conference with some of his generals,
was disturbed by the uneasy movements of his
horse; looking around for some one to brush away
the flies, he saw Jacques, who stood at a short distance
watching his Emperor with admiring eyes. Always
quick to recognize the personal affection he
inspired, Napoleon signed to the grenadier to approach.
`Here, mon brave,' he said, smiling; `get a
branch and keep the flies from my horse a few moments.
' The proud soldier obeyed; he heard the

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

conversation of the Emperor; he kept the flies from his
horse. As he talked, Napoleon idly plucked a little
sprig from the branch as it came near his hand, and
played with it; and when, the conference over, with
a nod of thanks to Jacques, he rode away, the grenadier
stopped, picked up the sprig fresh from the
Emperor's hand, and placed it carefully in his breastpocket.
The Emperor had noticed him; the Emperor
had called him `mon brave'; the Emperor had
smiled upon him. This was the glory of Jacques's
life. How many times have I listened to the story,
told always in the same words, with the same gestures
in the same places! He remembered every sentence
of the conversation he had heard, and repeated
them with automatic fidelity, understanding nothing
of their meaning; even when I explained their probable
connection with the campaign, my words made
no impression upon him, and I could see that they
conveyed no idea to his mind. He was made for a
soldier; brave and calm, he reasoned not, but simply
obeyed, and to this blind obedience there was added
a heart full of affection which, when concentrated upon
the Emperor, amounted to idolatry. Napoleon possessed
a singular personal power over his soldiers;
they all loved him, but Jacques adored him.

“It was an odd, affectionate animal,” said Father
Piret, dropping unconsciously into a French idiom to
express his meaning. “The little sprig had been kept

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

as a talisman, and no saintly relic was ever more
honored; the Emperor had touched it!

“Grenadier Jacques made one of the ill-fated Russian
army, and, although wounded and suffering, he
still endured until the capture of Paris. Then, when
Napoleon retired to Elba, he fell sick from grief, nor
did he recover until the Emperor returned, when,
with thousands of other soldiers, our Jacques hastened
to his standard, and the hundred days began. Then
came Waterloo. Then came St. Helena. But the
grenadier lived on in hope, year after year, until
the Emperor died, — died in exile, in the hands of
the hated English. Broken-hearted, weary of the sight
of his native land, he packed his few possessions,
and fled away over the ocean, with a vague idea of
joining a French settlement on the Red River; I
have always supposed it must be the Red River of
the South; there are French there. But the poor
soldier was very ignorant; some one directed him to
these frozen regions, and he set out; all places were
alike to him now that the Emperor had gone from
earth. Wandering as far as Mackinac on his blind
pilgrimage, Jacques found his strength failing, and
crept into this deserted house to die. Recovering, he
made for himself a habitation from a kind of instinct,
as a beaver might have done. He gathered together
the wrecks of furniture, he hung up his treasures, he
had his habits for every hour of the day;

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

soldier-like, everything was done by rule. At a particular
hour it was his custom to sit on that bench in the
sunshine, wrapped in his blankets in the winter, in
summer in his shirt-sleeves with his one old coat
carefully hung on that peg; I can see him before
me now. On certain days he would wash his few
poor clothes, and hang them out on the bushes to
dry; then he would patiently mend them with his
great brass thimble and coarse thread. Poor old garments!
they were covered with awkward patches.

“At noon he would prepare his one meal; for his
breakfast and supper were but a cup of coffee.
Slowly and with the greatest care the materials were
prepared and the cooking watched. There was a
savor of the camp, a savor of the Paris café, and a
savor of originality; and often, wearied with the
dishes prepared by my half-breeds, I have come over
to the island to dine with Jacques, for the old soldier
was proud of his skill, and liked an appreciative
guest. And I — But it is not my story I
tell.”

“O Father Piret, if you could but —”

“Thanks, madame. To others I say, `What would
you? I have been here since youth; you know my
life.' But to you I say, there was a past; brief, full,
crowded into a few years; but I cannot tell it; my
lips are sealed! Again, thanks for your sympathy,
madame. And now I will go back to Jacques.

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

“We were comrades, he and I; he would not come
over to the Chenaux; he was unhappy if the routine
of his day was disturbed, but I often stayed a day
with him at the Agency, for I too liked the silent
house. It has its relics, by the way. Have you
noticed a carved door in the back part of the main
building? That was brought from the old chapel on
the mainland, built as early as 1700. The whole of
this locality is sacred ground in the history of our
Church. It was first visited by our missionaries in
1670, and over at Point St. Ignace the dust which
was once the mortal body of Father Marquette lies
buried. The exact site of the grave is lost; but we
know that in 1677 his Indian converts brought back
his body, wrapped in birch-bark, from the eastern
shore of Lake Michigan, where he died, to his beloved
mission of St. Ignace. There he was buried
in a vault under the little log-church. Some years
later the spot was abandoned, and the resident priests
returned to Montreal. We have another little Indian
church there now, and the point is forever consecrated
by its unknown grave. At various times I
told Jacques the history of this strait, — its islands,
and points; but he evinced little interest. He listened
with some attention to my account of the battle
which took place on Dousman's farm, not far
from the British Landing; but when he found that
the English were victorious, he muttered a great oath

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

and refused to hear more. To him the English were
fiends incarnate. Had they not slowly murdered his
Emperor on their barren rock in the sea?

“Only once did I succeed in interesting the old
soldier. Then, as now, I received twice each year
a package of foreign pamphlets and papers; among
them came, that summer, a German ballad, written
by that strange being, Henri Heine. I give it to
you in a later English translation: —



THE GRENADIERS.
To the land of France went two grenadiers,
From a Russian prison returning;
But they hung down their heads on the German frontiers,
The news from the fatherland learning.
For there they both heard the sorrowful tale,
That France was by fortune forsaken:
That her mighty army was scattered like hail,
And the Emperor, the Emperor taken.
Then there wept together the grenadiers,
The sorrowful story learning;
And one said, “O woe!” as the news he hears,
“How I feel my old wound burning!”
The other said, “The song is sung,
And I wish that we both were dying!
But at home I 've a wife and a child, — they 're young,
On me, and me only, relying.”
“O, what is a wife or a child to me?
Deeper wants all my spirit have shaken:
Let them beg, let them beg, should they hungry be!
My Emperor, my Emperor taken!

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]



“But I beg you, brother, if by chance
You soon shall see me dying,
Then take my corpse with you back to France:
Let it ever in France be lying.
“The cross of honor with crimson band
Shall rest on my heart as it bound me:
Give me my musket in my hand,
And buckle my sword around me.
“And there I will lie and listen still,
In my sentry coffin staying,
Till I feel the thundering cannon's thrill,
And horses tramping and neighing.
“Then my Emperor will ride well over my grave,
'Mid sabres' bright slashing and fighting,
And I 'll rise all weaponed up out of my grave,
For the Emperor, the Emperor fighting!”

“This simple ballad went straight to the heart of
old Jacques; tears rolled down his cheeks as I read,
and he would have it over and over again. `Ah!
that comrade was happy,' he said. `He died when
the Emperor was only taken. I too would have gone
to my grave smiling, could I have thought that my
Emperor would come riding over it with all his army
around him again! But he is dead, — my Emperor
is dead! Ah! that comrade was a happy man; he
died! He did not have to stand by while the English—
may they be forever cursed! — slowly, slowly murdered
him, — murdered the great Napoleon! No; that
comrade died. Perhaps he is with the Emperor now,—
that comrade-grenadier.'

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

“To be with his Emperor was Jacques's idea of
heaven.

“From that moment each time I visited the Agency
I must repeat the verses again and again; they became
a sort of hymn. Jacques had not the capacity to learn
the ballad, although he so often listened to it, but the
seventh verse he managed to repeat after a fashion
of his own, setting it to a nondescript tune, and crooning
it about the house as he came and went on his
little rounds. Gradually he altered the words, but I
could not make out the new phrases as he muttered
them over to himself, as if trying them.

“`What is it you are saying, Jacques?' I asked.

“But he would not tell me. After a time I discovered
that he had added the altered verse to his
prayers; for always when I was at the Agency I went
with him to his sanctuary, if for no other purpose
than to prevent the uttered imprecation that served
as amen for the whole. The verse, whatever it was,
came in before this.

“So the summer passed. The vague intention of
going on to the Red River of the North had faded
away, and Jacques lived along on the island as though
he had never lived anywhere else. He grew wonted
to the Agency, like some old family cat, until he
seemed to belong to the house, and all thought of
disturbing him was forgotten. `There is Jacques out
washing his clothes,' `There is Jacques going to buy

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

his coffee,' `There is Jacques sitting on the piazza,'
said the islanders; the old man served them instead
of a clock.

“One dark autumn day I came over from the Chenaux
to get the mail. The water was rough, and my
boat, tilted far over on one side, skimmed the crests of
the waves in the daring fashion peculiar to the Mackinac
craft; the mail-steamer had not come in, owing to
the storm outside, and I went on to the Agency to see
Jacques. He seemed as usual, and we had dinner over
the little fire, for the day was chilly; the meal over,
my host put everything in order again in his methodical
way, and then retired to his sanctuary for prayers.
I followed, and stood in the doorway while he knelt.
The room was dusky, and the uniform with its outstretched
sabre looked like a dead soldier leaning
against the wall; the face of Napoleon opposite seemed
to gaze down on Jacques as he knelt, as though listening.
Jacques muttered his prayers, and I responded
Amen! then, after a silence, came the altered verse;
then, with a quick glance toward me, another silence,
which I felt sure contained the unspoken curse.
Gravely he led the way back to the kitchen — for, owing
to the cold, he allowed me to dispense with the
parlor, — and there we spent the afternoon together,
talking, and watching for the mail-boat. `Jacques,'
I said, `what is that verse you have added to your
prayers? Come, my friend, why should you keep it
from me?'

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

“`It is nothing, mon père, — nothing,' he replied.
But again I urged him to tell me; more to pass away
the time than from any real interest. `Come,' I said,
`it may be your last chance. Who knows but that I
may be drowned on my way back to the Chenaux?'

“`True,' replied the old soldier, calmly. `Well, then,
here it is, mon père: my death-wish. Voilà!'

“`Something you wish to have done after death?'

“`Yes.'

“`And who is to do it?'

“`My Emperor.'

“`But, Jacques, the Emperor is dead.'

“`He will have it done all the same, mon père.'

“In vain I argued; Jacques was calmly obstinate.
He had mixed up his Emperor with the stories of the
Saints; why should not Napoleon do what they had
done?

“`What is the verse, any way?' I said at last.

“`It is my death-wish, as I said before, mon père.'
And he repeated the following. He said it in French,
for I had given him a French translation, as he knew
nothing of German; but I will give you the English, as
he had altered it: —



`The Emperor's face with its green leaf band
Shall rest on my heart that loved him so.
Give me the sprig in my dead hand,
My uniform and sabre around me.
Amen.'

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

“So prays Grenadier Jacques.

“The old soldier had sacrificed the smooth metre;
but I understood what he meant.

“The storm increased, and I spent the night at the
Agency, lying on the bed of boughs, covered with a
blanket. The house shook in the gale, the shutters
rattled, and all the floors near and far creaked as
though feet were walking over them. I was wakeful
and restless, but Jacques slept quietly, and did not stir
until daylight broke over the stormy water, showing
the ships scudding by under bare poles, and the distant
mail-boat laboring up toward the island through
the heavy sea. My host made his toilet, washing
and shaving himself carefully, and putting on his old
clothes as though going on parade. Then came breakfast,
with a stew added in honor of my presence; and
as by this time the steamer was not far from Round
Island, I started down toward the little post-office,
anxious to receive some expected letters. The steamer
came in slowly, the mail was distributed slowly, and I
stopped to read my letters before returning. I had
a picture-paper for Jacques, and as I looked out across
the straits, I saw that the storm was over, and decided
to return to the Chenaux in the afternoon, leaving
word with my half-breeds to have the sail-boat in
readiness at three o'clock. The sun was throwing out
a watery gleam as, after the lapse of an hour or two, I
walked up the limestone road and entered the great

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

gate of the Agency. As I came through the garden
along the cherry-tree avenue I saw Jacques sitting on
that bench in the sun, for this was his hour for sunshine;
his staff was in his hand, and he was leaning
back against the side of the house with his eyes closed,
as if in revery. `Jacques, here is a picture-paper for
you,' I said, laying my hand on his shoulder. He did
not answer. He was dead.

“Alone, sitting in the sunshine, apparently without
a struggle or a pang, the soul of the old soldier had
departed. Whither? We know not. But — smile if
you will, madame — I trust he is with his Emperor.”

I did not smile; my eyes were too full of tears.

“I buried him, as he wished,” continued Father
Piret, “in his old uniform, with the picture of Napoleon
laid on his breast, the sabre by his side, and the
withered sprig in his lifeless hand. He lies in our
little cemetery on the height, near the shadow of
the great cross; the low white board tablet at the
head of the mound once bore the words `Grenadier
Jacques,' but the rains and the snows have washed
away the painted letters. It is as well.”

The priest paused, and we both looked toward the
empty bench, as though we saw a figure seated there,
staff in hand. After a time my little hostess came
out on to the piazza, and we all talked together of
the island and its past. “My boat is waiting,” said
Father Piret at length; “the wind is fair, and I must

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

return to the Chenaux to-night. This near departure
is my excuse for coming twice in one day to see you,
madame.”

“Stay over, my dear sir,” I urged. “I too shall
leave in another day. We may not meet again.”

“Not on earth; but in another world we may,”
answered the priest, rising as he spoke.

“Father, your blessing,” said the little hostess in a
low tone, after a quick glance toward the many windows
through which the bulwarks of Protestantism
might be gazing. But all was dark, both without and
within, and the Father gave his blessing to both of us,
fervently, but with an apostolic simplicity. Then he
left us, and I watched his tall form, crowned with
silvery hair, as he passed down the cherry-tree avenue.
Later in the evening the moon came out, and I saw a
Mackinac boat skimming by the house, its white sails
swelling full in the fresh breeze.

“That is Father Piret's boat,” said my hostess.
“The wind is fair; he will reach the Chenaux before
midnight.”

A day later, and I too sailed away. As the steamer
bore me southward, I looked back toward the island
with a sigh. Half hidden in its wild green garden
I saw the old Agency; first I could distinguish its
whole rambling length; then I lost the roofless piazza,
then the dormer-windows, and finally I could only
discern the white chimneys, with their crumbling

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

crooked tops. The sun sank into the Strait off Waugoschance,
the evening gun flashed from the little fort
on the height, the shadows grew dark and darker, the
island turned into green foliage, then a blue outline,
and finally there was nothing but the dusky water.

-- --

p755-211 MISERY LANDING.

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

TOWARD the western end of Lake Superior there
is a group of islands, twenty-three in number,
called the “Twelve Apostles.” One more and the
Apostles might have had two apiece. But although
Apostles taken together, officially, as it were, they have
personal names of a very different character, such as
“Cat,” “Eagle,” “Bear,” “Devil,” etc. Whether the
Jesuit fathers who first explored this little archipelago
had any symbolical ideas connected with these animals
we know not, but they were wise enough to appreciate
the beauty of the group, and established a little church
and Indian college upon the southernmost point of the
southernmost island as early as 1680. A village grew
slowly into existence on this point, — very slowly,
since one hundred and ninety-two years later it was
still a village, and less than a village; the Catholic
church and adjoining buildings, the house of the Indian
agent, and the United States warehouse, stored
full at payment time, one store, and the cabins of the
fishermen and trappers, comprised the whole. Two

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

miles to the eastward rose a bold promontory, running
far out into the bay, and forming the horizon line on
that side. Perched upon the edge of this promontory,
outlined against the sky, stood a solitary house. The
pine forest stopped abruptly behind it, the cliff broke
off abruptly in front, and for a long distance up and
down the coast there was no beach or landing-place.
This spot was “Misery Landing,” so called because
there was no landing there, not even a miserable one,—
at least that was what John Jay said when he first
saw the place. The inconsistency pleased him, and
forthwith he ordered a cabin built on the edge of
the cliff, taking up his abode meanwhile in the village,
and systematically investigating the origin of the name.
He explored the upper circle, consisting of the Indian
agent, the storekeeper, and the priests; but they could
tell him nothing. A priest more imaginative than the
rest hastily improvised a legend about some miserable
sinner, but John refused to accept the obvious fraud.
The second circle, consisting of fishermen, voyageurs,
and half-breed trappers, knew nothing save the fact
that the name belonged to the point before their day.
The third circle, consisting of unadulterated Indian, produced
the item that the name was given by a white
man as long ago as the days of their great-grandfathers.
Who the white man was and what his story no one
knew, and John was at liberty to imagine anything he
pleased. The cabin built, he took possession of his

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

eyrie. It was fortified by a high stockade across the
land side; the other three sides were sheer cliffs rising
from the deep water. Directly in front of the house,
however, a rope-ladder was suspended over the cliff,
strongly fastened at the top, but hanging loose at the
bottom within two feet of the water; so, in spite of
nature's obstacles, he had a landing-place at Misery
after all. Extracts from his diary will best tell his
story: —

June 15, 1872. — Settled at last in my cabin at
Misery Landing. Now, indeed, I feel myself free from
the frivolity, the hypocrisy, the evil, the cowardice, and
the falsity of the world. Now I can live close to
nature; now I can throw off the habits of cities, and
mentally and physically be a man; not a puppet,
not a fashion-plate, but a man! Here I have all that
life holds of real worth, the sun, the free winds of
heaven, the broad water, the woods, the flowers, the
birds, and the wild animals, whom I welcome as my
fellows. True-Heart, my dog, shall be my companion,—
ah, how much more trustworthy than a human
friend!

June 16. — Have cooked and eaten my solitary
supper, and now, with Sweet-Silence, my pipe, breathing
out fragrance, and True-Heart lying at my feet, I
take up my pen. First I will describe my cabin. The
people of the village are full of wonder over its marvels,
and the stockade is none too high to keep them out.

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

They cannot understand why I have no gate. `Don't
you see, we never can come out to call on you in the
evening if we have to take a boat, come round by
water, and climb up that dizzy ladder,' they say. It
never occurs to them that possibly that is what I
intend. My cabin is made of logs, well chinked and
plastered; it is one large square room, with a deep
chimney at each end, the western half curtained off
as a sleeping-apartment. There is only one door, and
that is in front, where there are also two large windows
looking off over the lake; on the other three sides the
windows are high up, and filled with painted glass.
I can look out only upon the boundless water, and only
toward the eastward. In this respect I am as devout
as any ascetic. The question arises, Did n't the ascetics
have the best of it, after all? I am inclined to think
they fled away into the wilderness to get rid of
feminine frivolity and falsity, just as I have done;
they were ashamed of their own weakness, just as I
am; and they resolved to have nothing to do with the
accursed beautiful images, who are fickle because such
is their nature. Why should we expect vanes to remain
stationary?

“I have a luxurious bed, a hair-mattress suspended
in a hammock. Here, when the red curtains are
down and the fire has burned into red coals, I fall
asleep, lulled by the sighing of the wind among the
pine-trees, the rush of the rain upon the roof, or the

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

boom of the surf at the foot of the cliffs. Ah, Misery
Landing, thou art indeed a rest for the weary!

June 17. — I have been looking over my books,
and smiling at their selection; they represent eras in
my life. There 's St. Francis de Sales, Thomas à
Kempis, a quantity of mediæval Latin hymns, together
with Tennyson's `Sir Galahad,' superbly illustrated.
Heaven help me! I thought I was a Sir
Galahad myself once upon a time. But I got bravely
over that, it seems, since the next series is `all for
love.' O Petrarch, and ye of that ilk, how I sighed
over your pages! Then comes a dash of French,
cynical, exquisite in detail, glittering, brilliant, — the
refinement of selfishness; then a soar into the cloudland
of Germany, and a wrestle with philosophy,
coming down into modern rationalism, Darwin, Huxley,
and the like, each phase represented by a single
volume, the one which for some unexplained reason
happened to impress me the most. And what is the
last book of all? Bret Harte. Not his verse, but
his deep-hearted prose. After all, as long as I can
read his pages, I cannot be so bad as I seem, since,
to my idea, there is more of goodness and generosity
and courage in his words than in many a sermon.
He shows us the good in the heart of the outcast.
I wonder if I am an outcast.

June 29. — It is a fine thing to have money.
Poverty pur et simple is not adapted to the

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

cultivation of either soul, mind, or body. I have been
cultivating the last named. The truth is, I felt blue,
and so I ordered out the hunters and fishermen, sent
for old Lize the cook, and held a royal feast. It
lasted for days, Indian fashion. I did nothing but
eat, sleep, and smoke. Sweet-Silence and True-Heart
were my companions; the riffraff who ate the fragments
camped outside in the forest, and Lize had
orders to throw them supplies over the stockade.
She herself was ordered not to speak, and to depart
at nightfall, leaving a store of well-cooked viands
behind her. With my rare old wines, my delicate
canned, potted, and preserved stores of all kinds, I
passed a luxurious week. I thought of Francesca:
she would have entered into it with all her heart,
(by the way, has she a heart?) but she would have
required velvet robes and a chair draped with ermine
before she would condescend to give herself as an
adjunct to the scene. Sybarite! But why should I
cast scorn upon her? Can she help her nature?
She is so beautiful that she seeks luxury as a rose
seeks sunshine. Ease is the natural condition of her
being. Is it any wonder, then, that she longed for
my wealth? But I had the insane fancy to be
loved for myself alone; and so, having found her out,
I left her forever.

July 9. — I have been studying the wild-flowers
of this region; equipped for botanizing, I have spent

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

days in the forest. I shall commence a complete
collection. This is indeed living close to nature.

July 15. — Flowers are but inanimate things, after
all, the toys of vegetation. It has been said that all
naturalists are what they are because they have been
the victims of some heart disappointment, which means,
I suppose, that they take up with the less because they
cannot have the greater.

July 20. — Thoreau found the climbing fern, and I,
too, have found a rare and unique plant! Who knows
but that it may carry my name down to posterity!

July 25. — It is n't rare at all. It is the same old
Indian pipe, or monotropa, masquerading under a new
disguise. And as to posterity, who cares for it? As
the Englishman said in Parliament, `My lords and
gentlemen, I hear a great deal said here about posterity,
but let me ask, frankly, what has posterity ever
done for us?'

August 1. — They say you can teach birds to come
at your call. There was a bird girl in Teverino, I
remember. Will begin to-day.

August 15. — It can't be done. Am going fishing.

August 16. — On the whole, I don't like fishing.
Dying agonies are not cheerful. Have been painting
a little for the first time in months. It seems as if
poverty was the sine qua non in painting: all great
artists are poor.

August 25. — Painting for days. Have painted

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

Francesca as she looked that night at the opera. She
was leaning forward, with parted lips and starry eyes,
her golden hair shining on the velvet of her robe, a
rose-flush on her cheek, pearls on her full white throat.
I sat in the shadow watching her. `She is moved by
the pathos of the scene,' I thought, as I noted the
absorbed expression. I spoke to her, and drew out
the whole. `O, the perfection of that drapery!' she
murmured; `the exquisite pattern of that lace!'

August 26. — There is no doubt but that she was
royally beautiful. I could have stood it, I think, or
rather I fear, if she had condescended so far as even
to pretend to love me. But she simply did not know
how. A woman of more brain would have deceived
me, but Francesca never tried. No merit to her,
though, for that. Am going hunting.

September 1. — In the village to-day. For curiosity,
went into the old Catholic church. It is anchored
down to the rocks, covered with lichen on the outside,
and decked with tinsel within. The priests were
chanting horribly out of tune, and the ignorant, dirty
congregation mumbled their prayers while they stared
open-mouthed at me. There was a homely little girl
kneeling near me who did not glance up, the only
person who did not. A homely woman is a complete
mistake, always: a woman should always be beautiful,
as a man should always be strong.

September 5. — The homely little girl was there

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

again to-day. She is slight, thin, and dark; her
features are irregular; her dark hair braided closely
around her small head. Ah! what glorious waves of
gold flowed over Francesca's shoulders!

September 10. — The fall storms are upon us; the
wind is howling overhead, and the waves roaring below.
But what a strange sense of comfort there is in
it all! I was sitting before the fire last evening smoking
Sweet-Silence, and deep in a delicious revery.
Suddenly there came a knock at the door. I was
startled. The rain was pouring down in torrents; it
seemed as though no human foot could have climbed
the swaying ladder in front of my hermitage. I opened
the door, half hoping that the Prince of the Powers
of the Air had come to pay me a visit, and I resolved
to entertain him royally. But no mighty, potent spirit
was on my threshold; only a slim youth, drenched
and pallid, with large pale eyes and pinched features.
He said nothing, but gazed at me imploringly, while
the water dripped from every bony angle. Evidently
this was no devil of jovial tastes; he was more like a
washed-out cherub in the process of awkward growth
toward full angelhood.

“`What do you want?' I said. He did not answer,
and somewhat roughly I drew him in; I never could
endure to see anything shiver. Then I closed the door,
and resumed my warm seat and Sweet-Silence, turning
my back upon the interloper; he was welcome to

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

everything save my own personality, — let him warm
himself and eat or sleep, but me he must not approach.
But minutes passed; the creature neither moved nor
spoke, and his very silence was more offensive to me
than loud-tongued importunity. At length it so
wrought upon me that, angry with myself for being
unable to banish his miserable presence from my
thoughts, I turned sharply around and confronted
him. He had not moved, standing on the exact spot
where I had left him, shivering and dumb, with the
rain dripping in chilly little pools upon the floor.
There were holes in his wet old boots; I could see
his blue-white skin gleaming through; he had no
stockings, and no shirt under his ragged coat, held
together over his narrow chest with long thin fingers.

“`Stop shivering, you horrible image of despair,' I
called out.

“`Please, sir, I can't help it,' he answered, humbly.
Well, of course I went to work; I knew I should all
the time, — I always do. I got him into warm dry
clothes, I fed him, I made him drink spiced wine, I
gave him my own easy-chair. Then, stretching out
fleecy stockings and slippers upon the hearth, in the
plenitude of warmth and comfort, gradually the creature
unfolded all his lank length, and thawed into
speech. His name was George Washington Brown,
his tribe Yankee, his state orphanage, his condition

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

poverty, his trouble a malarial chill and fever, which
haunted him and devoured what poor strength his
rapid growth had left. On the mainland hunting, the
storm had kept him until, his provisions exhausted,
half fainting with hunger, he essayed to cross back to
the village; but his sail was torn away, he lost an oar,
and, drifting hopelessly, chance sent him ashore on the
iron-bound coast just where my rope-ladder struck his
face in the darkness of the stormy night. He knew
then where he was. He had been drifting twenty-four
hours. The ascent was perilous, for the ladder swung
him about like a cork on a line, but desperately he
clung, and so reached my door at last. Poor wretch!
It was a sight to see him take in comfort at every
pore. `You may stay until the storm goes down,' I
said.

September 15. — The storm has gone down, but he
is here still.

September 18. — He knows nothing. He cannot
read, he cannot write; he has never heard of Shakespeare,
of Raphael, of Napoleon, or even of his own
sponsor, Washington, beyond the fact that he `heard
tell as how Washington was a wery good sort of a
man'; he has never seen anything but Lake Superior,
he knows nothing of geography, he has Joshua's
ideas of the heavenly bodies, and he believes in
ghosts; he has heard of Grant, and vaguely remembers
that Lincoln was killed; he has never seen

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

`niggers,' but is glad, on general principles, that they
are free. I have told him that he may stay here a
month.

September 28. — I played simple tunes on my violin
last evening, and the boy was moved to tears.
I shall teach him to play, I think.

September 30. — Another gale. I read aloud last
evening. George did not seem much interested in
Bret Harte, but was captivated with the pageantry
of `Ivanhoe.' Strange that it should be so, but everywhere
it is the cultivated people only who are taken
with Bret. But they must be imaginative as well
as cultivated; routine people, whether in life or in
literature, dislike anything unconventional or new.

October 28. — Have been so occupied that I could
not write. George has gone over to the village to
church to-day. He is a good Catholic, and I have
resisted the temptation to trouble his faith, so far.
I drew and colored a picture for him yesterday, and
ever since he has been wild to have me paint the
likeness of some one in the village. He does not
say who, but I suspect it is one of the priests. I
am teaching him to read and write.

November 2. — George did not return until the next
morning, and then who should the boy bring with
him but that homely girl! `This is Marthy,' he
said; `she 's come to be painted, governor.' To please
him, I began. The girl sat down with quiet

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

composure; no fine city lady could have been more unconcerned.
She must be about seventeen.

November 7. — George brings her out in the boat
every day, and takes her back at night; but ice is
forming now, and he must find some other way.
While I paint he cooks the dinner, and serves it
with the most delicate of my stores. Martha presides
at the feast with a quaint little dignity peculiarly
her own. She is a colorless, undeveloped child. A
picture of her will be like a shadow on the wall.

November 9. — Cold and stormy. I am alone.
George has gone to the village. Have been reading
Shakespeare. Booth plays Hamlet wonderfully well;
but why is it that he never has a fair Ophelia? It
looks too much like method in his madness when he
leaves her so easily. Ophelia should be slight and
young, with timid eyes, and delicate, colorless complexion.
She should be without guile, innocent,
ignorant of the world. At least that is my idea of
her.

November 11. — Little Martha can sing. She has a
sweet, fresh, untrained voice, and now while I paint
she sings song after song. I am making quite an
elaborate picture, after all. It will serve as a souvenir
of Misery Landing.”

Here the diary ends, and the narrator takes up
the tale. One evening in April, five months later,
when the wild spring winds were sweeping through

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

the sky, and the snow-drifts were beginning to sink,
John Jay and his protégé sat together before the fire
in the cabin on the point.

“But, George,” said the gentleman, “think of all I
offer you, — education, a chance to see the world, a
certainty of comfort for all your life. If it is myself
you object to, I will leave you entirely independent
of me.”

“'T is n't you, governor; I 'm mighty fond of you.
I s'pose ye 're like what my father ud have been ef
he 'd lived.”

“No, no, George. Your father would have been a
much older man than I am. I am not thirty-five yet.”

“And I am not twenty-one. What was you like
when you was young, governor?”

“Very much what I am now, I suppose.”

“O no; that could n't be, you know. Why, you 've
got wrinkles, and some gray hairs, and such a tremenjous
mus-tash, you have! Marthy says she 's never
seen the like.”

“She does not admire it?”

“My! no. I say, governor, she's got a nice little
face, now has n't she?”

“Really, I am no judge of that style, George. But
look, I will show you a lovely lady I once knew.
There are many such faces out in the world, and you
can see them for yourself if you will go to school and
college as I wish.”

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

Rising, the gentleman brought out the glowing picture
of Francesca at the opera. The boor gazed at
it with wide-open eyes. “It 's some queen, I reckon,”
he said at length.

“No, it is a beautiful lady, and you shall know her,
her very self, if you please. Look at the waves of
her golden hair, her starry eyes, her velvet skin with
its rose-leaf glow. See her head, her bearing, her exquisite
royal beauty. Look, look with all your eyes,
boy, and think that you too can see and love her.”

The boor gazed as the gentleman pointed out each
beauty. “It 's mighty grand, it 's powerful fine,” he
said at last, drawing a long breath. “But arter all,
governor, Marthy is sweeter nor her!”

Another time the conversation ran as follows: —

“Yes, George, that is floating on the Nile, just as I
have told you, with the palm-trees, the gorgeous flowers,
the brilliant birds, the temples, and the strange
Pyramids. You shall see the Bedouins of the desert;
you shall ride on Arabian horses; you shall study the
secrets of the Old World in their very birthplace.
Is n't that better than living forever on this cold
coast, with only your own two hands between yourself
and starvation?”

George looked down slowly at his hands, spreading
them open on his knees for a clearer view. “Can't
Marthy go with me, governor?” he said, wistfully.

“I tell you, no. You must give her up. She is

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

as ignorant as you were before I knew you, and, being
a woman, she cannot learn, or rather unlearn.”

“Can't women-folks learn?” said George, wonderingly.

“No,” thundered the governor; “they are an inferior
race; by nature they must be either tyrants or slaves,—
tyrants to the weak, slaves to the strong. The wise
man chains them down; the chains may be gilded,
but none the less must they be chains.”

“Well, then, governor,” replied the youth, simply,
“I 'll just take Marthy with me as my slave. It ull
do as long as I have her some way; and seeing as
we 're going to Africa, it ull be all right, won't it?”

“Why do you want her, George?” said the gentleman,
abruptly. “She is not beautiful; she is utterly
ignorant.”

“I know it, governor.”

“And she does not love you.”

“I know that too,” said the boy, dejectedly. “But
the point of the thing is just here: she may not love
me, but, governor, I love her, — love her so much that
I can't live without her.”

“Nonsense! Boys always think so. Try it for six
months, George, and you 'll find I am right.”

“Not for six days, governor. I jest could n't,” said
the youth, in a tone of miserable conviction. The
tears stood in his pale eyes, and he shifted his long
limbs uneasily.

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

“Don't squirm,” ejaculated the gentleman, sternly,
glowering at him over Sweet-Silence. “I 'm afraid
you 're a fool, George,” he continued, after a pause.

“I 'm afraid so too, governor.”

Then John Jay took the girl into his confidence.
“What, go away!” she exclaimed. “George to go
away! And you, sir?”

“I am quite attached to the boy,” said the gentleman,
ignoring her question. “Why I call him a boy
I scarcely know; I myself am not thirty-five, Martha.”

“And I am not seventeen, sir.”

“A woman is a woman. But never mind that now.
What I want to know is whether you are willing he
should go?”

“O yes, sir; it will be for his good. But you?”

“I do not know whether I shall go or not,” replied
the gentleman, gazing down into the timid, upraised
eyes. Then he told her of the outside world, and all
its knowledge, all its splendor; this was what he
intended for George. The maiden listened, spellbound.

“It will be beautiful for him,” she murmured.
“Yes, he must go. I shall make him.”

“Will he do as you say, Martha?”

“O yes; he always does!”

“But this time it will be different.”

“How different?”

“He must leave you behind.”

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

“O, as to that, sir, I do not want to go. I shall tell
him so.”

“But perhaps he will not go without you.”

The girl laughed merrily, showing little white teeth
like pearls. “Poor old George!” she said, dismissing,
as it were, with a wave of her small brown hand the
absent boy-lover. Her tone jarred some chord in the
gentleman's breast; he rose, bade her good evening
ceremoniously, and opened the door. She lingered,
but he stood silent. At last, subdued and timid again,
she took up her little basket and hurried away. But
hours afterward, when John Jay went out, according
to his custom, to smoke Sweet-Silence in the open
evening air, a small dark object was sitting on the
edge of the cliff. He approached; it was Martha.

“O sir,” she said, “you are not going away? Say
you are not! O say you are not!”

“What if I am?” said the gentleman, abruptly.

“O sir! O —” And the tears came.

“Go home, child!” said the man, leading her
toward the stockade. There was a postern-gate there
now. She went obediently; but at the edge of the
wood she paused, and wiped her eyes with her apron
in order to see him plainly as he stood outlined in the
gateway against the clear evening sky. The gentleman
closed the gate with violence, and went back into the
house.

Not one word more said John Jay to his protégé

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

on the subject of education and travel. But Martha
took up the song, and chanted it in every key, with
all her woman's wit to aid her. George grew pale
and sad and restless. He could settle to nothing; his
gun, traps, and tackle, his kettles and frying-pans, his
books and music, were all neglected. Every day he
saw Martha, and every day she had a new way of
presenting the hateful subject. Every day he tried to
speak the words that choked him, and every day he
failed, and parted from her in silent misery.

One morning they were all together in the cabin.

“When you come back, George, I suppose you 'll
have a great mustache, like Mr. Jay's,” said Martha,
merrily. She had taken the “of-course-you-'re-going-and-it
's-all-settled” tone that day, much to the poor
lad's discomfiture.

“I suppose you 'd scarcely say, `How d' ye do?'
then,” answered George. Then, with a sudden rush
of boldness, “I say, Marthy,” he burst forth, “ef I do
go, will you give me a kiss for good-by?”

“Of course I will,” answered the girl, gayly; and
springing up, she tripped across the room, and lightly
touched his forehead with her delicate little lips. The
boy flushed scarlet, and caught her hands in an attempt
at awkward frolicking.

“Give the old governor one too,” he said. “Come,
I 'll let you.”

The “old governor” (ah! so very old!) advanced;

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

he came close to her; then he stopped. He did not
even touch her hand; but for one moment he looked
deep down into her upraised eyes. The girl drew a
quick, audible breath; then turning, she ran from the
house like some shy, startled creature of the woods.
They saw her no more that day, nor the next, nor
for many days. The boy pined visibly. One evening
John Jay said, suddenly, “George, I have changed my
mind. Martha shall go with you. You may marry
her, and I will care for you both.”

“Do you really mean it, governor?”

“Yes; go and tell her so.”

Then there was a rush out of the cabin, a headlong
climbing down the swinging ladder, a frantic row
across the bay, and a wild irruption into the little
house on the beach where Martha lived. Half an
hour later the same whirlwind came back across the
bay and up the ladder, and demanded of the governor,
“Are you going with us?”

“No,” said the governor, shortly, and the whirlwind
departed again. At one o'clock there came a feeble
knock at the barred door. There stood the drooping
lover, drenched with the rain which had been falling
since midnight. “What do you mean by coming out
here at this time of night, you uncomfortable object?”
said the governor, getting back again into his luxurious
bed.

“I did n't know it was late, and I did n't care for

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

the rain nor nothing,” replied the truant, recklessly;
“for Marthy she 's gone and said she won't go.” And
sitting down, he took out his handkerchief and bowed
his pale face upon it.

“You goose! the handkerchief is already soaked
with rain,” said the gentleman, raising himself on his
elbow to watch the boy.

“With tears, governor.”

“Well, get a dry one, take something to eat and
drink, and get into bed as soon as possible. She 'll
say `yes' to-morrow: they 're all alike.”

“I don't know any other girl but Marthy, governor,
and so I don't know whether they 're all alike or not;
but Marthy she 's vowed she won't go with me, and
she won't, that 's the end of it! And as for eating, I
could n't touch a crumb; my throat 's all choked up.”

He climbed into his bunk, and turned his face to the
wall. There was no sound; but hours afterward John
Jay knew that the boy was still silently weeping. In
the morning he went about his tasks, pale and haggard,
his eyes sunken, his mouth drawn. A chill came
on at breakfast, and he could not eat. As, later, he
studied his lesson, the fever rose and mixed with the
words, until the page swam before his tired eyes. The
gentleman had noted all silently. Now he said, “Go
out into the open air, George. Go down into the village
and bring back Martha; say that I wish her to
come. Take heart, boy. Don't give up so easily.”

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

“So easily! But it ain't so easily, governor, Seems
as though something was broken inside of me. How
can I go and see Marthy when — when — O, I know
I 'm humly and poor; but I 'd work for her, I 'd take
such care of her. O governor, perhaps if you was to
speak to her!”

“Go and bring her to me,” said the gentleman, rising
abruptly. In the open air he paced to and fro. Sweet-Silence
died out unnoticed while he watched the boat
moving toward the village. At length it returned with
two in it; but when the girl entered the house, with
head erect and defiant eyes, the gentleman sat in his
easy-chair, Sweet-Silence breathing out a cloud of incense,
and a book before him, the picture of idle contentment.

“How now, little girl,” he said, gayly, “what is this
I hear? You do not want to go out into the bright
world with George, and see all its wonders?”

She answered not a word.

“Are we not a little selfish? It is a bad thing to
be selfish, child.”

Still no answer.

“Think of all the benefit to George,” pursued the
gentleman. “Think of all you might see, might know,
might be! Why, that is all there is of life, Martha.”

“It is not all,” answered the girl, in a low voice.

“It is, if George is with you. — Can you say nothing
for yourself, boy?” asked the gentleman, sharply.

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

For answer the lad threw himself on his knees before
her, and caught her hands in his fevered grasp, while
he poured out a flood of broken entreaties. The gentleman
listened, meanwhile carelessly smoking Sweet-Silence
and patting the head of True-Heart laid wistfully
upon his knee. (Why should the dog be jealous?)

“Do, Marthy, do!” pleaded the boy; and he pressed
her hands to his eager lips. The gentleman smiled.

“I never, never will,” said the girl, looking, not at
her lover, but into the quiet, smiling face across the
room. Defiantly she spoke, and drew herself aloof
from the boy at her feet.

“Well, then, Martha, if you will not go with George,
will you stay here with him?” said the gentleman.
“See, I will give you this house and everything in it.
Will it do to commence housekeeping?”

The boy sprang up with a burst of joy. “Will
you, governor? Will you really? Do you hear that,
Marthy? You did n't like the thought of travelling
out into the big world, dear; and no wonder. But now
you can stay right on here in the place you 're used
to, and everything so comfortable. Never mind about
Egypt and the palm-trees and things; they 're nothing
alongside of you. And I 'd take such care of you, dear.
You would n't have to work a bit; I 'd hunt and fish
and cook too; I 'd make the fires, and everything.
All I want is just to see you sitting by the chimbley
when I come home, dear, so pretty and so sweet. O

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

governor, won't we have fine times now, we three together?”
And, school-boy fashion, George gave a great
bound for joy.

A rose flush had risen in Martha's cheek; her eyes
were gentle now. “I will keep the house,” she said
softly, as if to herself, and smiled.

“Yes, you shall,” said George; “you shall, my
pretty one. Hurrah for the little housekeeper of
Misery Landing! Won't it be nice, governor, to
find her here when we come in from hunting?”

“Very nice, my boy; only I fear I cannot enjoy
the sight with you. But that need make no difference.”

“Well, no,” replied George, with the frank ingratitude
of youth. “But I 'm sorry on your own account,
governor; we 'd have been so comfortable all
together. Marthy would have been like a daughter
to you.”

“Thank you, George; you are very kind. But I
must go.”

“Soon, governor?”

“I 'll stay to see you married, my boy. Suppose
we say next Tuesday? I will give a ball, and invite
all the village to do you honor.”

“Next Tuesday! O my!” ejaculated George in the
excess of his joy. Words failed him, but he caught
his love in his arms. That at least needed no language.

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

The girl burst from his embrace. “What!” she
cried, in a voice strained high with passion, “I
marry you, you ungrateful dog! Never, never, here
or anywhere! I will die first!” The door closed
after her, and the two men stood gazing at vacancy.

A week later at Misery Landing there is a boy
racked with fever; a man nurses him, if not tenderly,
at least with exactest care.

“She will not see me, — even see me!” cries the
delirious voice. “Marthy! my little Marthy!”

The days pass; the fever lasts, and consumes the
small store of strength; still, night and day, the
voice of the sick boy never ceases its cry for her he
loves. His heart exhausts its last drops in calling
her name. At length the burning tide finds nothing
more to nourish it, and departs, leaving death to finish
the work. The boy is conscious again, but wasted,
pale, and pinched, his form under the sheet like a
skeleton, his voice a whisper, his hands strangely
white and weak. He lies in the luxurious hammockbed,
but notices nothing; his large eyes are closed,
his breath labored. The man who watches him so
closely is trying every human device to raise him to
life again; for three days, for a week, night and day
he tends him, administering hour by hour drops of
delicate cordial and the small nourishment his feeble
frame will bear, laying, as it were, the very atoms in
place for a new foundation. But he gains almost

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

nothing, since the hopeless mind he cannot reach,
and that is killing the body. In the night he finds
the boy weeping; too weak to sob aloud, the great
tears on his pale cheeks bear witness to his despair.
There came a night when, rousing suddenly from a
sleep which had overwhelmed his weary eyes, he
thought the boy was dead, so rigid and so motionless
seemed the still form under the sheet. He
shuddered. Was it death? “I have done all I
could,” he said to himself, hurriedly, as he had often
said it before; but the words failed this time, and
he stood face to face for one bare moment with his
inmost self. Then, pale as the face before him, he
approached the bed, and laid his trembling hand
upon the heart. It was still beating. The boy slept.

Calling the old half-breed to keep watch, John Jay
rushed out into the night, climbed down the ladder,
and rowed the boat swiftly across the bay toward
the village. As the sun rose above the eastern woods
he reached the beach cottage, and found the girl outside.
Without a word he took her hand and led her
to the boat. She followed mutely, and in silence
they took the journey together, nor paused until they
stood in the presence of the sleeping boy. Then the
man spoke. “He will die unless you love him,
Martha.”

“I cannot,” answered the girl, bowing her face upon
her hands.

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

“Then, at least let him love you; that will suffice
him, poor fellow!”

She did not speak.

“Martha,” said the gentleman, bending over her
and drawing away her hands, “what I tell you is
absolutely true. I have done my best, as far as skill
and care can go; but the boy — no, he is a man
now — cannot live without you. Look at him. Will
you let him die?”

He drew her forward. Hand in hand they stood
together and gazed upon the poor pinched face before
them; from long habit a tear even in sleep crept
from under the closed lids.

“We cannot do this thing, Martha,” said the man
in a low deep voice. He turned away a moment and
left her there alone; then coming back to the bedside,
he lifted the sleeper, laid him in her arms, his
head resting on her shoulder, and without a word
went away into the wide world again, leaving Misery
Landing behind him forever.

Two weeks later he presented himself at the door
of Francesca's opera-box in the Academy. Francesca
was still beautiful, and still Francesca: no “Madame”
graced her card.

“Good evening, Mr. Jay,” she said, smiling the same
old beautiful smile. “You have been away just a year
in the wilderness. I hope you have enjoyed yourself?”

“Immensely,” answered John.

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

EPILOGUE.

Place, — Fifth Avenue mansion. Scene, — Dinner. Time, — 7 P. M.

Mrs. Jay. “By the way, John, you have never told
me about that Lake Superior hermitage of yours, —
Misery Landing, was n't it? I suppose you behaved
very badly there.”

John Jay. “Of course. I always do, you know.
Hand me a peach, please. That claret-colored velvet
becomes you admirably, Francesca.”

Mrs. Jay. “Do you think so? I am so glad. I
made a real study of this trimming. But about Misery
Landing, John; you never told me —”

John Jay. “And never shall, madame.”

-- --

p755-239 SOLOMON.

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

MIDWAY in the eastern part of Ohio lies the
coal country; round-topped hills there begin
to show themselves in the level plain, trending back
from Lake Erie; afterwards rising higher and higher,
they stretch away into Pennsylvania and are dignified
by the name of Alleghany Mountains. But no names
have they in their Ohio birthplace, and little do the
people care for them, save as storehouses for fuel. The
roads lie along the slow-moving streams, and the farmers
ride slowly over them in their broad-wheeled wagons,
now and then passing dark holes in the bank from
whence come little carts into the sunshine, and men,
like silhouettes, walking behind them, with glow-worm
lamps fastened in their hat-bands. Neither farmers
nor miners glance up towards the hilltops; no doubt
they consider them useless mounds, and, were it not
for the coal, they would envy their neighbors of the
grain-country, whose broad, level fields stretch unbroken
through Central Ohio; as, however, the canalboats
go away full, and long lines of coal-cars go away

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

full, and every man's coal-shed is full, and money
comes back from the great iron-mills of Pittsburgh,
Cincinnati, and Cleveland, the coal country, though
unknown in a picturesque point of view, continues to
grow rich and prosperous.

Yet picturesque it is, and no part more so than the
valley where stands the village of the quaint German
Community on the banks of the slow-moving Tuscarawas
River. One October day we left the lake behind
us and journeyed inland, following the water-courses
and looking forward for the first glimpse of rising
ground; blue are the waters of Erie on a summer day,
red and golden are its autumn sunsets, but so level, so
deadly level are its shores that, at times, there comes
a longing for the sight of distant hills. Hence our
journey. Night found us still in the “Western Reserve.”
Ohio has some queer names of her own for
portions of her territory, the “Fire Lands,” the “Donation
Grant,” the “Salt Section,” the “Refugee's
Tract,” and the “Western Reserve” are names well
known, although not found on the maps. Two days
more and we came into the coal country; near by were
the “Moravian Lands,” and at the end of the last day's
ride we crossed a yellow bridge over a stream called
the “One-Leg Creek.”

“I have tried in vain to discover the origin of this
name,” I said, as we leaned out of the carriage to watch
the red leaves float down the slow tide.

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

“Create one, then. A one-legged soldier, a farmer's
pretty daughter, an elopement in a flat-bottomed boat,
and a home upon this stream which yields its stores of
catfish for their support,” suggested Erminia.

“The original legend would be better than that if we
could only find it, for real life is always better than
fiction,” I answered.

“In real life we are all masked; but in fiction the
author shows the faces as they are, Dora.”

“I do not believe we are all masked, Erminia. I
can read my friends like a printed page.”

“O, the wonderful faith of youth!” said Erminia,
retiring upon her seniority.

Presently the little church on the hill came into
view through a vista in the trees. We passed the mill
and its flowing race, the blacksmith's shop, the great
grass meadow, and drew up in front of the quaint hotel
where the trustees allowed the world's people, if uninquisitive
and decorous, to remain in the Community
for short periods of time, on the payment of three dollars
per week for each person. This village was our
favorite retreat, our little hiding-place in the hill-country;
at that time it was almost as isolated as a solitary
island, for the Community owned thousands of outlying
acres and held no intercourse with the surrounding
townships. Content with their own, unmindful of the
rest of the world, these Germans grew steadily richer
and richer, solving quietly the problem of co-operative

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

labor, while the French and Americans worked at it in
vain with newspapers, orators, and even cannon to aid
them. The members of the Community were no ascetic
anchorites; each tiled roof covered a home with a
thrifty mother and train of grave little children, the
girls in short-waisted gowns, kerchiefs, and frilled caps,
and the boys in tailed coats, long-flapped vests, and
trousers, as soon as they were able to toddle. We
liked them all, we liked the life; we liked the mountain-high
beds, the coarse snowy linen, and the remarkable
counterpanes; we liked the cream-stewed chicken,
the Käse-lab, and fresh butter, but, best of all, the hot
bretzels for breakfast. And let not the hasty city imagination
turn to the hard, salty, sawdust cake in the
shape of a broken-down figure eight which is served
with lager-beer in saloons and gardens. The Community
bretzel was of a delicate flaky white in the
inside, shading away into a golden-brown crust of crisp
involutions, light as a feather, and flanked by little
pats of fresh, unsalted butter, and a deep-blue cup
wherein the coffee was hot, the cream yellow, and the
sugar broken lumps from the old-fashioned loaf, now
alas! obsolete.

We stayed among the simple people and played at
shepherdesses and pastorellas; we adopted the hours
of the birds, we went to church on Sunday and sang
German chorals as old as Luther. We even played at
work to the extent of helping gather apples, eating the

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

best, and riding home on top of the loaded four-horse
wains. But one day we heard of a new diversion, a
sulphur-spring over the hills about two miles from the
hotel on land belonging to the Community; and, obeying
the fascination which earth's native medicines exercise
over all earth's children, we immediately started in
search of the nauseous spring. The road wound over
the hill, past one of the apple-orchards, where the girls
were gathering the red fruit, and then down a little
declivity where the track branched off to the Community
coal-mine; then a solitary stretch through the
thick woods, a long hill with a curve, and at the foot a
little dell with a patch of meadow, a brook, and a log-house
with overhanging roof, a forlorn house unpainted
and desolate. There was not even the blue door which
enlivened many of the Community dwellings. “This
looks like the huts of the Black Forest,” said Erminia.
“Who would have supposed that we should find such
an antique in Ohio!”

“I am confident it was built by the M. B.'s,” I replied.
“They tramped, you know, extensively through
the State, burying axes and leaving every now and
then a mastodon behind them.”

“Well, if the Mound-Builders selected this site
they showed good taste,” said Erminia, refusing, in her
afternoon indolence, the argumentum nonsensicum with
which we were accustomed to enliven our conversation.
It was, indeed, a lovely spot, — the little meadow,

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

smooth and bright as green velvet, the brook chattering
over the pebbles, and the hills, gay in red and
yellow foliage, rising abruptly on all sides. After some
labor we swung open the great gate and entered the
yard, crossed the brook on a mossy plank, and followed
the path through the grass towards the lonely house.
An old shepherd-dog lay at the door of a dilapidated
shed, like a block-house, which had once been a stable;
he did not bark, but, rising slowly, came along beside
us, — a large, gaunt animal that looked at us with such
melancholy eyes that Erminia stooped to pat him.
Ermine had a weakness for dogs; she herself owned
a wild beast of the dog kind that went by the name
of the “Emperor Trajan”; and, accompanied by this
dignitary, she was accustomed to stroll up the avenues
of C—, lost in maiden meditations.

We drew near the house and stepped up on the
sunken piazza, but no signs of life appeared. The
little loophole windows were pasted over with paper,
and the plank door had no latch or handle. I knocked,
but no one came. “Apparently it is a haunted house,
and that dog is the spectre,” I said, stepping back.

“Knock three times,” suggested Ermine; “that is
what they always do in ghost-stories.”

“Try it yourself. My knuckles are not castiron.”

Ermine picked up a stone and began tapping on the
door. “Open sesame,” she said, and it opened.

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

Instantly the dog slunk away to his block-house and
a woman confronted us, her dull face lighting up as
her eyes ran rapidly over our attire from head to foot.
“Is there a sulphur-spring here?” I asked. “We
would like to try the water.”

“Yes, it 's here fast enough in the back hall. Come
in, ladies; I 'm right proud to see you. From the city,
I suppose?”

“From C—,” I answered; “we are spending a few
days in the Community.”

Our hostess led the way through the little hall, and
throwing open a back door pulled up a trap in the
floor, and there we saw the spring, — a shallow well
set in stones, with a jar of butter cooling in its white
water. She brought a cup, and we drank. “Delicious,”
said Ermine. “The true, spoiled-egg flavor!
Four cups is the minimum allowance, Dora.”

“I reckon it 's good for the insides,” said the woman,
standing with arms akimbo and staring at us. She
was a singular creature, with large black eyes, Roman
nose, and a mass of black hair tightly knotted on the
top of her head, but pinched and gaunt; her yellow
forehead was wrinkled with a fixed frown, and her thin
lips drawn down in permanent discontent. Her dress
was a shapeless linsey-woolsey gown, and home-made
list slippers covered her long, lank feet. “Be that the
fashion?” she asked, pointing to my short, closely
fitting walking-dress.

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

“Yes,” I answered; “do you like it?”

“Well, it does for you, sis, because you 're so little
and peaked-like, but it would n't do for me. The other
lady, now, don't wear nothing like that; is she even
with the style, too?”

“There is such a thing as being above the style,
madam,” replied Ermine, bending to dip up glass number
two.

“Our figgers is a good deal alike,” pursued the woman;
“I reckon that fashion ud suit me best.”

Willowy Erminia glanced at the stick-like hostess.
“You do me honor,” she said, suavely. “I shall consider
myself fortunate, madam, if you will allow me to
send you patterns from C—. What are we if not
well dressed?”

“You have a fine dog,” I began hastily, fearing lest
the great, black eyes should penetrate the sarcasm;
“what is his name?”

“A stupid beast! He 's none of mine; belongs to
my man.”

“Your husband?”

“Yes, my man. He works in the coal-mine over
the hill.”

“You have no children?”

“Not a brat. Glad of it, too.”

“You must be lonely,” I said, glancing around the
desolate house. To my surprise, suddenly the woman
burst into a flood of tears, and sinking down on the

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

floor she rocked from side to side, sobbing, and covering
her face with her bony hands.

“What can be the matter with her?” I said in
alarm; and, in my agitation, I dipped up some sulphur-water
and held it to her lips.

“Take away the smelling stuff, — I hate it!” she
cried, pushing the cup angrily from her.

Ermine looked on in silence for a moment or two,
then she took off her neck-tie, a bright-colored Roman
scarf, and threw it across the trap into the woman's
lap. “Do me the favor to accept that trifle, madam,”
she said, in her soft voice.

The woman's sobs ceased as she saw the ribbon; she
fingered it with one hand in silent admiration, wiped
her wet face with the skirt of her gown, and then suddenly
disappeared into an adjoining room, closing the
door behind her.

“Do you think she is crazy?” I whispered.

“O no; merely pensive.”

“Nonsense, Ermine! But why did you give her
that ribbon?”

“To develop her æsthetic taste,” replied my cousin,
finishing her last glass, and beginning to draw on her
delicate gloves.

Immediately I began gulping down my neglected
dose; but so vile was the odor that some time was
required for the operation, and in the midst of my
struggles our hostess reappeared. She had thrown on

-- 245 --

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

an old dress of plaid delaine, a faded red ribbon was
tied over her head, and around her sinewed throat reposed
the Roman scarf pinned with a glass brooch.

“Really, madam, you honor us,” said Ermine, gravely.

“Thankee, marm. It 's so long since I 've had on
anything but that old bag, and so long since I 've seen
anything but them Dutch girls over to the Community,
with their wooden shapes and wooden shoes, that it
sorter come over me all 't onct what a miserable life
I 've had. You see, I ain't what I looked like; now
I 've dressed up a bit I feel more like telling you that
I come of good Ohio stock, without a drop of Dutch
blood. My father, he kep' a store in Sandy, and I had
everything I wanted until I must needs get crazy over
Painting Sol at the Community. Father, he would n't
hear to it, and so I ran away; Sol, he turned out good
for nothing to work, and so here I am, yer see, in
spite of all his pictures making me out the Queen
of Sheby.”

“Is your husband an artist?” I asked.

“No, miss. He 's a coal-miner, he is. But he used
to like to paint me all sorts of ways. Wait, I 'll show
yer.” Going up the rough stairs that led into the
attic, the woman came back after a moment with a
number of sheets of drawing-paper which she hung up
along the walls with pins for our inspection. They
were all portraits of the same face, with brick-red
cheeks, enormous black eyes, and a profusion of

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

shining black hair hanging down over plump white shoulders;
the costumes were various, but the faces were
the same. I gazed in silence, seeing no likeness to
anything earthly. Erminia took out her glasses and
scanned the pictures slowly.

“Yourself, madam, I perceive,” she said, much to my
surprise.

“Yes, 'm, that 's me,” replied our hostess, complacently.
“I never was like those yellow-haired girls
over to the Community. Sol allers said my face was
real rental.”

“Rental?” I repeated, inquiringly.

“Oriental, of course,” said Ermine. “Mr. — Mr.
Solomon is quite right. May I ask the names of these
characters, madam?”

“Queen of Sheby, Judy, Ruth, Esthy, Po-co-hon-tus,
Goddessaliberty, Sunset, and eight Octobers, them with
the grapes. Sunset 's the one with the red paint behind
it like clouds.”

“Truly a remarkable collection,” said Ermine.
“Does Mr. Solomon devote much time to his art?”

“No, not now. He could n't make a cent out of
it, so he 's took to digging coal. He painted all them
when we was first married, and he went a journey all
the way to Cincinnati to sell 'em. First he was going
to buy me a silk dress and some ear-rings, and, after
that, a farm. But pretty soon home he come on a
canal-boat, without a shilling, and a bringing all the

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

pictures back with him! Well, then he tried most
everything, but he never could keep to any one trade,
for he 'd just as lief quit work in the middle of the
forenoon and go to painting; no boss 'll stand that,
you know. We kep' a going down, and I had to sell
the few things my father give me when he found I was
married whether or no, — my chany, my feather-beds,
and my nice clothes, piece by piece. I held on to the
big looking-glass for four years, but at last it had to go,
and then I just gave up and put on a linsey-woolsey
gown. When a girl's spirit 's once broke, she don't
care for nothing, you know; so, when the Community
offered to take Sol back as coal-digger, I just
said, `Go,' and we come.” Here she tried to smear
the tears away with her bony hands, and gave a low
groan.

“Groaning probably relieves you,” observed Ermine.

“Yes, 'm. It 's kinder company like, when I 'm
all alone. But you see it 's hard on the prettiest
girl in Sandy to have to live in this lone lorn place.
Why, ladies, you might n't believe it, but I had
open-work stockings, and feathers in my winter bunnets
before I was married!” And the tears broke
forth afresh.

“Accept my handkerchief,” said Ermine; “it will
serve your purpose better than fingers.”

The woman took the dainty cambric and surveyed
it curiously, held at arm's length. “Reg'lar

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

thistledown, now, ain't it?” she said; “and smells like a
locust-tree blossom.”

“Mr. Solomon, then, belonged to the Community?”
I asked, trying to gather up the threads of the story.

“No, he did n't either; he 's no Dutchman, I reckon,
he 's a Lake County man, born near Painesville, he is.”

“I thought you spoke as though he had been in
the Community.”

“So he had; he did n't belong, but he worked for
'em since he was a boy, did middling well, in spite
of the painting, until one day, when he come over
to Sandy on a load of wood and seen me standing
at the door. That was the end of him,” continued
the woman, with an air of girlish pride; “he could
n't work no more for thinking of me.”

Où la vanité va-t-elle se nicher?” murmured Ermine,
rising. “Come, Dora; it is time to return.”

As I hastily finished my last cup of sulphur-water,
our hostess followed Ermine towards the door. “Will
you have your handkercher back, marm?” she said,
holding it out reluctantly.

“It was a free gift, madam,” replied my cousin; “I
wish you a good afternoon.”

“Say, will yer be coming again to-morrow?” asked
the woman as I took my departure.

“Very likely; good by.”

The door closed, and then, but not till then, the
melancholy dog joined us and stalked behind until we

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

had crossed the meadow and reached the gate. We
passed out and turned up the hill; but looking back
we saw the outline of the woman's head at the upper
window, and the dog's head at the bars, both watching
us out of sight.

In the evening there came a cold wind down from
the north, and the parlor, with its primitive ventilators,
square openings in the side of the house, grew chilly.
So a great fire of soft coal was built in the broad
Franklin stove, and before its blaze we made good
cheer, nor needed the one candle which flickered on
the table behind us. Cider fresh from the mill, carded
gingerbread, and new cheese crowned the scene, and
during the evening came a band of singers, the young
people of the Community, and sang for us the song
of the Lorelei, accompanied by home-made violins
and flageolets. At length we were left alone, the
candle had burned out, the house door was barred,
and the peaceful Community was asleep; still we
two sat together with our feet upon the hearth, looking
down into the glowing coals.


“Ich weisz nicht was soll es bedeuten
Dasz ich so traurig bin,”
I said, repeating the opening lines of the Lorelei;
“I feel absolutely blue to-night.”

“The memory of the sulphur-woman,” suggested
Ermine.

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

“Sulphur-woman! What a name!”

“Entirely appropriate, in my opinion.”

“Poor thing! How she longed with a great longing
for the finery of her youth in Sandy.”

“I suppose from those barbarous pictures that she
was originally in the flesh,” mused Ermine; “at
present she is but a bony outline.”

“Such as she is, however, she has had her romance,”
I answered. “She is quite sure that there was one
to love her; then let come what may, she has had
her day.”

“Misquoting Tennyson on such a subject!” said
Ermine, with disdain.

“A man 's a man for all that and a woman 's a
woman too,” I retorted. “You are blind, cousin,
blinded with pride. That woman has had her tragedy,
as real and bitter as any that can come to us.”

“What have you to say for the poor man, then?”
exclaimed Ermine, rousing to the contest. “If there
is a tragedy at the sulphur-house, it belongs to the
sulphur-man, not to the sulphur-woman.”

“He is not a sulphur-man, he is a coal-man; keep
to your bearings, Ermine.”

“I tell you,” pursued my cousin, earnestly, “that
I pitied that unknown man with inward tears all
the while I sat by that trap-door. Depend upon it,
he had his dream, his ideal; and this country girl
with her great eyes and wealth of hair represented

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

the beautiful to his hungry soul. He gave his whole
life and hope into her hands, and woke to find his
goddess a common wooden image.”

“Waste sympathy upon a coal-miner!” I said, imitating
my cousin's former tone.

“If any one is blind, it is you,” she answered,
with gleaming eyes. “That man's whole history stood
revealed in the selfish complainings of that creature.
He had been in the Community from boyhood, therefore
of course he had no chance to learn life, to see
its art-treasures. He has been shipwrecked, poor soul,
hopelessly shipwrecked.”

“She too, Ermine.”

“She!”

“Yes. If he loved pictures, she loved her chany
and her feather-beds, not to speak of the big looking-glass.
No doubt she had other lovers, and might
have lived in a red brick farmhouse with ten unopened
front windows and a blistered front door.
The wives of men of genius are always to be pitied;
they do not soar into the crowd of feminine admirers
who circle round the husband, and they are therefore
called `grubs,' `worms of the earth,' `drudges,' and
other sweet titles.”

“Nonsense,” said Ermine, tumbling the arched coals
into chaos with the poker; “it 's after midnight, let
us go up stairs.” I knew very well that my beautiful
cousin enjoyed the society of several poets,

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

painters, musicians, and others of that ilk, without
concerning herself about their stay-at-home wives.

The next day the winds were out in battle array,
howling over the Strasburg hills, raging up and down
the river, and whirling the colored leaves wildly
along the lovely road to the One-Leg Creek. Evidently
there could be no rambling in the painted woods
that day, so we went over to old Fritz's shop, played
on his home-made piano, inspected the woolly horse
who turned his crank patiently in an underground
den, and set in motion all the curious little images
which the carpenter's deft fingers had wrought.
Fritz belonged to the Community, and knew nothing
of the outside world; he had a taste for mechanism,
which showed itself in many labor-saving devices,
and with it all he was the roundest, kindest little
man, with bright eyes like a canary-bird.

“Do you know Solomon the coal-miner?” asked
Ermine, in her correct, well-learned German.

“Sol Bangs? Yes, I know him,” replied Fritz, in
his Würtemberg dialect.

“What kind of a man is he?”

“Good for nothing,” replied Fritz, placidly.

“Why?”

“Wrong here”; tapping his forehead.

“Do you know his wife?” I asked.

“Yes.”

“What kind of a woman is she?”

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

“Too much tongue. Women must not talk much.”

“Old Fritz touched us both there,” I said, as we
ran back laughing to the hotel through the blustering
wind. “In his opinion, I suppose, we have the popular
verdict of the township upon our two protégés,
the sulphur-woman and her husband.”

The next day opened calm, hazy, and warm, the
perfection of Indian summer; the breezy hill was outlined
in purple, and the trees glowed in rich colors.
In the afternoon we started for the sulphur-spring
without shawls or wraps, for the heat was almost
oppressive; we loitered on the way through the still
woods, gathering the tinted leaves, and wondering why
no poet has yet arisen to celebrate in fit words the
glories of the American autumn. At last we reached
the turn whence the lonely house came into view, and
at the bars we saw the dog awaiting us.

“Evidently the sulphur-woman does not like that
melancholy animal,” I said, as we applied our united
strength to the gate.

“Did you ever know a woman of limited mind
who liked a large dog?” replied Ermine. “Occasionally
such a woman will fancy a small cur; but to
appreciate a large, noble dog requires a large, noble
mind.”

“Nonsense with your dogs and minds,” I said,
laughing. “Wonderful! There is a curtain.”

It was true. The paper had been removed from

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

one of the windows, and in its place hung some
white drapery, probably part of a sheet rigged as a
curtain.

Before we reached the piazza the door opened, and
our hostess appeared. “Glad to see yer, ladies,” she
said. “Walk right in this way to the keeping-room.”

The dog went away to his block-house, and we
followed the woman into a room on the right of the
hall; there were three rooms, beside the attic above.
An Old-World German stove of brick-work occupied
a large portion of the space, and over it hung a few
tins, and a clock whose pendulum swung outside; a
table, a settle, and some stools completed the furniture;
but on the plastered walls were two rude
brackets, one holding a cup and saucer of figured
china, and the other surmounted by a large bunch
of autumn leaves, so beautiful in themselves and so
exquisitely arranged that we crossed the room to
admire them.

“Sol fixed 'em, he did,” said the sulphur-woman;
“he seen me setting things to rights, and he would
do it. I told him they was trash, but he made me
promise to leave 'em alone in case you should call
again.”

“Madam Bangs, they would adorn a palace,” said
Ermine, severely.

“The cup is pretty too,” I observed, seeing the
woman's eyes turn that way.

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

“It 's the last of my chany,” she answered, with
pathos in her voice, — “the very last piece.”

As we took our places on the settle we noticed
the brave attire of our hostess. The delaine was
there; but how altered! Flounces it had, skimped,
but still flounces, and at the top was a collar of
crochet cotton reaching nearly to the shoulders; the
hair, too, was braided in imitation of Ermine's sunny
coronet, and the Roman scarf did duty as a belt
around the large flat waist.

“You see she tries to improve,” I whispered, as
Mrs. Bangs went into the hall to get some sulphur-water
for us.

“Vanity,” answered Ermine.

We drank our dose slowly, and our hostess talked
on and on. Even I, her champion, began to weary
of her complainings. “How dark it is!” said Ermine
at last, rising and drawing aside the curtain. “See,
Dora, a storm is close upon us.”

We hurried to the door, but one look at the black
cloud was enough to convince us that we could not
reach the Community hotel before it would break,
and somewhat drearily we returned to the keeping-room,
which grew darker and darker, until our hostess
was obliged to light a candle. “Reckon you 'll
have to stay all night; I 'd like to have you, ladies,”
she said. “The Community ain't got nothing covered
to send after you, except the old king's coach,

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

and I misdoubt they won't let that out in such a
storm, steps and all. When it begins to rain in this
valley, it do rain, I can tell you; and from the way
it 's begun, 't won't stop 'fore morning. You just let
me send the Roarer over to the mine, he 'll tell Sol;
Sol can tell the Community folks, so they 'll know
where you be.”

I looked somewhat aghast at this proposal, but
Ermine listened to the rain upon the roof a moment,
and then quietly accepted; she remembered the long
hills of tenacious red clay, and her kid boots were
dear to her.

“The Roarer, I presume, is some faithful kobold
who bears your message to and from the mine,” she
said, making herself as comfortable as the wooden
settle would allow.

The sulphur-woman stared. “Roarer 's Sol's old
dog,” she answered, opening the door; “perhaps one
of you will write a bit of a note for him to carry
in his basket. — Roarer, Roarer!”

The melancholy dog came slowly in, and stood still
while she tied a small covered basket around his neck.

Ermine took a leaf from her tablets and wrote a
line or two with the gold pencil attached to her
watch-chain.

“Well now, you do have everything handy, I do
declare,” said the woman, admiringly.

I glanced at the paper.

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

Mr. Solomon Bangs: My cousin Theodora Wentworth
and myself have accepted the hospitality of
your house for the night. Will you be so good as
to send tidings of our safety to the Community, and
oblige,

Erminia Stuart.

The Roarer started obediently out into the rain-storm
with his little basket; he did not run, but walked
slowly, as if the storm was nothing compared to his
settled melancholy.

“What a note to send to a coal-miner!” I said,
during a momentary absence of our hostess.

“Never fear; it will be appreciated,” replied
Ermine.

“What is this king's carriage of which you spoke?”
I asked, during the next hour's conversation.

“O, when they first come over from Germany, they
had a sort of a king; he knew more than the rest, and
he lived in that big brick house with dormel-winders
and a cuperler, that stands next the garden. The
carriage was hisn, and it had steps to let down, and
curtains and all; they don't use it much now he 's
dead. They 're a queer set anyhow! The women
look like meal-sacks. After Sol seen me, he could n't
abide to look at 'em.”

Soon after six we heard the great gate creak.

“That 's Sol,” said the woman, “and now of course
Roarer 'll come in and track all over my floor.” The

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

hall door opened and a shadow passed into the opposite
room, two shadows, — a man and a dog.

“He 's going to wash himself now,” continued the
wife; “he 's always washing himself, just like a
horse.”

“New fact in natural history, Dora love,” observed
Ermine.

After some moments the miner appeared, — a tall,
stooping figure with high forehead, large blue eyes,
and long thin yellow hair; there was a singularly
lifeless expression in his face, and a far-off look in
his eyes. He gazed about the room in an absent
way, as though he scarcely saw us. Behind him
stalked the Roarer, wagging his tail slowly from side
to side.

“Now, then, don't yer see the ladies, Sol? Where 's
yer manners?” said his wife, sharply.

“Ah, — yes, — good evening,” he said, vaguely.
Then his wandering eyes fell upon Ermine's beautiful
face, and fixed themselves there with strange intentness.

“You received my note, Mr. Bangs?” said my cousin
in her soft voice.

“Yes, surely. You are Erminia,” replied the man,
still standing in the centre of the room with fixed eyes.
The Roarer laid himself down behind his master, and
his tail, still wagging, sounded upon the floor with a
regular tap.

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

“Now then, Sol, since you 've come home, perhaps
you 'll entertain the ladies while I get supper,” quoth
Mrs. Bangs; and forthwith began a clatter of pans.

The man passed his long hand abstractedly over his
forehead. “Eh,” he said with long-drawn utterance, —
“eh-h? Yes, my rose of Sharon, certainly, certainly.”

“Then why don't you do it?” said the woman,
lighting the fire in the brick stove.

“And what will the ladies please to do?” he answered,
his eyes going back to Ermine.

“We will look over your pictures, sir,” said my
cousin, rising; “they are in the upper room, I believe.”

A great flush rose in the painter's thin cheeks.
“Will you,” he said eagerly, — “will you? Come!”

“It 's a broken-down old hole, ladies; Sol will never
let me sweep it out. Reckon you 'll be more comfortable
here,” said Mrs. Bangs, with her arms in the
flour.

“No, no, my lily of the valley. The ladies will
come with me; they will not scorn the poor room.”

“A studio is always interesting,” said Ermine,
sweeping up the rough stairs behind Solomon's candle.
The dog followed us, and laid himself down on an old
mat, as though well accustomed to the place. “Eh-h,
boy, you came bravely through the storm with the
lady's note,” said his master, beginning to light candle
after candle. “See him laugh!”

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

“Can a dog laugh?” I asked.

“Certainly; look at him now. What is that but a
grin of happy contentment? Don't the Bible say,
`grin like a dog'?”

“You seem much attached to the Roarer.”

“Tuscarora, lady, Tuscarora. Yes, I love him well.
He has been with me through all, and he has watched
the making of all my pictures; he always lies there
when I paint.”

By this time a dozen candles were burning on
shelves and brackets, and we could see all parts of
the attic studio. It was but a poor place, unfloored
in the corners where the roof slanted down, and having
no ceiling but the dark beams and thatch; hung
upon the walls were the pictures we had seen, and
many others, all crude and highly colored, and all
representing the same face, — the sulphur-woman in
her youth, the poor artist's only ideal. He showed
us these one by one, handling them tenderly, and telling
us, in his quaint language, all they symbolized.
“This is Ruth, and denoteth the power of hope,” he
said. “Behold Judith, the queen of revenge. And
this dear one is Rachel, for whom Jacob served seven
years, and they seemed unto him but a day, so well
he loved her.” The light shone on his pale face,
and we noticed the far-off look in his eyes, and
the long, tapering fingers coming out from the hardworked,
broad palm. To me it was a melancholy

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

scene, the poor artist with his daubs and the dreary
attic.

But Ermine seemed eagerly interested; she looked
at the staring pictures, listened to the explanations,
and at last she said gently, “Let me show you something
of perspective, and the part that shadows play
in a pictured face. Have you any crayons?”

No; the man had only his coarse paints and lumps of
charcoal; taking a piece of the coal in her delicate hand,
my cousin began to work upon a sheet of drawing-paper
attached to the rough easel. Solomon watched
her intently, as she explained and demonstrated some
of the rules of drawing, the lights and shades, and
the manner of representing the different features and
curves. All his pictures were full faces, flat and unshaded;
Ermine showed him the power of the profile
and the three-quarter view. I grew weary of watching
them, and pressing my face against the little window
gazed out into the night; steadily the rain came down
and the hills shut us in like a well. I thought of our
home in C—, and its bright lights, warmth, company,
and life. Why should we come masquerading
out among the Ohio hills at this late season? And
then I remembered that it was because Ermine would
come; she liked such expeditions, and from childhood
I had always followed her lead. “Dux nascitur, etc.,
etc.” Turning away from the gloomy night, I looked
towards the easel again; Solomon's cheeks were deeply

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

flushed, and his eyes shone like stars. The lesson
went on, the merely mechanical hand explaining its
art to the ignorant fingers of genius. Ermine had
taken lessons all her life, but she had never produced
an original picture, only copies.

At last the lesson was interrupted by a voice from
below, “Sol, Sol, supper 's ready!” No one stirred
until, feeling some sympathy for the amount of work
which my ears told me had been going on below, I
woke up the two enthusiasts and took them away from
the easel down stairs into the keeping-room, where a
loaded table and a scarlet hostess bore witness to the
truth of my surmise. Strange things we ate that
night, dishes unheard of in towns, but not unpalatable.
Ermine had the one china cup for her corn-coffee; her
grand air always secured her such favors. Tuscarora
was there and ate of the best, now and then laying his
shaggy head on the table, and, as his master said,
“smiling at us”; evidently the evening was his gala
time. It was nearly nine when the feast was ended,
and I immediately proposed retiring to bed, for, having
but little art enthusiasm, I dreaded a vigil in that
dreary attic. Solomon looked disappointed, but I
ruthlessly carried off Ermine to the opposite room,
which we afterwards suspected was the apartment of
our hosts, freshened and set in order in our honor.
The sound of the rain on the piazza roof lulled us soon
to sleep, in spite of the strange surroundings; but more

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

than once I woke and wondered where I was, suddenly
remembering the lonely house in its lonely valley with
a shiver of discomfort. The next morning we woke at
our usual hour, but some time after the miner's departure;
breakfast was awaiting us in the keeping-room,
and our hostess said that an ox-team from the
Community would come for us before nine. She
seemed sorry to part with us, and refused any remuneration
for our stay; but none the less did we promise
ourselves to send some dresses and even ornaments
from C—, to feed that poor, starving love of finery.
As we rode away in the ox-cart, the Roarer looked
wistfully after us through the bars; but his melancholy
mood was upon him again, and he had not the heart
even to wag his tail.

As we were sitting in the hotel parlor, in front of
our soft-coal fire in the evening of the following day,
and discussing whether or no we should return to the
city within the week, the old landlord entered without
his broad-brimmed hat, — an unusual attention, since
he was a trustee and a man of note in the Community,
and removed his hat for no one nor nothing; we even
suspected that he slept in it.

“You know Zolomon Barngs,” he said, slowly.

“Yes,” we answered.

“Well, he 's dead. Kilt in de mine.” And putting
on the hat, removed, we now saw, in respect for death,
he left the room as suddenly as he had entered it. As

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

it happened, we had been discussing the couple, I, as
usual, contending for the wife, and Ermine, as usual,
advocating the cause of the husband.

“Let us go out there immediately to see her, poor
woman!” I said, rising.

“Yes, poor man, we will go to him!” said Ermine.

“But the man is dead, cousin.”

“Then he shall at least have one kind, friendly
glance before he is carried to his grave,” answered
Ermine, quietly.

In a short time we set out in the darkness, and
dearly did we have to pay for the night-ride; no one
could understand the motive of our going, but money
was money, and we could pay for all peculiarities. It
was a dark night, and the ride seemed endless as the
oxen moved slowly on through the red-clay mire. At
last we reached the turn and saw the little lonely
house with its upper room brightly lighted.

“He is in the studio,” said Ermine; and so it proved.
He was not dead, but dying; not maimed, but poisoned
by the gas of the mine, and rescued too late for recovery.
They had placed him upon the floor on a
couch of blankets, and the dull-eyed Community doctor
stood at his side. “No good, no good,” he said;
“he must die.” And then, hearing of the returning
cart, he left us, and we could hear the tramp of the
oxen over the little bridge, on their way back to the
village.

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

The dying man's head lay upon his wife's breast,
and her arms supported him; she did not speak, but
gazed at us with a dumb agony in her large eyes.
Ermine knelt down and took the lifeless hand streaked
with coal-dust in both her own. “Solomon,” she said,
in her soft, clear voice, “do you know me?”

The closed eyes opened slowly, and fixed themselves
upon her face a moment: then they turned towards
the window, as if seeking something.

“It 's the picter he means,” said the wife. “He sat
up most all last night a doing it.”

I lighted all the candles, and Ermine brought forward
the easel; upon it stood a sketch in charcoal
wonderful to behold, — the same face, the face of the
faded wife, but so noble in its idealized beauty that
it might have been a portrait of her glorified face in
Paradise. It was a profile, with the eyes upturned, —
a mere outline, but grand in conception and expression.
I gazed in silent astonishment.

Ermine said, “Yes, I knew you could do it, Solomon.
It is perfect of its kind.” The shadow of a smile stole
over the pallid face, and then the husband's fading
gaze turned upward to meet the wild, dark eyes of
the wife.

“It 's you, Dorcas,” he murmured; “that 's how you
looked to me, but I never could get it right before.”
She bent over him, and silently we watched the coming
of the shadow of death; he spoke only once, “My rose

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

of Sharon —” And then in a moment he was gone,
the poor artist was dead.

Wild, wild was the grief of the ungoverned heart
left behind; she was like a mad-woman, and our
united strength was needed to keep her from injuring
herself in her frenzy. I was frightened, but Ermine's
strong little hands and lithe arms kept her down until,
exhausted, she lay motionless near her dead husband.
Then we carried her down stairs and I watched by the
bedside, while my cousin went back to the studio.
She was absent some time, and then she came back
to keep the vigil with me through the long, still night.
At dawn the woman woke, and her face looked aged
in the gray light. She was quiet, and took without a
word the food we had prepared, awkwardly enough, in
the keeping-room.

“I must go to him, I must go to him,” she murmured,
as we led her back.

“Yes,” said Ermine, “but first let me make you tidy.
He loved to see you neat.” And with deft, gentle
touch she dressed the poor creature, arranging the
heavy hair so artistically that, for the first time, I saw
what she might have been, and understood the husband's
dream.

“What is that?” I said, as a peculiar sound startled
us.

“It 's Roarer. He was tied up last night, but I
suppose he 's gnawed the rope,” said the woman. I

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

opened the hall door, and in stalked the great dog,
smelling his way directly up the stairs.

“O, he must not go!” I exclaimed.

“Yes, let him go, he loved his master,” said Ermine;
“we will go too.” So silently we all went up into the
chamber of death.

The pictures had been taken down from the walls,
but the wonderful sketch remained on the easel, which
had been moved to the head of the couch where Solomon
lay. His long, light hair was smooth, his face
peacefully quiet, and on his breast lay the beautiful
bunch of autumn leaves which he had arranged in our
honor. It was a striking picture, — the noble face of
the sketch above, and the dead face of the artist below.
It brought to my mind a design I had once seen, where
Fame with her laurels came at last to the door of the
poor artist and gently knocked; but he had died the
night before!

The dog lay at his master's feet, nor stirred until
Solomon was carried out to his grave.

The Community buried the miner in one corner of
the lonely little meadow. No service had they and no
mound was raised to mark the spot, for such was their
custom; but in the early spring we went down again
into the valley, and placed a block of granite over the
grave. It bore the inscription: —



Solomon.
He will finish his work in Heaven.

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

Strange as it may seem, the wife pined for her artist
husband. We found her in the Community trying to
work, but so aged and bent that we hardly knew her.
Her large eyes had lost their peevish discontent, and
a great sadness had taken the place.

“Seems like I could n't get on without Sol,” she
said, sitting with us in the hotel parlor after workhours.
“I kinder miss his voice, and all them names
he used to call me; he got 'em out of the Bible, so
they must have been good, you know. He always
thought everything I did was right, and he thought
no end of my good looks, too; I suppose I 've lost 'em
all now. He was mighty fond of me; nobody in all
the world cares a straw for me now. Even Roarer
would n't stay with me, for all I petted him; he kep' a
going out to that meader and a lying by Sol, until, one
day, we found him there dead. He just died of sheer
loneliness, I reckon. I sha' n't have to stop long I
know, because I keep a dreaming of Sol, and he always
looks at me like he did when I first knew him. He
was a beautiful boy when I first saw him on that load
of wood coming into Sandy. Well, ladies, I must go.
Thank you kindly for all you 've done for me. And
say, Miss Stuart, when I die you shall have that coal
picter; no one else 'ud vally it so much.”

Three months after, while we were at the sea-shore,
Ermine received a long tin case, directed in a peculiar
handwriting; it had been forwarded from C—, and

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

contained the sketch and a note from the Community.

“E. Stuart: The woman Dorcas Bangs died this
day. She will be put away by the side of her husband,
Solomon Bangs. She left the enclosed picture,
which we hereby send, and which please acknowledge
by return of mail.

Jacob Boll, Trustee.

I unfolded the wrappings and looked at the sketch.
“It is indeed striking,” I said. “She must have been
beautiful once, poor woman!”

“Let us hope that at least she is beautiful now, for
her husband's sake, poor man!” replied Ermine.

Even then we could not give up our preferences.

-- --

p755-273 WILHELMINA.

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

“AND so, Mina, you will not marry the baker?”

“No; I waits for Gustav.”

“How long is it since you have seen him?”

“Three year; it was a three-year regi-mènt.”

“Then he will soon be home?”

“I not know,” answered the girl, with a wistful
look in her dark eyes, as if asking information from
the superior being who sat in the skiff, — a being from
the outside world where newspapers, the modern Tree
of Knowledge, were not forbidden.

“Perhaps he will re-enlist, and stay three years
longer,” I said.

“Ah, lady, — six year! It breaks the heart,” answered
Wilhelmina.

She was the gardener's daughter, a member of the
Community of German Separatists who live secluded
in one of Ohio's rich valleys, separated by their own
broad acres and orchard-covered hills from the busy
world outside; down the valley flows the tranquil
Tuscarawas on its way to the Muskingum, its slow

-- 271 --

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

tide rolling through the fertile bottom-lands between
stone dikes, and utilized to the utmost extent of carefulness
by the thrifty brothers, now working a sawmill
on the bank, now sending a tributary to the
flour-mill across the canal, and now branching off in
a sparkling race across the valley to turn wheels for
two or three factories, watering the great grass-meadow
on the way. We were floating on this river in a
skiff named by myself Der Fliegende Holländer,
much to the slow wonder of the Zoarites, who did
not understand how a Dutchman could, nor why he
should, fly. Wilhelmina sat before me, her oars idly
trailing in the water. She showed a Nubian head
above her white kerchief: large-lidded soft brown
eyes, heavy braids of dark hair, a creamy skin with
purple tints in the lips and brown shadows under
the eyes, and a far-off dreamy expression which even
the steady, monotonous toil of Community life had
not been able to efface. She wore the blue dress
and white kerchief of the society, the quaint little calico
bonnet lying beside her; she was a small maiden;
her slender form swayed in the stiff, short-waisted
gown, her feet slipped about in the broad shoes, and
her hands, roughened and browned with garden-work,
were yet narrow and graceful. From the first we
felt sure she was grafted, and not a shoot from the
Community stalk. But we could learn nothing of her
origin; the Zoarites are not communicative; they fill

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

each day with twelve good hours of labor, and look
neither forward nor back. “She is a daughter,”
said the old gardener in answer to our questions.
“Adopted?” I suggested; but he vouchsafed no answer.
I liked the little daughter's dreamy face, but
she was pale and undeveloped, like a Southern flower
growing in Northern soil; the rosy-cheeked, flaxenhaired
Rosines, Salomes, and Dorotys, with their broad
shoulders and ponderous tread, thought this brown
changeling ugly, and pitied her in their slow, good-natured
way.

“It breaks the heart,” said Wilhelmina again,
softly, as if to herself.

I repented me of my thoughtlessness. “In any
case he can come back for a few days,” I hastened
to say. “What regiment was it?”

“The One Hundred and Seventh, lady.”

I had a Cleveland paper in my basket, and taking
it out I glanced over the war-news column, carelessly,
as one who does not expect to find what he seeks.
But chance was with us, and gave this item: “The
One Hundred and Seventh Regiment, O. V. I., is
expected home next week. The men will be paid
off at Camp Chase.”

“Ah!” said Wilhelmina, catching her breath with
a half-sob under her tightly drawn kerchief, — “ah,
mein Gustav!”

“Yes, you will soon see him,” I answered,

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

bending forward to take the rough little hand in mine;
for I was a romantic wife, and my heart went out
to all lovers. But the girl did not notice my words
or my touch; silently she sat, absorbed in her own
emotion, her eyes fixed on the hilltops far away,
as though she saw the regiment marching home
through the blue June sky.

I took the oars and rowed up as far as the island,
letting the skiff float back with the current. Other
boats were out, filled with fresh-faced boys in their
high-crowned hats, long-waisted, wide-flapped vests
of calico, and funny little swallow-tailed coats with
buttons up under the shoulder-blades; they appeared
unaccountably long in front and short behind, these
young Zoar brethren. On the vine-covered dike
were groups of mothers and grave little children, and
up in the hill-orchards were moving figures, young
and old; the whole village was abroad in the lovely
afternoon, according to their Sunday custom, which
gave the morning to chorals and a long sermon in
the little church, and the afternoon to nature, even
old Christian, the pastor, taking his imposing white
fur hat and tasselled cane for a walk through the
Community fields, with the remark, “Thus is cheered
the heart of man, and his countenance refreshed.”

As the sun sank in the warm western sky, homeward
came the villagers from the river, the orchards,
and the meadows, men, women, and children, a hardy,

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

simple-minded band, whose fathers, for religion's sake,
had taken the long journey from Würtemberg across
the ocean to this distant valley, and made it a garden
of rest in the wilderness. We, too, landed, and
walked up the apple-tree lane towards the hotel.

“The cows come,” said Wilhelmina as we heard a
distant tinkling; “I must go.” But still she lingered.
“Der regi-mènt, it come soon, you say?” she asked
in a low voice, as though she wanted to hear the
good news again and again.

“They will be paid off next week; they cannot be
later than ten days from now.”

“Ten day! Ah, mein Gustav,” murmured the little
maiden; she turned away and tied on her stiff bonnet,
furtively wiping off a tear with her prim handkerchief
folded in a square.

“Why, my child,” I said, following her and stooping
to look in her face, “what is this?”

“It is nothing; it is for glad, — for very glad,” said
Wilhelmina. Away she ran as the first solemn cow
came into view, heading the long procession meandering
slowly towards the stalls. They knew nothing of
haste, these dignified Community cows; from stall to
pasture, from pasture to stall, in a plethora of comfort,
this was their life. The silver-haired shepherd came
last with his staff and scrip, and the nervous shepherd-dog
ran hither and thither in the hope of finding some
cow to bark at; but the comfortable cows moved on in

-- 275 --

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

orderly ranks, and he was obliged to dart off on a tangent
every now and then, and bark at nothing, to relieve
his feelings. Reaching the paved court-yard each
cow walked into her own stall, and the milking began.
All the girls took part in this work, sitting on little
stools and singing together as the milk frothed up in
the tin pails; the pails were emptied into tubs, and
when the tubs were full the girls bore them on their
heads to the dairy, where the milk was poured into a
huge strainer, a constant procession of girls with tubs
above and the old milk-mother ladling out as fast as
she could below. With the bee-hives near by, it was
a realization of the Scriptural phrase, “A land flowing
with milk and honey.”

The next morning, after breakfast, I strolled up the
still street, leaving the Wirthshaus with its pointed
roof behind me. On the right were some ancient cottages
built of crossed timbers filled in with plaster;
sundials hung on the walls, and each house had its
piazza, where, when the work of the day was over, the
families assembled, often singing folk-songs to the music
of their home-made flutes and pipes. On the left
stood the residence of the first pastor, the reverend
man who had led these sheep to their refuge in the
wilds of the New World. It was a wide-spreading
brick mansion, with a broadside of white-curtained
windows, an enclosed glass porch, iron railings, and
gilded eaves; a building so stately among the

-- 276 --

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

surrounding cottages that it had gained from outsiders
the name of the King's Palace, although the good man
whose grave remains unmarked in the quiet God's
Acre, according to the Separatist custom, was a father
to his people, not a king.

Beyond the palace began the Community garden, a
large square in the centre of the village filled with
flowers and fruit, adorned with arbors and cedar-trees
clipped in the form of birds, and enriched with an old-style
greenhouse whose sliding glasses were viewed
with admiration by the visitors of thirty years ago,
who sent their choice plants thither from far and near
to be tended through the long, cold lake-country winters.
The garden, the cedars, and the greenhouse were
all antiquated, but to me none the less charming. The
spring that gushed up in one corner, the old-fashioned
flowers in their box-bordered beds, larkspur, lady slippers,
bachelor's buttons, peonies, aromatic pinks, and
all varieties of roses, the arbors with red honeysuckle
overhead and tan bark under foot, were all delightful;
and I knew, also, that I should find the gardener's
daughter at her never-ending task of weeding. This
time it was the strawberry bed. “I have come to sit
in your pleasant garden, Mina,” I said, taking a seat
on a shaded bench near the bending figure.

“So?” said Wilhelmina in long-drawn interrogation,
glancing up shyly with a smile. She was a child
of the sun, this little maiden, and while her blond

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

companions wore always their bonnets or broad-brimmed
hats over their precise caps, Wilhelmina, as
now, constantly discarded these coverings and sat in
the sun basking like a bird of the tropics. In truth,
it did not redden her; she was one of those whose
coloring comes not from without, but within.

“Do you like this work, Mina?”

“O — so. Good as any.”

“Do you like work?”

“Folks must work.” This was said gravely, as
part of the Community creed.

“Would n't you like to go with me to the city?”

“No; I 's better here.”

“But you can see the great world, Mina. You
need not work, I will take care of you. You shall
have pretty dresses; would n't you like that?” I
asked, curious to discover the secret of the Separatist
indifference to everything outside.

“Nein,” answered the little maiden, tranquilly;
“nein, fräulein. Ich bin zufrieden.”

Those three words were the key. “I am contented.”
So were they taught from childhood, and — I was
about to say — they knew no better; but, after all,
is there anything better to know?

We talked on, for Mina understood English, although
many of her mates could chatter only in their Wurtemberg
dialect, whose provincialisms confused my
carefully learned German; I was grounded in Goethe,

-- 278 --

[figure description] Page 278.[end figure description]

well read in Schiller, and struggling with Jean Paul,
who, fortunately, is “der Einzige,” the only; another
such would destroy life. At length a bell sounded,
and forthwith work was laid aside in the fields, the
workshops, and the houses, while all partook of a
light repast, one of the five meals with which the long
summer day of toil is broken. Flagons of beer had
the men afield, with bread and cheese; the women
took bread and apple-butter. But Mina did not care
for the thick slice which the thrifty house-mother had
provided; she had not the steady unfanciful appetite
of the Community which eats the same food day after
day, as the cow eats its grass, desiring no change.

“And the gardener really wishes you to marry Jacob?”
I said as she sat on the grass near me, enjoying
the rest.

“Yes. Jacob is good, — always the same.”

“And Gustav?”

“Ah, mein Gustav! Lady, he is young, tall, — so
tall as tree; he run, he sing, his eyes like veilchen
there, his hair like gold. If I see him not soon, lady,
I die! The year so long, — so long they are. Three
year without Gustav!” The brown eyes grew dim, and
out came the square-folded handkerchief, of colored
calico for week-days.

“But it will not be long now, Mina.”

“Yes; I hope.”

“He writes to you, I suppose?”

-- 279 --

[figure description] Page 279.[end figure description]

“No. Gustav knows not to write, he not like
school. But he speak through the other boys, Ernst
the verliebte of Rosine, and Peter of Doroty.”

“The Zoar soldiers were all young men?”

“Yes; all verliebte. Some are not; they have gone
to the Next Country” (died).

“Killed in battle?”

“Yes; on the berge that looks, — what you call, I
not know —”

“Lookout Mountain?”

“Yes.”

“Were the boys volunteers?” I asked, remembering
the Community theory of non-resistance.

“O yes; they volunteer, Gustav the first. They not
drafted,” said Wilhelmina, proudly. For these two
words, so prominent during the war, had penetrated
even into this quiet valley.

“But did the trustees approve?”

“Apperouve?”

“I mean, did they like it?”

“Ah! they like it not. They talk, they preach in
church, they say `No.' Zoar must give soldiers? So.
Then they take money and pay for der substitute;
but the boys, they must not go.”

“But they went, in spite of the trustees?”

“Yes; Gustav first. They go in night, they walk
in woods, over the hills to Brownville, where is der
recruiter. The morning come, they gone!”

-- 280 --

[figure description] Page 280.[end figure description]

“They have been away three years, you say? They
have seen the world in that time,” I remarked half
to myself, as I thought of the strange mind-opening
and knowledge-gaining of those years to youths
brought up in the strict seclusion of the Community.

“Yes; Gustav have seen the wide world,” answered
Wilhelmina with pride.

“But will they be content to step back into the
dull routine of Zoar of life?” I thought; and a doubt
came that made me scan more closely the face of the
girl at my side. To me it was attractive because of
its possibilities; I was always fancying some excitement
that would bring the color to the cheeks and full
lips, and light up the heavy-lidded eyes with soft brilliancy.
But would this Gustav see these might-be
beauties? And how far would the singularly ugly
costume offend eyes grown accustomed to fanciful
finery and gay colors?

“You fully expect to marry Gustav?” I asked.

“We are verlobt,” answered Mina, not without a
little air of dignity.

“Yes, I know. But that was long ago.”

“Verlobt once, verlobt always,” said the little
maiden, confidently.

“But why, then, does the gardener speak of Jacob,
if you are engaged to this Gustav?”

“O, fader he like the old, and Jacob is old, thirty

-- 281 --

[figure description] Page 281.[end figure description]

year! His wife is gone to the Next Country. Jacob
is a brother, too; he write his name in the book. But
Gustav he not do so; he is free.”

“You mean that the baker has signed the articles,
and is a member of the Community?”

“Yes; but the baker is old, very old; thirty year!
Gustav not twenty and three yet; he come home, then
he sign.”

“And have you signed these articles, Wilhelmina?”

“Yes; all the womens signs.”

“What does the paper say?”

“Da ich Unterzeichneter,” — began the girl.

“I cannot understand that. Tell me in English.”

“Well; you wants to join the Zoar Community of
Separatists; you writes your name and says, `Give me
house, victual, and clothes for my work and I join;
and I never fernerer Forderung an besagte Gesellschaft
machen kann, oder will.'”

“Will never make further demand upon said society,”
I repeated, translating slowly.

“Yes; that is it.”

“But who takes charge of all the money?”

“The trustees.”

“Don't they give you any?”

“No; for what? It 's no good,” answered Wilhelmina.

I knew that all the necessaries of life were dealt

-- 282 --

[figure description] Page 282.[end figure description]

out to the members of the Community according to
their need, and, as they never went outside of their
valley, they could scarcely have spent money even if
they had possessed it. But, nevertheless, it was startling
in this nineteenth century to come upon a sincere
belief in the worthlessness of the green-tinted paper
we cherish so fondly. “Gustav will have learned its
value,” I thought, as Mina, having finished the strawberry-bed,
started away towards the dairy to assist
in the butter-making.

I strolled on up the little hill, past the picturesque
bakery, where through the open window I caught a
glimpse of the “old, very old Jacob,” a serious young
man of thirty, drawing out his large loaves of bread
from the brick oven with a long-handled rake. It was
gingerbread-day also, and a spicy odor met me at the
window; so I put in my head and asked for a piece,
receiving a card about a foot square, laid on fresh
grape-leaves.

“But I cannot eat all this,” I said, breaking off a
corner.

“O, dat 's noding!” answered Jacob, beginning to
knead fresh dough in a long white trough, the village
supply for the next day.

“I have been sitting with Wilhelmina,” I remarked,
as I leaned on the casement, impelled by a desire to
see the effect of the name.

“So?” said Jacob, interrogatively.

-- 283 --

[figure description] Page 283.[end figure description]

“Yes; she is a sweet girl.”

“So?” (doubtfully.)

“Don't you think so, Jacob?”

“Ye-es. So-so. A leetle black,” answered this impassive
lover.

“But you wish to marry her?”

“O, ye-es. She young and strong; her fader say
she good to work. I have children five; I must have
some one in the house.”

“O Jacob! Is that the way to talk?” I exclaimed.

“Warum nicht?” replied the baker, pausing in his
kneading, and regarding me with wide-open, candid
eyes.

“Why not, indeed?” I thought, as I turned away
from the window. “He is at least honest, and no
doubt in his way he would be a kind husband to little
Mina. But what a way!”

I walked on up the street, passing the pleasant
house where all the infirm old women of the Community
were lodged together, carefully tended by appointed
nurses. The aged sisters were out on the
piazza sunning themselves, like so many old cats.
They were bent with hard, out-door labor, for they
belonged to the early days when the wild forest covered
the fields now so rich, and only a few log-cabins
stood on the site of the tidy cottages and gardens of
the present village. Some of them had taken the long
journey on foot from Philadelphia westward, four

-- 284 --

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

hundred and fifty miles, in the depths of winter. Well
might they rest from their labors and sit in the sunshine,
poor old souls!

A few days later, my friendly newspaper mentioned
the arrival of the German regiment at Camp Chase.
“They will probably be paid off in a day or two,” I
thought, “and another day may bring them here.”
Eager to be the first to tell the good news to my little
favorite, I hastened up to the garden, and found her
engaged, as usual, in weeding.

“Mina,” I said, “I have something to tell you. The
regiment is at Camp Chase; you will see Gustav soon,
perhaps this week.”

And there, before my eyes, the transformation I had
often fancied took place; the color rushed to the brown
surface, the cheeks and lips glowed in vivid red, and the
heavy eyes opened wide and shone like stars, with a
brilliancy that astonished and even disturbed me. The
statue had a soul at last; the beauty dormant had
awakened. But for the fire of that soul would this
expected Pygmalion suffice? Would the real prince
fill his place in the long-cherished dreams of this
beauty of the wood?

The girl had risen as I spoke, and now she stood
erect, trembling with excitement, her hands clasped on
her breast, breathing quickly and heavily as though an
overweight of joy was pressing down her heart; her
eyes were fixed upon my face, but she saw me not.

-- 285 --

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

Strange was her gaze, like the gaze of one walking in
sleep. Her sloping shoulders seemed to expand and
chafe against the stuff gown as though they would
burst their bonds; the blood glowed in her face and
throat, and her lips quivered, not as though tears were
coming, but from the fulness of unuttered speech.
Her emotion resembled the intensest fire of fever, and
yet it seemed natural; like noon in the tropics when
the gorgeous flowers flame in the white, shadowless
heat. Thus stood Wilhelmina, looking up into the sky
with eyes that challenged the sun.

“Come here, child,” I said; “come here and sit by
me. We will talk about it.”

But she neither saw nor heard me. I drew her
down on the bench at my side; she yielded unconsciously;
her slender form throbbed, and pulses were
beating under my hands wherever I touched her.
“Mina!” I said again. But she did not answer. Like
an unfolding rose, she revealed her hidden, beautiful
heart, as though a spirit had breathed upon the bud;
silenced in the presence of this great love, I ceased
speaking, and left her to herself. After a time single
words fell from her lips, broken utterances of happiness.
I was as nothing; she was absorbed in the One.
“Gustav! mein Gustav!” It was like the bird's note,
oft repeated, ever the same. So isolated, so intense
was her joy, that, as often happens, my mind took refuge
in the opposite extreme of commonplace, and I

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

found myself wondering whether she would be able
to eat boiled beef and cabbage for dinner, or fill the
soft-soap barrel for the laundry-women, later in the day.

All the morning I sat under the trees with Wilhelmina,
who had forgotten her life-long tasks as
completely as though they had never existed. I hated
to leave her to the leather-colored wife of the old
gardener, and lingered until the sharp voice came
out from the distant house-door, calling, “Veel-hel
meeny,” as the twelve-o'clock bell summoned the
Community to dinner. But as Mina rose and swept
back the heavy braids that had fallen from the little
ivory stick which confined them, I saw that she was
armed cap-à-pie in that full happiness from which
all weapons glance off harmless.

All the rest of the day she was like a thing possessed.
I followed her to the hill-pasture, whither
she had gone to mind the cows, and found her coiled
up on the grass in the blaze of the afternoon sun,
like a little salamander. She was lost in day-dreams,
and the decorous cows had a holiday for once in
their sober lives, wandering beyond bounds at will,
and even tasting the dissipations of the marsh, standing
unheeded in the bog up to their sleek knees.
Wilhelmina had not many words to give me; her
English vocabulary was limited; she had never read
a line of romance nor a verse of poetry. The nearest
approach to either was the Community hymn-book,

-- 287 --

[figure description] Page 287.[end figure description]

containing the Separatist hymns, of which the following
lines are a specimen,


“Ruhe ist das beste Gut
Dasz man haben kann,” —
“Rest is the best good
That man can have,” —
and which embody the religious doctrine of the Zoar
Brethren, although they think, apparently, that the
labor of twelve hours each day is necessary to its
enjoyment. The “Ruhe,” however, refers more especially
to their quiet seclusion away from the turmoil
of the wicked world outside.

The second morning after this it was evident that
an unusual excitement was abroad in the phlegmatic
village. All the daily duties were fulfilled as usual
at the Wirthshaus: Pauline went up to the bakery
with her board, and returned with her load of bread
and bretzels balanced on her head; Jacobina served
our coffee with her slow precision; and the broadshouldered,
young-faced Lydia patted and puffed up
our mountain-high feather-beds with due care. The
men went afield at the blast of the horn, the workshops
were full and the mills running. But, nevertheless,
all was not the same; the air seemed full
of mystery; there were whisperings when two met,
furtive signals, and an inward excitement glowing
in the faces of men, women, and children, hitherto

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

placid as their own sheep. “They have heard the
news,” I said, after watching the tailor's Gretchen
and the blacksmith's Barbara stop to exchange a
whisper behind the wood-house. Later in the day
we learned that several letters from the absent soldier-boys
had been received that morning, announcing
their arrival on the evening train. The news had
flown from one end of the village to the other; and
although the well-drilled hands were all at work,
hearts were stirring with the greatest excitement of
a lifetime, since there was hardly a house where
there was not one expected. Each large house often
held a number of families, stowed away in little sets
of chambers, with one dining-room in common.

Several times during the day we saw the three
trustees conferring apart with anxious faces. The war
had been a sore trouble to them, owing to their conscientious
scruples against rendering military service.
They had hoped to remain non-combatants. But the
country was on fire with patriotism, and nothing less
than a bona fide Separatist in United States uniform
would quiet the surrounding towns, long jealous of
the wealth of this foreign community, misunderstanding
its tenets, and glowing with that zeal against “sympathizers”
which kept star-spangled banners flying
over every suspected house. “Hang out the flag!” was
their cry, and they demanded that Zoar should hang
out its soldiers, giving them to understand that if not

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

voluntarily hung out, they would soon be involuntarily
hung up! A draft was ordered, and then the young
men of the society, who had long chafed against their
bonds, broke loose, volunteered, and marched away,
principles or no principles, trustees or no trustees.
These bold hearts once gone, the village sank into quietude
again. Their letters, however, were a source of
anxiety, coming as they did from the vain outside
world; and the old postmaster, autocrat though he
was, hardly dared to suppress them. But he said,
shaking his head, that they “had fallen upon troublous
times,” and handed each dangerous envelope out with
a groan. But the soldiers were not skilled penmen;
their letters, few and far between, at length stopped
entirely. Time passed, and the very existence of the
runaways had become a far-off problem to the wise
men of the Community, absorbed in their slow calculations
and cautious agriculture, when now, suddenly, it
forced itself upon them face to face, and they were
required to solve it in the twinkling of an eye. The
bold hearts were coming back, full of knowledge of the
outside world; almost every house would hold one,
and the bands of law and order would be broken.
Before this prospect the trustees quailed. Twenty
years before they would have forbidden the entrance
of these unruly sons within their borders; but now
they dared not, since even into Zoar had penetrated
the knowledge that America was a free country. The

-- 290 --

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

younger generation were not as their fathers were;
objections had been openly made to the cut of the
Sunday coats, and the girls had spoken together of
ribbons!

The shadows of twilight seemed very long in falling
that night, but at last there was no further excuse
for delaying the evening bell, and home came
the laborers to their evening meal. There was no
moon, a soft mist obscured the stars, and the night
was darkened with the excess of richness which rose
from the ripening valley-fields and fat bottom-lands
along the river. The Community store opposite the
Wirthshaus was closed early in the evening, the
houses of the trustees were dark, and indeed the village
was almost unlighted, as if to hide its own excitement.
The entire population was abroad in the
night, and one by one the men and boys stole away
down the station road, a lovely, winding track on
the hillside, following the river on its way down
the valley to the little station on the grass-grown
railroad, a branch from the main track. As ten
o'clock came, the women and girls, grown bold with
excitement, gathered in the open space in front of
the Wirthshaus, where the lights from the windows
illumined their faces. There I saw the broad-shouldered
Lydia, Rosine, Doroty, and all the rest, in their
Sunday clothes, flushed, laughing, and chattering;
but no Wilhelmina.

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

“Where can she be?” I said.

If she was there, the larger girls concealed her
with their buxom breadth; I looked for the slender
little maiden in vain.

“Shu!” cried the girls, “de bugle!”

Far down the station road we heard the bugle and
saw the glimmering of lights among the trees. On
it came, a will-o'-the-wisp procession: first a detachment
of village boys each with a lantern or torch,
next the returned soldiers winding their bugles, — for,
German-like, they all had musical instruments, — then
an excited crowd of brothers and cousins loaded
with knapsacks, guns, and military accountrements of
all kinds; each man had something, were it only a
tin cup, and proudly they marched in the footsteps
of their glorious relatives, bearing the spoils of war.
The girls set up a shrill cry of welcome as the procession
approached, but the ranks continued unbroken
until the open space in front of the Wirthshaus was
reached; then, at a signal, the soldiers gave three
cheers, the villagers joining in with all their hearts
and lungs, but wildly and out of time, like the scattering
fire of an awkward squad. The sound had
never been heard in Zoar before. The soldiers gave
a final “Tiger-r-r!” and then broke ranks, mingling
with the excited crowd, exchanging greetings and
embraces. All talked at once; some wept, some
laughed; and through it all silently stood the three

-- 292 --

[figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

trustees on the dark porch in front of the store,
looking down upon their wild flock, their sober faces
visible in the glare of the torches and lanterns below.
The entire population was present; even the
babies were held up on the outskirts of the crowd,
stolid and staring.

“Where can Wilhelmina be?” I said again.

“Here, under the window; I saw her long ago,”
replied one of the women.

Leaning against a piazza-pillar, close under my
eyes, stood the little maiden, pale and still. I could
not disguise from myself that she looked almost ugly
among those florid, laughing girls, for her color was
gone, and her eyes so fixed that they looked unnaturally
large; her somewhat heavy Egyptian features
stood out in the bright light, but her small form
was lost among the group of broad, white-kerchiefed
shoulders, adorned with breast-knots of gay flowers.
And had Wilhelmina no flower? She, so fond of
blossoms? I looked again; yes, a little white rose,
drooping and pale as herself.

But where was Gustav? The soldiers came and
went in the crowd, and all spoke to Mina; but
where was the One? I caught the landlord's little
son as he passed, and asked the question.

“Gustav? Dat 's him,” he answered, pointing out
a tall, rollicking soldier who seemed to be embracing
the whole population in his gleeful welcome. That

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

very soldier had passed Mina a dozen times, flinging
a gay greeting to her each time; but nothing
more.

After half an hour of general rejoicing, the crowd
dispersed, each household bearing off in triumph the
hero that fell to its lot. Then the tiled domiciles,
where usually all were asleep an hour after twilight,
blazed forth with unaccustomed light from every little
window; and within we could see the circles, with
flagons of beer and various dainties manufactured in
secret during the day, sitting and talking together in
a manner which, for Zoar, was a wild revel, since it
was nearly eleven o'clock! We were not the only
outside spectators of this unwonted gayety; several
times we met the three trustees stealing along in
the shadow from house to house, like anxious spectres
in broad-brimmed hats. No doubt they said to
each other, “How, how will this end!”

The merry Gustav had gone off by Mina's side,
which gave me some comfort; but when in our
rounds we came to the gardener's house and gazed
through the open door, the little maiden sat apart,
and the soldier, in the centre of an admiring circle,
was telling stories of the war.

I felt a foreboding of sorrow as I gazed out
through the little window before climbing up into
my high bed. Lights still twinkled in some of the
houses, but a white mist was rising from the river,

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

and the drowsy, long-drawn chant of the summer
night invited me to dreamless sleep.

The next morning I could not resist questioning
Jacobina, who also had her lover among the soldiers,
if all was well.

“O yes. They stay, — all but two. We 's married
next mont.”

“And the two?”

“Karl and Gustav.”

“And Wilhelmina!” I exclaimed.

“O, she let him go,” answered Jacobina, bringing
fresh coffee.

“Poor child! How does she bear it?”

“O, so. She cannot help. She say noding.”

“But the trustees, will they allow these young men
to leave the Community?”

“They cannot help,” said Jacobina. “Gustav and
Karl write not in the book; they free to go. Wilhelmina
marry Jacob; it 's joost the same; all
r-r-ight,” added Jacobina, who prided herself upon
her English, caught from visitors at the Wirthshaus
table.

“Ah! but it is not just the same,” I thought as I
went up to the garden to find my little maiden. She
was not there; the leathery mother said she was
out on the hills with the cows.

“So Gustav is going to leave the Community,” I
said in German.

-- 295 --

[figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

“Yes, better so. He is an idle, wild boy. Now,
Veelhelmeeny can marry the baker, a good steady
man.”

“But Mina does not like him,” I suggested.

“Das macht nichts,” answered the leathery mother.

Wilhelmina was not in the pasture; I sought for
her everywhere, and called her name. The poor child
had hidden herself, and whether she heard me or not,
she did not respond. All day she kept herself aloof;
I almost feared she would never return; but in the
late twilight a little figure slipped through the garden-gate
and took refuge in the house before I could
speak; for I was watching for the child, apparently
the only one, though a stranger, to care for her sorrow.

“Can I not see her?” I said to the leathery
mother, following to the door.

“Eh, no; she 's foolish; she will not speak a
word; she has gone off to bed,” was the answer.

For three days I did not see Mina, so early did
she flee away to the hills and so late return. I followed
her to the pasture once or twice, but she
would not show herself, and I could not discover
her hiding-place. The fourth day I learned that
Gustav and Karl were to leave the village in the
afternoon, probably forever. The other soldiers had
signed the articles presented by the anxious trustees,
and settled down into the old routine, going afield

-- 296 --

[figure description] Page 296.[end figure description]

with the rest, although still heroes of the hour; they
were all to be married in August. No doubt the
hardships of their campaigns among the Tennessee
mountains had taught them that the rich valley was
a home not to be despised; nevertheless, it was evident
that the flowers of the flock were those who
were about departing, and that in Gustav and Karl
the Community lost its brightest spirits. Evident to
us; but, possibly, the Community cared not for bright
spirits.

I had made several attempts to speak to Gustav;
this morning I at last succeeded. I found him polishing
his bugle on the garden bench.

“Why are you going away, Gustav?” I asked.
“Zoar is a pleasant little village.”

“Too slow for me, miss.”

“The life is easy, however; you will find the
world a hard place.”

“I don't mind work, ma'am, but I do like to be
free. I feel all cramped up here, with these rules
and bells; and, besides, I could n't stand those trustees;
they never let a fellow alone.”

“And Wilhelmina? If you do go, I hope you
will take her with you, or come for her when you
have found work.”

“O no, miss. All that was long ago. It 's all
over now.”

“But you like her, Gustav?”

-- 297 --

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

“O, so. She 's a good little thing, but too quiet
for me.”

“But she likes you,” I said desperately, for I saw
no other way to loosen this Gordian knot.

“O no, miss. She got used to it, and has thought
of it all these years; that 's all. She 'll forget about
it, and marry the baker.”

“But she does not like the baker.”

“Why not? He 's a good fellow enough. She 'll
like him in time. It 's all the same. I declare it 's
too bad to see all these girls going on in the same
old way, in their ugly gowns and big shoes! Why,
ma'am, I could n't take Mina outside, even if I
wanted to; she 's too old to learn new ways, and
everybody would laugh at her. She could n't get
along a day. Besides,” said the young soldier, coloring
up to his eyes, “I don't mind telling you that—
that there 's some one else. Look here, ma'am.”
And he put into my hand a card photograph representing
a pretty girl, over-dressed, and adorned with
curls and gilt jewelry. “That 's Miss Martin,” said
Gustav with pride; “Miss Emmeline Martin, of Cincinnati.
I 'm going to marry Miss Martin.”

As I held the pretty, flashy picture in my hand, all
my castles fell to the ground. My plan for taking
Mina home with me, accustoming her gradually to
other clothes and ways, teaching her enough of the
world to enable her to hold her place without pain,

-- 298 --

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

my hope that my husband might find a situation for
Gustav in some of the iron-mills near Cleveland, in
short, all the idyl I had woven, was destroyed. If it
had not been for this red-cheeked Miss Martin in her
gilt beads! “Why is it that men will be such fools?”
I thought. Up sprung a memory of the curls and
ponderous jet necklace I sported at a certain period
of my existence, when John — I was silenced, gave
Gustav his picture, and walked away without a
word.

At noon the villagers, on their way back to work,
paused at the Wirthshaus to say good by; Karl and
Gustav were there, and the old woolly horse had
already gone to the station with their boxes. Among
the others came Christine, Karl's former affianced, heartwhole
and smiling, already betrothed to a new lover;
but no Wilhelmina. Good wishes and farewells were
exchanged, and at last the two soldiers started away,
falling into the marching step, and watched with furtive
satisfaction by the three trustees, who stood together
in the shadow of the smithy, apparently deeply
absorbed in a broken-down cask.

It was a lovely afternoon, and I, too, strolled down
the station road embowered in shade. The two soldiers
were not far in advance. I had passed the flour-mill
on the outskirts of the village and was approaching
the old quarry, when a sound startled me; out
from the rocks in front rushed a little figure, and

-- 299 --

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]

crying, “Gustav, mein Gustav!” fell at the soldier's feet.
It was Wilhelmina.

I ran forward and took her from the young men;
she lay in my arms as if dead. The poor child was
sadly changed; always slender and swaying, she now
looked thin and shrunken, her skin had a strange, dark
pallor, and her lips were drawn in as if from pain. I
could see her eyes through the large-orbed thin lids,
and the brown shadows beneath extended down into
the cheeks.

“Was ist's?” said Gustav, looking bewildered. “Is
she sick?”

I answered “Yes,” but nothing more. I could see
that he had no suspicion of the truth, believing as he
did that the “good fellow” of a baker would do very
well for this “good little thing” who was “too quiet”
for him. The memory of Miss Martin sealed my lips.
But if it had not been for that pretty, flashy picture,
would I not have spoken!

“You must go; you will miss the train,” I said, after
a few minutes. “I will see to Mina.”

But Gustav lingered. Perhaps he was really troubled
to see the little sweetheart of his boyhood in such
desolate plight; perhaps a touch of the old feeling
came back; and perhaps, also, it was nothing of the
kind, and, as usual, my romantic imagination was
carrying me away. At any rate, whatever it was, he
stooped over the fainting girl.

-- 300 --

[figure description] Page 300.[end figure description]

“She looks bad,” he said, “very bad. I wish — But
she 'll get well and marry the baker. Good by, Mina.”
And bending his tall form, he kissed her colorless
cheek, and then hastened away to join the impatient
Karl; a curve in the road soon hid them from view.

Wilhelmina had stirred at his touch; after a moment
her large eyes opened slowly; she looked around as
if dazed, but all at once memory came back, and she
started up with the same cry, “Gustav, mein Gustav!”
I drew her head down on my shoulder to stifle the
sound; it was better the soldier should not hear it,
and its anguish thrilled my own heart also. She had
not the strength to resist me, and in a few minutes I
knew that the young men were out of hearing as they
strode on towards the station and out into the wide
world.

The forest was solitary, we were beyond the village;
all the afternoon I sat under the trees with the
stricken girl. Again, as in her joy, her words were
few; again, as in her joy, her whole being was involved.
Her little rough hands were cold, a film had
gathered over her eyes; she did not weep, but moaned
to herself, and all her senses seemed blunted. At
nightfall I took her home, and the leathery mother
received her with a frown; but the child was beyond
caring, and crept away, dumbly, to her room.

The next morning she was off to the hills again,
nor could I find her for several days. Evidently, in

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

spite of my sympathy, I was no more to her than
I should have been to a wounded fawn. She was
a mixture of the wild, shy creature of the woods
and the deep-loving woman of the tropics; in either
case I could be but small comfort. When at last I
did see her, she was apathetic and dull; her feelings,
her senses, and her intelligence seemed to have gone
within, as if preying upon her heart. She scarcely
listened to my proposal to take her with me; for, in
my pity, I had suggested it, in spite of its difficulties.

“No,” she said, mechanically, “I 's better here”;
and fell into silence again.

A month later a friend went down to spend a
few days in the valley, and upon her return described
to us the weddings of the whilom soldiers. “It was
really a pretty sight,” she said, “the quaint peasant
dresses and the flowers. Afterwards, the band went
round the village playing their odd tunes, and all
had a holiday. There were two civilians married
also; I mean two young men who had not been to
the war. It seems that two of the soldiers turned
their backs upon the Community and their allotted
brides, and marched away; but the Zoar maidens are
not romantic, I fancy, for these two deserted ones
were betrothed again and married, all in the short
space of four weeks.”

-- 302 --

[figure description] Page 302.[end figure description]

“Was not one Wilhelmina, the gardener's daughter,
a short, dark girl?” I asked.

“Yes.”

“And she married Jacob the baker?”

“Yes.”

The next year, weary of the cold lake-winds, we left
the icy shore and went down to the valley to meet the
coming spring, finding her already there, decked with
vines and flowers. A new waitress brought us our
coffee.

“How is Wilhelmina?” I asked.

“Eh, — Wilhelmina? O, she not here now; she
gone to the Next Country,” answered the girl in a
matter-of-fact way. “She die last October, and Jacob
he haf anoder wife now.”

In the late afternoon I asked a little girl to show me
Wilhelmina's grave in the quiet God's Acre on the hill.
Innovation was creeping in, even here; the later graves
had mounds raised over them, and one had a little headboard
with an inscription in ink.

Wilhelmina lay apart, and some one, probably the
old gardener, who had loved the little maiden in his
silent way, had planted a rose-bush at the head of the
mound. I dismissed my guide and sat there alone in
the sunset, thinking of many things, but chiefly of this:
“Why should this great wealth of love have been
allowed to waste itself? Why is it that the greatest

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

power, unquestionably, of this mortal life should so
often seem a useless gift?”

No answer came from the sunset clouds, and as twilight
sank down on the earth I rose to go. “I fully
believe,” I said, as though repeating a creed, “that this
poor, loving heart, whose earthly body lies under this
mound, is happy now in its own loving way. It has
not been changed, but the happiness it longed for has
come. How, we know not; but the God who made
Wilhelmina understands her. He has given unto her
not rest, not peace, but an active, living joy.”

I walked away through the wild meadow, under
whose turf, unmarked by stone or mound, lay the first
pioneers of the Community, and out into the forest road,
untravelled save when the dead passed over it to their
last earthly home. The evening was still and breathless,
and the shadows lay thick on the grass as I looked
back. But I could still distinguish the little mound
with the rose-bush at its head, and, not without tears,
I said, “Farewell, poor Wilhelmina; farewell.”

-- --

p755-307 ST. CLAIR FLATS.

[figure description] Page 304.[end figure description]

IN September, 1855, I first saw the St. Clair Flats.
Owing to Raymond's determination, we stopped
there.

“Why go on?” he asked. “Why cross another
long, rough lake, when here is all we want?”

“But no one ever stops here,” I said.

“So much the better; we shall have it all to ourselves.”

“But we must at least have a roof over our heads.”

“I presume we can find one.”

The captain of the steamer, however, knew of no
roof save that covering a little lighthouse set on
spiles, which the boat would pass within the half-hour;
we decided to get off there, and throw ourselves
upon the charity of the lighthouse-man. In
the mean time, we sat on the bow with Captain
Kidd, our four-legged companion, who had often
accompanied us on hunting expeditions, but never
before so far westward. It had been rough on
Lake Erie, — very rough. We, who had sailed the

-- 305 --

[figure description] Page 305.[end figure description]

ocean with composure, found ourselves most inhumanly
tossed on the short, chopping waves of this
fresh-water sea; we, who alone of all the cabin-list
had eaten our four courses and dessert every day on
the ocean-steamer, found ourselves here reduced to
the depressing diet of a herring and pilot-bread.
Captain Kidd, too, had suffered dumbly; even now
he could not find comfort, but tried every plank in
the deck, one after the other, circling round and
round after his tail, dog-fashion, before lying down,
and no sooner down than up again for another melancholy
wandering about the deck, another choice of
planks, another circling, and another failure. We
were sailing across a small lake whose smooth waters
were like clear green oil; as we drew near the outlet,
the low, green shores curved inward and came together,
and the steamer entered a narrow, green river.

“Here we are,” said Raymond. “Now we can soon
land.”

“But there is n't any land,” I answered.

“What is that, then?” asked my near-sighted companion,
pointing toward what seemed a shore.

“Reeds.”

“And what do they run back to?”

“Nothing.”

“But there must be solid ground beyond?”

“Nothing but reeds, flags, lily-pads, grass, and water,
as far as I can see.”

-- 306 --

[figure description] Page 306.[end figure description]

“A marsh?”

“Yes, a marsh.”

The word “marsh” does not bring up a beautiful picture
to the mind, and yet the reality was as beautiful
as anything I have ever seen, — an enchanted land,
whose memory haunts me as an idea unwritten, a
melody unsung, a picture unpainted, haunts the artist,
and will not away. On each side and in front, as far
as the eye could reach, stretched the low green land
which was yet no land, intersected by hundreds of
channels, narrow and broad, whose waters were green
as their shores. In and out, now running into each
other for a moment, now setting off each for himself
again, these many channels flowed along with a rippling
current; zigzag as they were, they never seemed
to loiter, but, as if knowing just where they were
going and what they had to do, they found time to
take their own pleasant roundabout way, visiting the
secluded households of their friends the flags, who,
poor souls, must always stay at home. These currents
were as clear as crystal, and green as the water-grasses
that fringed their miniature shores. The bristling
reeds, like companies of free-lances, rode boldly out
here and there into the deeps, trying to conquer more
territory for the grasses, but the currents were hard to
conquer; they dismounted the free-lances, and flowed
over their submerged heads; they beat them down
with assaulting ripples; they broke their backs so

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

effectually that the bravest had no spirit left, but trailed
along, limp and bedraggled. And, if by chance the
lances succeeded in stretching their forces across from
one little shore to another, then the unconquered currents
forced their way between the closely serried
ranks of the enemy, and flowed on as gayly as ever,
leaving the grasses sitting hopeless on the bank; for
they needed solid ground for their delicate feet, these
graceful ladies in green.

You might call it a marsh; but there was no mud,
no dark slimy water, no stagnant scum; there were
no rank yellow lilies, no gormandizing frogs, no swinish
mud-turtles. The clear waters of the channels ran
over golden sands, and hurtled among the stiff reeds
so swiftly that only in a bay, or where protected by a
crescent point, could the fair white lilies float in the
quiet their serene beauty requires. The flags, who
brandished their swords proudly, were martinets down
to their very heels, keeping themselves as clean under
the water as above, and harboring not a speck of mud
on their bright green uniforms. For inhabitants, there
were small fish roving about here and there in the
clear tide, keeping an eye out for the herons, who,
watery as to legs, but venerable and wise of aspect,
stood on promontories musing, apparently, on the secrets
of the ages.

The steamer's route was a constant curve; through
the larger channels of the archipelago she wound, as

-- 308 --

[figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

if following the clew of a labyrinth. By turns she
headed toward all the points of the compass, finding
a channel where, to our uninitiated eyes, there was no
channel, doubling upon her own track, going broadside
foremost, floundering and backing, like a whale caught
in a shallow. Here, landlocked, she would choose
what seemed the narrowest channel of all, and dash
recklessly through, with the reeds almost brushing her
sides; there she crept gingerly along a broad expanse
of water, her paddle-wheels scarcely revolving, in the
excess of her caution. Saplings, with their heads of
foliage on, and branches adorned with fluttering rags,
served as finger-posts to show the way through the
watery defiles, and there were many other hieroglyphics
legible only to the pilot. “This time, surely, we
shall run ashore,” we thought again and again, as the
steamer glided, head-on, toward an islet; but at the
last there was always a quick turn into some unseen
strait opening like a secret passage in a castle-wall,
and we found ourselves in a new lakelet, heading in
the opposite direction. Once we met another steamer,
and the two great hulls floated slowly past each other,
with engines motionless, so near that the passengers
could have shaken hands with each other had they
been so disposed. Not that they were so disposed,
however; far from it. They gathered on their respective
decks and gazed at each other gravely; not a
smile was seen, not a word spoken, not the shadow of

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

a salutation given. It was not pride, it was not suspicion;
it was the universal listlessness of the travelling
American bereft of his business, Othello with his
occupation gone. What can such a man do on a
steamer? Generally, nothing. Certainly he would
never think of any such light-hearted nonsense as a
smile or passing bow.

But the ships were, par excellence, the bewitched
craft, the Flying Dutchmen of the Flats. A brig, with
lofty, sky-scraping sails, bound south, came into view
of our steamer, bound north, and passed, we hugging
the shore to give her room; five minutes afterward the
sky-scraping sails we had left behind veered around in
front of us again; another five minutes, and there they
were far distant on the right; another, and there they
were again close by us on the left. For half an hour
those sails circled around us, and yet all the time we
were pushing steadily forward; this seemed witching
work indeed. Again, the numerous schooners thought
nothing of sailing overland; we saw them on all sides
gliding before the wind, or beating up against it over
the meadows as easily as over the water; sailing on
grass was a mere trifle to these spirit-barks. All this
we saw, as I said before, apparently. But in that
adverb is hidden the magic of the St. Clair Flats.

“It is beautiful, — beautiful,” I said, looking off
over the vivid green expanse.

“Beautiful?” echoed the captain, who had

-- 310 --

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

himself taken charge of the steering when the steamer
entered the labyrinth, — “I don't see anything beautiful
in it! — Port your helm up there; port!”

“Port it is, sir,” came back from the pilot-house
above.

“These Flats give us more trouble than any other
spot on the lakes; vessels are all the time getting
aground and blocking up the way, which is narrow
enough at best. There 's some talk of Uncle Sam's
cutting a canal right through, — a straight canal; but
he 's so slow, Uncle Sam is, and I 'm afraid I 'll be
off the waters before the job is done.”

“A straight canal!” I repeated, thinking with
dismay of an ugly utilitarian ditch invading this
beautiful winding waste of green.

“Yes, you can see for yourself what a saving it
would be,” replied the captain. “We could run right
through in no time, day or night; whereas, now, we
have to turn and twist and watch every inch of the
whole everlasting marsh.” Such was the captain's
opinion. But we, albeit neither romantic nor artistic,
were captivated with his “everlasting marsh,” and
eager to penetrate far within its green fastnesses.

“I suppose there are other families living about
here, besides the family at the lighthouse?” I said.

“Never heard of any. They 'd have to live on a
raft if they did.”

“But there must be some solid ground.”

-- 311 --

[figure description] Page 311.[end figure description]

“Don't believe it; it 's nothing but one great sponge
for miles. — Steady up there; steady!”

“Very well,” said Raymond, “so be it. If there
is only the lighthouse, at the lighthouse we 'll get
off, and take our chances.”

“You 're surveyors, I suppose?” said the captain.

Surveyors are the pioneers of the lake-country,
understood by the people to be a set of harmless
monomaniacs, given to building little observatories
along-shore, where there is nothing to observe; mild
madmen, whose vagaries and instruments are equally
singular. As surveyors, therefore, the captain saw
nothing surprising in our determination to get off at
the lighthouse; if we had proposed going ashore on
a plank in the middle of Lake Huron, he would
have made no objection.

At length the lighthouse came into view, a little
fortress perched on spiles, with a ladder for entrance;
as usual in small houses, much time seemed devoted
to washing, for a large crane, swung to and fro by a
rope, extended out over the water, covered with fluttering
garments hung out to dry. The steamer lay
to, our row-boat was launched, our traps handed out,
Captain Kidd took his place in the bow, and we
pushed off into the shallows; then the great paddle-wheels
revolved again, and the steamer sailed away,
leaving us astern, rocking on her waves, and watched
listlessly by the passengers until a turn hid us from

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

their view. In the mean time numerous flaxenhaired
children had appeared at the little windows
of the lighthouse, — too many of them, indeed, for
our hopes of comfort.

“Ten,” said Raymond, counting heads.

The ten, moved by curiosity as we approached,
hung out of the windows so far that they held on
merely by their ankles.

“We cannot possibly save them all,” I remarked,
looking up at the dangling gazers.

“O, they 're amphibious,” said Raymond; “webfooted,
I presume.”

We rowed up under the fortress, and demanded
parley with the keeper in the following language: —

“Is your father here?”

“No; but ma is,” answered the chorus. — “Ma!
ma!”

Ma appeared, a portly female, who held converse
with us from the top of the ladder. The sum and
substance of the dialogue was that she had not a
corner to give us, and recommended us to find
Liakim, and have him show us the way to Waiting
Samuel's.

“Waiting Samuel's?” we repeated.

“Yes; he 's a kind of crazy man living away over
there in the Flats. But there 's no harm in him,
and his wife is a tidy housekeeper. You be surveyors,
I suppose?”

-- 313 --

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

We accepted the imputation in order to avoid a
broadside of questions, and asked the whereabouts
of Liakim.

“O, he 's round the point, somewhere there, fishing!”

We rowed on and found him, a little, roundshouldered
man, in an old flat-bottomed boat, who
had not taken a fish, and looked as though he never
would. We explained our errand.

“Did Rosabel Lee tell ye to come to me?” he
asked.

“The woman in the lighthouse told us,” I said.

“That 's Rosabel Lee, that 's my wife; I 'm Liakim
Lee,” said the little man, gathering together his forlorn
old rods and tackle, and pulling up his anchor.


“In the kingdom down by the sea
Lived the beautiful Annabel Lee,”
I quoted, sotto voce.

“And what very remarkable feet had she!” added
Raymond, improvising under the inspiration of certain
shoes, scow-like in shape, gigantic in length and
breadth, which had made themselves visible at the
top round of the ladder.

At length the shabby old boat got under way, and
we followed in its path, turning off to the right
through a network of channels, now pulling ourselves
along by the reeds, now paddling over a raft

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

of lily-pads, now poling through a winding labyrinth,
and now rowing with broad sweeps across the little
lake. The sun was sinking, and the western sky
grew bright at his coming; there was not a cloud
to make mountain-peaks on the horizon, nothing but
the level earth below meeting the curved sky above,
so evenly and clearly that it seemed as though we
could go out there and touch it with our hands.
Soon we lost sight of the little lighthouse; then
one by one the distant sails sank down and disappeared,
and we were left alone on the grassy sea,
rowing toward the sunset.

“We must have come a mile or two, and there is
no sign of a house,” I called out to our guide.

“Well, I don't pretend to know how far it is,
exactly,” replied Liakim; “we don't know how far
anything is here in the Flats, we don't.”

“But are you sure you know the way?”

“O my, yes! We 've got most to the boy. There
it is!”

The “boy” was a buoy, a fragment of plank painted
white, part of the cabin-work of some wrecked steamer.

“Now, then,” said Liakim, pausing, “you jest go
straight on in this here channel till you come to the
ninth run from this boy, on the right; take that, and
it will lead you right up to Waiting Samuel's door.”

“Are n't you coming with us?”

“Well, no. In the first place, Rosabel Lee will be

-- 315 --

[figure description] Page 315.[end figure description]

waiting supper for me, and she don't like to wait; and,
besides, Samuel can't abide to see none of us round his
part of the Flats.”

“But —” I began.

“Let him go,” interposed Raymond; “we can find
the house without trouble.” And he tossed a silver dollar
to the little man, who was already turning his boat.

“Thank you,” said Liakim. “Be sure you take the
ninth run and no other, — the ninth run from this boy.
If you make any mistake, you 'll find yourselves miles
away.”

With this cheerful statement, he began to row back.
I did not altogether fancy being left on the watery
waste without a guide; the name, too, of our mythic
host did not bring up a certainty of supper and beds.
“Waiting Samuel,” I repeated, doubtfully. “What is
he waiting for?” I called back over my shoulder;
for Raymond was rowing.

“The judgment-day!” answered Liakim, in a shrill
key. The boats were now far apart; another turn, and
we were alone.

We glided on, counting the runs on the right: some
were wide, promising rivers; others wee little rivulets;
the eighth was far away; and, when we had passed it,
we could hardly decide whether we had reached the
ninth or not, so small was the opening, so choked with
weeds, showing scarcely a gleam of water beyond when
we stood up to inspect it.

-- 316 --

[figure description] Page 316.[end figure description]

“It is certainly the ninth, and I vote that we try it.
It will do as well as another, and I, for one, am in no
hurry to arrive anywhere,” said Raymond, pushing the
boat in among the reeds.

“Do you want to lose yourself in this wilderness?”
I asked, making a flag of my handkerchief to mark the
spot where we had left the main stream.

“I think we are lost already,” was the calm reply.
I began to fear we were.

For some distance the “run,” as Liakim called it,
continued choked with aquatic vegetation, which acted
like so many devil-fish catching our oars; at length it
widened and gradually gave us a clear channel, albeit
so winding and erratic that the glow of the sunset, our
only beacon, seemed to be executing a waltz all round
the horizon. At length we saw a dark spot on the left,
and distinguished the outline of a low house. “There
it is,” I said, plying my oars with renewed strength.
But the run turned short off in the opposite direction,
and the house disappeared. After some time it rose
again, this time on our right, but once more the run
turned its back and shot off on a tangent. The sun
had gone, and the rapid twilight of September was falling
around us; the air, however, was singularly clear,
and, as there was absolutely nothing to make a shadow,
the darkness came on evenly over the level green. I
was growing anxious, when a third time the house appeared,
but the wilful run passed by it, although so near

-- 317 --

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

that we could distinguish its open windows and door.
“Why not get out and wade across?” I suggested.

“According to Liakim, it is the duty of this run to
take us to the very door of Waiting Samuel's mansion,
and it shall take us,” said Raymond, rowing on. It did.

Doubling upon itself in the most unexpected manner,
it brought us back to a little island, where the tall
grass had given way to a vegetable-garden. We landed,
secured our boat, and walked up the pathway toward
the house. In the dusk it seemed to be a low, square
structure, built of planks covered with plaster; the
roof was flat, the windows unusually broad, the door
stood open, — but no one appeared. We knocked. A
voice from within called out, “Who are you, and what
do you want with Waiting Samuel?”

“Pilgrims, asking for food and shelter,” replied Raymond.

“Do you know the ways of righteousness?”

“We can learn them.”

“Will you conform to the rules of this household
without murmuring?”

“We will.”

“Enter then, and peace be with you!” said the
voice, drawing nearer. We stepped cautiously through
the dark passage into a room, whose open windows let
in sufficient twilight to show us a shadowy figure.
“Seat yourselves,” it said. We found a bench, and sat
down.

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

“What seek ye here?” continued the shadow.

“Rest!” replied Raymond.

“Hunting and fishing!” I added.

“Ye will find more than rest,” said the voice, ignoring
me altogether (I am often ignored in this way),—
“more than rest, if ye stay long enough, and learn
of the hidden treasures. Are you willing to seek for
them?”

“Certainly!” said Raymond. “Where shall we
dig?”

“I speak not of earthly digging, young man. Will
you give me the charge of your souls?”

“Certainly, if you will also take charge of our
bodies.”

“Supper, for instance,” I said, again coming to the
front; “and beds.”

The shadow groaned; then it called out wearily,
“Roxana!”

“Yes, Samuel,” replied an answering voice, and a
second shadow became dimly visible on the threshold.
“The woman will attend to your earthly concerns,”
said Waiting Samuel. — “Roxana, take them
hence.” The second shadow came forward, and, without
a word, took our hands and led us along the
dark passage like two children, warning us now of
a step, now of a turn, then of two steps, and finally
opening a door and ushering us into a fire-lighted
room. Peat was burning upon the wide hearth, and

-- 319 --

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

a singing kettle hung above it on a crane; the red
glow shone on a rough table, chairs cushioned in
bright calico, a loud-ticking clock, a few gayly flowered
plates and cups on a shelf, shining tins against
the plastered wall, and a cat dozing on a bit of carpet
in one corner. The cheery domestic scene, coming
after the wide, dusky Flats, the silence, the darkness,
and the mystical words of the shadowy Samuel,
seemed so real and pleasant that my heart grew
light within me.

“What a bright fire!” I said. “This is your domain,
I suppose, Mrs. — Mrs. —”

“I am not Mrs.; I am called Roxana,” replied the
woman, busying herself at the hearth.

“Ah, you are then the sister of Waiting Samuel,
I presume?”

“No, I am his wife, fast enough; we were married
by the minister twenty years ago. But that was before
Samuel had seen any visions.”

“Does he see visions?”

“Yes, almost every day.”

“Do you see them, also?”

“O no; I 'm not like Samuel. He has great
gifts, Samuel has! The visions told us to come here;
we used to live away down in Maine.”

“Indeed! That was a long journey!”

“Yes! And we did n't come straight either. We 'd
get to one place and stop, and I 'd think we were

-- 320 --

[figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

going to stay, and just get things comfortable, when
Samuel would see another vision, and we 'd have
to start on. We wandered in that way two or three
years, but at last we got here, and something in the
Flats seemed to suit the spirits, and they let us
stay.”

At this moment, through the half-open door, came
a voice.

“An evil beast is in this house. Let him depart.”

“Do you mean me?” said Raymond, who had
made himself comfortable in a rocking-chair.

“Nay; I refer to the four-legged beast,” continued
the voice. “Come forth, Apollyon!”

Poor Captain Kidd seemed to feel that he was the
person in question, for he hastened under the table
with drooping tail and mortified aspect.

“Roxana, send forth the beast,” said the voice.

The woman put down her dishes and went toward
the table; but I interposed.

“If he must go, I will take him,” I said, rising.

“Yes; he must go,” replied Roxana, holding open
the door. So I ordered out the unwilling Captain,
and led him into the passageway.

“Out of the house, out of the house,” said Waiting
Samuel. “His feet may not rest upon this
sacred ground. I must take him hence in the boat.”

“But where?”

-- 321 --

[figure description] Page 321.[end figure description]

“Across the channel there is an islet large enough
for him; he shall have food and shelter, but here he
cannot abide,” said the man, leading the way down
to the boat.

The Captain was therefore ferried across, a tent
was made for him out of some old mats, food was
provided, and, lest he should swim back, he was
tethered by a long rope, which allowed him to prowl
around his domain and take his choice of three runs
for drinking-water. With all these advantages, the
ungrateful animal persisted in howling dismally as
we rowed away. It was company he wanted, and
not a “dear little isle of his own”; but then, he
was not by nature poetical.

“You do not like dogs?” I said, as we reached
our strand again.

“St. Paul wrote, `Beware of dogs,'” replied Samuel.

“But did he mean —”

“I argue not with unbelievers; his meaning is
clear to me, let that suffice,” said my strange host,
turning away and leaving me to find my way back
alone. A delicious repast was awaiting me. Years
have gone by, the world and all its delicacies have
been unrolled before me, but the memory of the
meals I ate in that little kitchen in the Flats haunts
me still. That night it was only fish, potatoes, biscuits,
butter, stewed fruit, and coffee; but the fish

-- 322 --

[figure description] Page 322.[end figure description]

was fresh, and done to the turn of a perfect broil,
not burn; the potatoes were fried to a rare crisp,
yet tender perfection, not chippy brittleness; the biscuits
were light, flaked creamily, and brown on the
bottom; the butter freshly churned, without salt;
the fruit, great pears, with their cores extracted,
standing whole on their dish, ready to melt, but not
melted; and the coffee clear and strong, with yellow
cream and the old-fashioned, unadulterated loaf-sugar.
We ate. That does not express it; we devoured.
Roxana waited on us, and warmed up into something
like excitement under our praises.

“I do like good cooking,” she confessed. “It 's
about all I have left of my old life. I go over to
the mainland for supplies, and in the winter I try all
kinds of new things to pass away the time. But Samuel
is a poor eater, he is; and so there is n't much
comfort in it. I 'm mighty glad you 've come, and
I hope you 'll stay as long as you find it pleasant.”
This we promised to do, as we finished the potatoes
and attacked the great jellied pears. “There 's
one thing, though,” continued Roxana; “you 'll have
to come to our service on the roof at sunrise.”

“What service?” I asked.

“The invocation. Dawn is a holy time, Samuel says,
and we always wait for it; `before the morning watch,'
you know, — it says so in the Bible. Why, my name
means `the dawn,' Samuel says; that 's the reason he

-- 323 --

[figure description] Page 323.[end figure description]

gave it to me. My real name, down in Maine, was
Maria, — Maria Ann.”

“But I may not wake in time,” I said.

“Samuel will call you.”

“And if, in spite of that, I should sleep over?”

“You would not do that; it would vex him,” replied
Roxana, calmly.

“Do you believe in these visions, madam?” asked
Raymond, as we left the table, and seated ourselves in
front of the dying fire.

“Yes,” said Roxana; emphasis was unnecessary, —
of course she believed.

“How often do they come?”

“Almost every day there is a spiritual presence, but
it does not always speak. They come and hold long
conversations in the winter, when there is nothing else
to do; that, I think, is very kind of them, for in the
summer Samuel can fish, and his time is more occupied.
There were fishermen in the Bible, you know; it is a
holy calling.”

“Does Samuel ever go over to the mainland?”

“No, he never leaves the Flats. I do all the business;
take over the fish, and buy the supplies. I
bought all our cattle,” said Roxana, with pride. “I
poled them away over here on a raft, one by one, when
they were little things.”

“Where do you pasture them?”

“Here, on the island; there are only a few acres, to

-- 324 --

[figure description] Page 324.[end figure description]

be sure; but I can cut boat-loads of the best feed within
a stone's throw. If we only had a little more solid
ground! But this island is almost the only solid piece
in the Flats.”

“Your butter is certainly delicious.”

“Yes, I do my best. It is sold to the steamers and
vessels as fast as I make it.”

“You keep yourself busy, I see.”

“O, I like to work; I could n't get on without it.”

“And Samuel?”

“He is not like me,” replied Roxana. “He has great
gifts, Samuel has. I often think how strange it is that
I should be the wife of such a holy man! He is very
kind to me, too; he tells me about the visions, and all
the other things.”

“What things?” said Raymond.

“The spirits, and the sacred influence of the sun;
the fiery triangle, and the thousand years of joy. The
great day is coming, you know; Samuel is waiting for
it.”

“Nine of the night. Take thou thy rest. I will lay
me down in peace, and sleep, for it is thou, Lord, only,
that makest me dwell in safety,” chanted a voice in the
hall; the tone was deep and not without melody, and
the words singularly impressive in that still, remote
place.

“Go,” said Roxana, instantly pushing aside her halfwashed
dishes. “Samuel will take you to your room.”

-- 325 --

[figure description] Page 325.[end figure description]

“Do you leave your work unfinished?” I said, with
some curiosity, noticing that she had folded her hands
without even hanging up her towels.

“We do nothing after the evening chant,” she said.
“Pray go; he is waiting.”

“Can we have candles?”

“Waiting Samuel allows no false lights in his house;
as imitations of the glorious sun, they are abominable
to him. Go, I beg.”

She opened the door, and we went into the passage;
it was entirely dark, but the man led us across to our
room, showed us the position of our beds by sense of
feeling, and left us without a word. After he had
gone, we struck matches, one by one, and, with the
aid of their uncertain light, managed to get into our
respective mounds in safety; they were shake-downs
on the floor, made of fragrant hay instead of straw,
covered with clean sheets and patchwork coverlids,
and provided with large, luxurious pillows. O pillow!
Has any one sung thy praises? When tired or sick,
when discouraged or sad, what gives so much comfort
as a pillow? Not your curled-hair brickbats; not your
stiff, fluted, rasping covers, or limp cotton cases; but
a good, generous, soft pillow, deftly cased in smooth,
cool, untrimmed linen! There 's a friend for you, a
friend who changes not, a friend who soothes all your
troubles with a soft caress, a mesmeric touch of balmy
forgetfulness.

-- 326 --

[figure description] Page 326.[end figure description]

I slept a dreamless sleep. Then I heard a voice
borne toward me as if coming from far over a sea, the
waves bringing it nearer and nearer.

“Awake!” it cried; “awake! The night is far
spent; the day is at hand. Awake!”

I wondered vaguely over this voice as to what
manner of voice it might be, but it came again, and
again, and finally I awoke to find it at my side. The
gray light of dawn came through the open windows,
and Raymond was already up, engaged with a tub of
water and crash towels. Again the chant sounded in
my ears.

“Very well, very well,” I said, testily. “But if you
sing before breakfast you 'll cry before night, Waiting
Samuel.”

Our host had disappeared, however, without hearing
my flippant speech, and slowly I rose from my fragrant
couch; the room was empty save for our two mounds,
two tubs of water, and a number of towels hanging on
nails. “Not overcrowded with furniture,” I remarked.

“From Maine to Florida, from Massachusetts to
Missouri, have I travelled, and never before found
water enough,” said Raymond. “If waiting for the
judgment-day raises such liberal ideas of tubs and
towels, I would that all the hotel-keepers in the land
could be convened here to take a lesson.”

Our green hunting-clothes were soon donned, and
we went out into the hall; a flight of broad steps led

-- 327 --

[figure description] Page 327.[end figure description]

up to the roof; Roxana appeared at the top and beckoned
us thither. We ascended, and found ourselves
on the flat roof. Samuel stood with his face toward
the east and his arms outstretched, watching the horizon;
behind was Roxana, with her hands clasped on
her breast and her head bowed: thus they waited.
The eastern sky was bright with golden light; rays
shot upward toward the zenith, where the rose-lights
of dawn were retreating down to the west, which still
lay in the shadow of night; there was not a sound;
the Flats stretched out dusky and still. Two or three
minutes passed, and then a dazzling rim appeared
above the horizon, and the first gleam of sunshine was
shed over the level earth; simultaneously the two began
a chant, simple as a Gregorian, but rendered in
correct full tones. The words, apparently, had been
collected from the Bible: —



“The heavens declare the glory of God —
Joy cometh in the morning!
In them is laid out the path of the sun —
Joy cometh in the morning!
As a bridegroom goeth he forth;
As a strong man runneth his race.
The outgoings of the morning
Praise thee, O Lord!
Like a pelican in the wilderness,
Like a sparrow upon the house-top,
I wait for the Lord.
It is good that we hope and wait,
Wait — wait.”

-- 328 --

[figure description] Page 328.[end figure description]

The chant over, the two stood a moment silently,
as if in contemplation, and then descended, passing
us without a word or sign, with their hands clasped
before them as though forming part of an unseen procession.
Raymond and I were left alone upon the
house-top.

“After all, it is not such a bad opening for a day;
and there is the pelican of the wilderness to emphasize
it,” I said, as a heron flew up from the water, and,
slowly flapping his great wings, sailed across to another
channel. As the sun rose higher, the birds began to
sing; first a single note here and there, then a little
trilling solo, and finally an outpouring of melody on
all sides, — land-birds and water-birds, birds that lived
in the Flats, and birds that had flown thither for breakfast, —
the whole waste was awake and rejoicing in the
sunshine.

“What a wild place it is!” said Raymond. “How
boundless it looks! One hill in the distance, one dark
line of forest, even one tree, would break its charm. I
have seen the ocean, I have seen the prairies, I have
seen the great desert, but this is like a mixture of the
three. It is an ocean full of land, — a prairie full of
water, — a desert full of verdure.”

“Whatever it is, we shall find in it fishing and
aquatic hunting to our hearts' content,” I answered.

And we did. After a breakfast delicious as the supper,
we took our boat and a lunch-basket, and set out.

-- 329 --

[figure description] Page 329.[end figure description]

“But how shall we ever find our way back?” I said,
pausing as I recalled the network of runs, and the
will-o'-the-wisp aspect of the house, the previous
evening.

“There is no other way but to take a large ball of
cord with you, fasten one end on shore, and let it run
out over the stern of the boat,” said Roxana. “Let it
run out loosely, and it will float on the water. When
you want to come back you can turn around and wind
it in as you come. I can read the Flats like a book,
but they 're very blinding to most people; and you
might keep going round in a circle. You will do
better not to go far, anyway. I 'll wind the bugle on
the roof an hour before sunset; you can start back
when you hear it; for it 's awkward getting supper
after dark.” With this musical promise we took the
clew of twine which Roxana rigged for us in the stern
of our boat, and started away, first releasing Captain
Kidd, who was pacing his islet in sullen majesty, like
another Napoleon on St. Helena. We took a new
channel and passed behind the house, where the imported
cattle were feeding in their little pasture; but
the winding stream soon bore us away, the house sank
out of sight, and we were left alone.

We had fine sport that morning among the ducks, —
wood, teal, and canvas-back, — shooting from behind
our screens woven of rushes; later in the day we took
to fishing. The sun shone down, but there was a cool

-- 330 --

[figure description] Page 330.[end figure description]

September breeze, and the freshness of the verdure was
like early spring. At noon we took our lunch and
a siesta among the water-lilies. When we awoke we
found that a bittern had taken up his position near
by, and was surveying us gravely: —


“`The moping bittern, motionless and stiff,
That on a stone so silently and stilly
Stands, an apparent sentinel, as if
To guard the water-lily,'”
quoted Raymond. The solemn bird, in his dark uniform,
seemed quite undisturbed by our presence; yellow-throats
and swamp-sparrows also came in numbers
to have a look at us; and the fish swam up to
the surface and eyed us curiously. Lying at ease
in the boat, we in our turn looked down into the
water. There is a singular fascination in looking down
into a clear stream as the boat floats above; the mosses
and twining water-plants seem to have arbors and
grottos in their recesses, where delicate marine creatures
might live, naiads and mermaids of miniature
size; at least we are always looking for them. There
is a fancy, too, that one may find something, — a ring
dropped from fair fingers idly trailing in the water;
a book which the fishes have read thoroughly; a scarf
caught among the lilies; a spoon with unknown initials;
a drenched ribbon, or an embroidered handkerchief.
None of these things did we find, but we did
discover an old brass breastpin, whose probable glass

-- 331 --

[figure description] Page 331.[end figure description]

stone was gone. It was a paltry trinket at best, but
I fished it out with superstitious care, — a treasure-trove
of the Flats. “`Drowned,'” I said, pathetically,
“`drowned in her white robes —'”

“And brass breastpin,” added Raymond, who objected
to sentiment, true or false.

“You Philistine! Is nothing sacred to you?”

“Not brass jewelry, certainly.”

“Take some lilies and consider them,” I said, plucking
several of the queenly blossoms floating alongside.



“Cleopatra art thou, regal blossom,
Floating in thy galley down the Nile, —
All my soul does homage to thy splendor,
All my heart grows warmer in thy smile;
Yet thou smilest for thine own grand pleasure,
Caring not for all the world beside,
As in insolence of perfect beauty,
Sailest thou in silence down the tide.
“Loving, humble rivers all pursue thee,
Wasted are their kisses at thy feet;
Fiery sun himself cannot subdue thee,
Calm thou smilest through his raging heat;
Naught to thee the earth's great crowd of blossoms,
Naught to thee the rose-queen on her throne;
Haughty empress of the summer waters,
Livest thou, and diest, all alone.”

This from Raymond.

“Where did you find that?” I asked.

“It is my own.”

-- 332 --

[figure description] Page 332.[end figure description]

“Of course! I might have known it. There is a
certain rawness of style and versification which —”

“That 's right,” interrupted Raymond; “I know
just what you are going to say. The whole matter
of opinion is a game of `follow-my-leader'; not one
of you dares admire anything unless the critics say
so. If I had told you the verses were by somebody
instead of a nobody, you would have found wonderful
beauties in them.”

“Exactly. My motto is, `Never read anything
unless it is by a somebody.' For, don't you see, that
a nobody, if he is worth anything, will soon grow
into a somebody, and, if he is n't worth anything,
you will have saved your time!”

“But it is not merely a question of growing,” said
Raymond; “it is a question of critics.”

“No; there you are mistaken. All the critics in
the world can neither make nor crush a true poet.”

“What is poetry?” said Raymond, gloomily.

At this comprehensive question, the bittern gave
a hollow croak, and flew away with his long legs trailing
behind him. Probably he was not of an æsthetic
turn of mind, and dreaded lest I should give a ramified
answer.

Through the afternoon we fished when the fancy
struck us, but most of the time we floated idly, enjoying
the wild freedom of the watery waste. We
watched the infinite varieties of the grasses, feathery,

-- 333 --

[figure description] Page 333.[end figure description]

lance-leaved, tufted, drooping, banner-like, the deer's
tongue, the wild-celery, and the so-called wild-rice,
besides many unknown beauties delicately fringed,
as difficult to catch and hold as thistle-down. There
were plants journeying to and fro on the water like
nomadic tribes of the desert; there were fleets of
green leaves floating down the current; and now and
then we saw a wonderful flower with scarlet bells,
but could never approach near enough to touch it.

At length, the distant sound of the bugle came to
us on the breeze, and I slowly wound in the clew,
directing Raymond as he pushed the boat along,
backing water with the oars. The sound seemed to
come from every direction. There was nothing for
it to echo against, but, in place of the echo, we heard
a long, dying cadence, which sounded on over the
Flats fainter and fainter in a sweet, slender note,
until a new tone broke forth. The music floated
around us, now on one side, now on the other; if
it had been our only guide, we should have been
completely bewildered. But I wound the cord steadily;
and at last suddenly, there before us, appeared
the house with Roxana on the roof, her figure outlined
against the sky. Seeing us, she played a final
salute, and then descended, carrying the imprisoned
music with her.

That night we had our supper at sunset. Waiting
Samuel had his meals by himself in the front room.

-- 334 --

[figure description] Page 334.[end figure description]

“So that in case the spirits come, I shall not be
there to hinder them,” explained Roxana. “I am
not holy, like Samuel; they will not speak before
me.”

“Do you have your meals apart in the winter,
also?” asked Raymond.

“Yes.”

“That is not very sociable,” I said.

“Samuel never was sociable,” replied Roxana.
“Only common folks are sociable; but he is different.
He has great gifts, Samuel has.”

The meal over, we went up on the roof to smoke
our cigars in the open air; when the sun had disappeared
and his glory had darkened into twilight,
our host joined us. He was a tall man, wasted and
gaunt, with piercing dark eyes and dark hair, tinged
with gray, hanging down upon his shoulders. (Why
is it that long hair on the outside is almost always
the sign of something wrong in the inside of a man's
head?) He wore a black robe like a priest's cassock,
and on his head a black skull-cap like the Faust of
the operatic stage.

“Why were the Flats called St. Clair?” I said;
for there is something fascinating to me in the unknown
history of the West. “There is n't any,” do
you say? you, I mean, who are strong in the Punic
wars! you, too, who are so well up in Grecian mythology.
But there is history, only we don't know

-- 335 --

[figure description] Page 335.[end figure description]

it. The story of Lake Huron in the times of the
Pharaohs, the story of the Mississippi during the
reign of Belshazzar, would be worth hearing. But it
is lost! All we can do is to gather together the
details of our era, — the era when Columbus came to
this New World, which was, nevertheless, as old as
the world he left behind.

“It was in 1679,” began Waiting Samuel, “that
La Salle sailed up the Detroit River in his little
vessel of sixty tons burden, called the Griffin. He
was accompanied by thirty-four men, mostly furtraders;
but there were among them two holy monks,
and Father Louis Hennepin, a friar of the Franciscan
order. They passed up the river and entered the
little lake just south of us, crossing it and these
Flats on the 12th of August, which is Saint Clair's
day. Struck with the gentle beauty of the scene,
they named the waters after their saint, and at sunset
sang a Te Deum in her honor.”

“And who was Saint Clair?”

“Saint Clair, virgin and abbess, born in Italy, in
1193, made superior of a convent by the great Francis,
and canonized for her distinguished virtues,” said
Samuel, as though reading from an encyclopædia.

“Are you a Roman Catholic?” asked Raymond.

“I am everything; all sincere faith is sacred to me,”
replied the man. “It is but a question of names.”

“Tell us of your religion,” said Raymond,

-- 336 --

[figure description] Page 336.[end figure description]

thoughtfully; for in religions Raymond was something of a
polyglot.

“You would hear of my faith? Well, so be it.
Your question is the work of spirit influence. Listen,
then. The great Creator has sowed immensity with
innumerable systems of suns. In one of these systems
a spirit forgot that he was a limited, subordinate
being, and misused his freedom; how, we know
not. He fell, and with him all his kind. A new
race was then created for the vacant world, and, according
to the fixed purpose of the Creator, each was
left free to act for himself; he loves not mere machines.
The fallen spirit, envying the new creature
called man, tempted him to sin. What was his sin?
Simply the giving up of his birthright, the divine
soul-sparkle, for a promise of earthly pleasure. The
triune divine deep, the mysterious fiery triangle,
which, to our finite minds, best represents the Deity,
now withdrew his personal presence; the elements,
their balance broken, stormed upon man; his body,
which was once ethereal, moving by mere volition,
now grew heavy; and it was also appointed unto
him to die. The race thus darkened, crippled, and
degenerate, sank almost to the level of the brutes,
the mind-fire alone remaining of all their spiritual
gifts. They lived on blindly, and as blindly died.
The sun, however, was left to them, a type of what
they had lost.

-- 337 --

[figure description] Page 337.[end figure description]

“At length, in the fulness of time, the world-day of
four thousand years, which was appointed by the council
in heaven for the regiving of the divine and forfeited
soul-sparkle, as on the fourth day of creation the
great sun was given, there came to earth the earth's
compassionate Saviour, who took upon himself our
degenerate body, and revivified it with the divine soul-sparkle,
who overcame all our temptations, and finally
allowed the tinder of our sins to perish in his own
painful death upon the cross. Through him our paradise
body was restored, it waits for us on the other
side of the grave. He showed us what it was like on
Mount Tabor, with it he passed through closed doors,
walked upon the water, and ruled the elements; so
will it be with us. Paradise will come again; this
world will, for a thousand years, see its first estate;
it will be again the Garden of Eden. America is the
great escaping-place; here will the change begin. As
it is written, `Those who escape to my utmost borders.'
As the time draws near, the spirits who watch above
are permitted to speak to those souls who listen. Of
these listening, waiting souls am I; therefore have I
withdrawn myself. The sun himself speaks to me,
the greatest spirit of all; each morning I watch for
his coming; each morning I ask, `Is it to-day?' Thus
do I wait.”

“And how long have you been waiting?” I asked.

“I know not; time is nothing to me.”

-- 338 --

[figure description] Page 338.[end figure description]

“Is the great day near at hand?” said Raymond.

“Almost at its dawning; the last days are passing.”

“How do you know this?”

“The spirits tell me. Abide here, and perhaps they
will speak to you also,” replied Waiting Samuel.

We made no answer. Twilight had darkened into
night, and the Flats had sunk into silence below us.
After some moments I turned to speak to our host;
but, noiselessly as one of his own spirits, he had
departed.

“A strange mixture of Jacob Bœhmen, chiliastic
dreams, Christianity, sun-worship, and modern spiritualism,”
I said. “Much learning hath made the Maine
farmer mad.”

“Is he mad?” said Raymond. “Sometimes I think
we are all mad.”

“We should certainly become so if we spent our
time in speculations upon subjects clearly beyond our
reach. The whole race of philosophers from Plato
down are all the time going round in a circle. As long
as we are in the world, I for one propose to keep my
feet on solid ground; especially as we have no wings.
`Abide here, and perhaps the spirits will speak to
you,' did he say? I think very likely they will, and to
such good purpose that you won't have any mind left.”

“After all, why should not spirits speak to us?”
said Raymond, in a musing tone.

-- 339 --

[figure description] Page 339.[end figure description]

As he uttered these words the mocking laugh of a
loon came across the dark waste.

“The very loons are laughing at you,” I said, rising.
“Come down; there is a chill in the air, composed
in equal parts of the Flats, the night, and Waiting
Samuel. Come down, man; come down to the warm
kitchen and common-sense.”

We found Roxana alone by the fire, whose glow was
refreshingly real and warm; it was like the touch of
a flesh-and-blood hand, after vague dreamings of spirit-companions,
cold and intangible at best, with the
added suspicion that, after all, they are but creations
of our own fancy, and even their spirit-nature fictitious.
Prime, the graceful raconteur who goes a-fishing,
says, “firelight is as much of a polisher in-doors
as moonlight outside.” It is; but with a different
result. The moonlight polishes everything into romance,
the firelight into comfort. We brought up
two remarkably easy old chairs in front of the hearth
and sat down, Raymond still adrift with his wandering
thoughts, I, as usual, making talk out of the present.
Roxana sat opposite, knitting in hand, the cat purring
at her feet. She was a slender woman, with faded
light hair, insignificant features, small dull blue eyes,
and a general aspect which, with every desire to state
at its best, I can only call commonplace. Her gown
was limp, her hands roughened with work, and there
was no collar around her yellow throat. O magic rim

-- 340 --

[figure description] Page 340.[end figure description]

of white, great is thy power! With thee, man is civilized;
without thee, he becomes at once a savage.

“I am out of pork,” remarked Roxana, casually; “I
must go over to the mainland to-morrow and get some.”

If it had been anything but pork! In truth, the
word did not chime with the mystic conversation of
Waiting Samuel. Yes; there was no doubt about it.
Roxana's mind was sadly commonplace.

“See what I have found,” I said, after a while, taking
out the old breastpin. “The stone is gone; but who
knows? It might have been a diamond dropped by
some French duchess, exiled, and fleeing for life across
these far Western waters; or perhaps that German
Princess of Brunswick-Wolfen-something-or-other, who,
about one hundred years ago, was dead and buried
in Russia, and travelling in America at the same
time, a sort of a female wandering Jew, who has
been done up in stories ever since.”

(The other day, in Bret Harte's “Melons,” I saw the
following: “The singular conflicting conditions of John
Brown's body and soul were, at that time, beginning
to attract the attention of American youth.” That is
good, is n't it? Well, at the time I visited the Flats,
the singular conflicting conditions of the Princess of
Brunswick-Wolfen-something-or-other had, for a long
time, haunted me.)

Roxana's small eyes were near-sighted; she peered
at the empty setting, but said nothing.

-- 341 --

[figure description] Page 341.[end figure description]

“It is water-logged,” I continued, holding it up in
the firelight, “and it hath a brassy odor; nevertheless,
I feel convinced that it belonged to the princess.”

Roxana leaned forward and took the trinket; I
lifted up my arms and gave a mighty stretch, one of
those enjoyable lengthenings-out which belong only to
the healthy fatigue of country life. When I drew myself
in again, I was surprised to see Roxana's features
working, and her rough hands trembling, as she held
the battered setting.

“It was mine,” she said; “my dear old cameo
breastpin that Abby gave me when I was married. I
saved it and saved it, and would n't sell it, no matter
how low we got, for someway it seemed to tie me to
home and baby's grave. I used to wear it when I
had baby — I had neck-ribbons then; we had things
like other folks, and on Sundays we went to the old
meeting-house on the green. Baby is buried there —
O baby, baby!” and the voice broke into sobs.

“You lost a child?” I said, pitying the sorrow
which was, which must be, so lonely, so unshared.

“Yes. O baby! baby!” cried the woman, in a wailing
tone. “It was a little boy, gentlemen, and it had
curly hair, and could just talk a word or two; its
name was Ethan, after father, but we all called it
Robin. Father was mighty proud of Robin, and
mother, too. It died, gentlemen, my baby died, and
I buried it in the old churchyard near the thorn-tree.

-- 342 --

[figure description] Page 342.[end figure description]

But still I thought to stay there always along with
mother and the girls; I never supposed anything else,
until Samuel began to see visions. Then, everything
was different, and everybody against us; for, you see,
I would marry Samuel, and when he left off working,
and began to talk to the spirits, the folks all said, `I
told yer so, Maria Ann!' Samuel was n't of Maine
stock exactly: his father was a sailor, and 't was suspected
that his mother was some kind of an East-Injia
woman, but no one knew. His father died and left
the boy on the town, so he lived round from house to
house until he got old enough to hire out. Then he
came to our farm, and there he stayed. He had wonderful
eyes, Samuel had, and he had a way with him—
well, the long and short of it was, that I got to
thinking about him, and could n't think of anything
else. The folks did n't like it at all, for, you see, there
was Adam Rand, who had a farm of his own over the
hill; but I never could bear Adam Rand. The worst
of it was, though, that Samuel never so much as looked
at me, hardly. Well, it got to be the second year, and
Susan, my younger sister, married Adam Rand. Adam,
he thought he 'd break up my nonsense, that 's what
they called it, and so he got a good place for Samuel
away down in Connecticut, and Samuel said he 'd go,
for he was always restless, Samuel was. When I
heard it, I was ready to lie down and die. I ran out
into the pasture and threw myself down by the fence

-- 343 --

[figure description] Page 343.[end figure description]

like a crazy woman. Samuel happened to come by
along the lane, and saw me; he was always kind to all
the dumb creatures, and stopped to see what was the
matter, just as he would have stopped to help a calf.
It all came out then, and he was awful sorry for me.
He sat down on the top bar of the fence and looked at
me, and I sat on the ground a-crying with my hair
down, and my face all red and swollen.

“`I never thought to marry, Maria Ann,' says he.

“`O, please do, Samuel,' says I, `I 'm a real good
housekeeper, I am, and we can have a little land of
our own, and everything nice —'

“`But I wanted to go away. My father was a
sailor,' he began, a-looking away off toward the ocean.

“`O, I can't stand it, — I can't stand it,' says I,
beginning to cry again. Well, after that he 'greed
to stay at home and marry me, and the folks they
had to give in to it when they saw how I felt. We
were married on Thanksgiving day, and I wore a pink
delaine, purple neck-ribbon, and this very breastpin
that sister Abby gave me, — it cost four dollars, and
came 'way from Boston. Mother kissed me, and said
she hoped I 'd be happy.

“`Of course I shall, mother,' says I. `Samuel has
great gifts; he is n't like common folks.'

“`But common folks is a deal comfortabler,' says
mother. The folks never understood Samuel.

“Well, we had a chirk little house and bit of

-- 344 --

[figure description] Page 344.[end figure description]

land, and baby came, and was so cunning and pretty.
The visions had begun to appear then, and Samuel
said he must go.

“`Where?' says I.

“`Anywhere the spirits lead me,' says he.

“But baby could n't travel, and so it hung along;
Samuel left off work, and everything ran down to
loose ends; I did the best I could, but it was n't
much. Then baby died, and I buried him under the
thorn-tree, and the visions came thicker and thicker,
and Samuel told me as how this time he must go.
The folks wanted me to stay behind without him;
but they never understood me nor him. I could no
more leave him than I could fly; I was just wrapped
up in him. So we went away; I cried dreadfully
when it came to leaving the folks and Robin's little
grave, but I had so much to do after we got started,
that there was n't time for anything but work. We
thought to settle in ever so many places, but after a
while there would always come a vision, and I 'd have
to sell out and start on. The little money we had was
soon gone, and then I went out for days' work, and
picked up any work I could get. But many 's the time
we were cold, and many 's the time we were hungry,
gentlemen. The visions kept coming, and by and by I
got to like 'em too. Samuel he told me all they said
when I came home nights, and it was nice to hear all
about the thousand years of joy, when there 'd be no

-- 345 --

[figure description] Page 345.[end figure description]

more trouble, and when Robin would come back to us
again. Only I told Samuel that I hoped the world
would n't alter much, because I wanted to go back
to Maine for a few days, and see all the old places.
Father and mother are dead, I suppose,” said Roxana,
looking up at us with a pathetic expression in her
small dull eyes. Beautiful eyes are doubly beautiful
in sorrow; but there is something peculiarly pathetic
in small dull eyes looking up at you, struggling to
express the grief that lies within, like a prisoner behind
the bars of his small dull window.

“And how did you lose your breastpin?” I said,
coming back to the original subject.

“Samuel found I had it, and threw it away soon
after we came to the Flats; he said it was vanity.”

“Have you been here long?”

“O yes, years. I hope we shall stay here always
now, — at least, I mean until the thousand years of joy
begin, — for it 's quiet, and Samuel 's more easy here
than in any other place. I 've got used to the lonely
feeling, and don't mind it much now. There 's no one
near us for miles, except Rosabel Lee and Liakim;
they don't come here, for Samuel can't abide 'em, but
sometimes I stop there on my way over from the
mainland, and have a little chat about the children.
Rosabel Lee has got lovely children, she has! They
don't stay there in the winter, though; the winters are
long, I don't deny it.”

-- 346 --

[figure description] Page 346.[end figure description]

“What do you do then?”

“Well, I knit and cook, and Samuel reads to me,
and has a great many visions.”

“He has books, then?”

“Yes, all kinds; he 's a great reader, and he has
boxes of books about the spirits, and such things.”

“Nine of the night. Take thou thy rest. I will
lay me down in peace and sleep; for it is thou, Lord,
only, that makest me dwell in safety,” chanted the
voice in the hall; and our evening was over.

At dawn we attended the service on the roof; then,
after breakfast, we released Captain Kidd, and started
out for another day's sport. We had not rowed far
when Roxana passed us, poling her flat-boat rapidly
along; she had a load of fish and butter, and was
bound for the mainland village. “Bring us back a
Detroit paper,” I said. She nodded and passed on,
stolid and homely in the morning light. Yes, I was
obliged to confess to myself that she was commonplace.

A glorious day we had on the moors in the rushing
September wind. Everything rustled and waved and
danced, and the grass undulated in long billows as far
as the eye could see. The wind enjoyed himself like
a mad creature; he had no forests to oppose him, no
heavy water to roll up, — nothing but merry, swaying
grasses. It was the west wind, — “of all the winds,
the best wind.” The east wind was given us for our

-- 347 --

[figure description] Page 347.[end figure description]

sins; I have long suspected that the east wind was
the angel that drove Adam out of Paradise. We did
nothing that day, — nothing but enjoy the rushing
breeze. We felt like Bedouins of the desert, with our
boat for a steed. “He came flying upon the wings
of the wind,” is the grandest image of the Hebrew
poet.

Late in the afternoon we heard the bugle and returned,
following our clew as before. Roxana had
brought a late paper, and, opening it, I saw the account
of an accident, — a yacht run down on the
Sound and five drowned; five, all near and dear to us.
Hastily and sadly we gathered our possessions together;
the hunting, the fishing, were nothing now;
all we thought of was to get away, to go home to the
sorrowing ones around the new-made graves. Roxana
went with us in her boat to guide us back to the little
lighthouse. Waiting Samuel bade us no farewell, but as
we rowed away we saw him standing on the house-top
gazing after us. We bowed; he waved his hand; and
then turned away to look at the sunset. What were
our little affairs to a man who held converse with the
spirits!

We rowed in silence. How long, how weary seemed
the way! The grasses, the lilies, the silver channels, —
we no longer even saw them. At length the forward
boat stopped. “There 's the lighthouse yonder,” said
Roxana. “I won't go over there to-night. Mayhap

-- 348 --

[figure description] Page 348.[end figure description]

you 'd rather not talk, and Rosabel Lee will be sure to
talk to me. Good by.” We shook hands, and I laid
in the boat a sum of money to help the little household
through the winter; then we rowed on toward
the lighthouse. At the turn I looked back; Roxana
was sitting motionless in her boat; the dark clouds
were rolling up behind her; and the Flats looked wild
and desolate. “God help her!” I said.

A steamer passed the lighthouse and took us off
within the hour.

Years rolled away, and I often thought of the grassy
sea, and intended to go there; but the intention
never grew into reality. In 1870, however, I was
travelling westward, and, finding myself at Detroit, a
sudden impulse took me up to the Flats. The steamer
sailed up the beautiful river and crossed the little lake,
both unchanged. But, alas! the canal predicted by
the captain fifteen years before had been cut, and, in
all its unmitigated ugliness, stretched straight through
the enchanted land. I got off at the new and prosaic
brick lighthouse, half expecting to see Liakim
and his Rosabel Lee; but they were not there, and
no one knew anything about them. And Waiting
Samuel? No one knew anything about him, either.
I took a skiff, and, at the risk of losing myself, I
rowed away into the wilderness, spending the day
among the silvery channels, which were as beautiful
as ever. There were fewer birds; I saw no grave

-- 349 --

[figure description] Page 349.[end figure description]

herons, no sombre bitterns, and the fish had grown
shy. But the water-lilies were beautiful as of old,
and the grasses as delicate and luxuriant. I had
scarcely a hope of finding the old house on the island,
but late in the afternoon, by a mere chance, I rowed
up unexpectedly to its little landing-place. The walls
stood firm and the roof was unbroken; I landed and
walked up the overgorwn path. Opening the door,
I found the few old chairs and tables in their places,
weather-beaten and decayed, the storms had forced a
way within, and the floor was insecure; but the gay
crockery was on its shelf, the old tins against the
wall, and all looked so natural that I almost feared
to find the mortal remains of the husband and wife
as I went from room to room. They were not there,
however, and the place looked as if it had been
uninhabited for years. I lingered in the doorway.
What had become of them? Were they dead? Or
had a new vision sent them farther toward the setting
sun? I never knew, although I made many inquiries.
If dead, they were probably lying somewhere
under the shining waters; if alive, they must have
“folded their tents, like the Arabs, and silently stolen
away.”

I rowed back in the glow of the evening across
the grassy sea. “It is beautiful, beautiful,” I thought,
“but it is passing away. Already commerce has invaded
its borders; a few more years and its

-- 350 --

[figure description] Page 350.[end figure description]

loveliness will be but a legend of the past. The bittern
has vanished; the loon has fled away. Waiting
Samuel was the prophet of the waste; he has gone,
and the barriers are broken down. Farewell, beautiful
grass-water! No artist has painted, no poet has
sung your wild, vanishing charm; but in one heart,
at least, you have a place, O lovely land of St.
Clair!”

-- --

p755-354 THE LADY OF LITTLE FISHING.

[figure description] Page 351.[end figure description]

IT was an island in Lake Superior.

I beached my canoe there about four o'clock in
the afternoon, for the wind was against me and a high
sea running. The late summer of 1850, and I was
coasting along the south shore of the great lake, hunting,
fishing, and camping on the beach, under the
delusion that in that way I was living “close to the
great heart of nature,” — whatever that may mean.
Lord Bacon got up the phrase; I suppose he knew.
Pulling the boat high and dry on the sand with the
comfortable reflection that here were no tides to disturb
her with their goings-out and comings-in, I strolled
through the woods on a tour of exploration, expecting
to find bluebells, Indian pipes, juniper rings, perhaps
a few agates along-shore, possibly a bird or two for
company. I found a town.

It was deserted; but none the less a town, with
three streets, residences, a meeting-house, gardens, a
little park, and an attempt at a fountain. Ruins are
rare in the New World; I took off my hat. “Hail,

-- 352 --

[figure description] Page 352.[end figure description]

homes of the past!” I said. (I cultivated the habit of
thinking aloud when I was living close to the great
heart of nature.) “A human voice resounds through
your arches” (there were no arches, — logs won't arch;
but never mind) “once more, a human hand touches
your venerable walls, a human foot presses your deserted
hearth-stones.” I then selected the best half of
the meeting-house for my camp, knocked down one
of the homes for fuel, and kindled a glorious bonfire
in the park. “Now that you are illuminated with joy,
O Ruin,” I remarked, “I will go down to the beach
and bring up my supplies. It is long since I have
had a roof over my head; I promise you to stay until
your last residence is well burned; then I will make
a final cup of coffee with the meeting-house itself,
and depart in peace, leaving your poor old bones
buried in decent ashes.”

The ruin made no objection, and I took up my
abode there; the roof of the meeting-house was still
water-tight (which is an advantage when the great
heart of nature grows wet). I kindled a fire on the
sacerdotal hearth, cooked my supper, ate it in leisurely
comfort, and then stretched myself on a blanket to
enjoy an evening pipe of peace, listening meanwhile
to the sounding of the wind through the great pine-trees.
There was no door to my sanctuary, but I had
the cosey far end; the island was uninhabited, there
was not a boat in sight at sunset, nothing could

-- 353 --

[figure description] Page 353.[end figure description]

disturb me unless it might be a ghost. Presently a ghost
came in.

It did not wear the traditional gray tarlatan armor
of Hamlet's father, the only ghost with whom I am
well acquainted; this spectre was clad in substantial
deer-skin garments, and carried a gun and loaded
game-bag. It came forward to my hearth, hung up
its gun, opened its game-bag, took out some birds,
and inspected them gravely.

“Fat?” I inquired.

“They 'll do,” replied the spectre, and forthwith set
to work preparing them for the coals. I smoked on
in silence. The spectre seemed to be a skilled cook,
and after deftly broiling its supper, it offered me a
share; I accepted. It swallowed a huge mouthful and
crunched with its teeth; the spell was broken, and
I knew it for a man of flesh and blood.

He gave his name as Reuben, and proved himself
an excellent camping companion; in fact, he shot all
the game, caught all the fish, made all the fires, and
cooked all the food for us both. I proposed to him
to stay and help me burn up the ruin, with the condition
that when the last timber of the meeting-house
was consumed, we should shake hands and depart,
one to the east, one to the west, without a backward
glance. “In that way we shall not infringe upon each
other's personality,” I said.

“Agreed,” replied Reuben.

-- 354 --

[figure description] Page 354.[end figure description]

He was a man of between fifty and sixty years,
while I was on the sunny side of thirty; he was
reserved, I was always generously affable; he was an
excellent cook, while I — well, I was n't; he was
taciturn, and so, in payment for the work he did, I
entertained him with conversation, or rather monologue,
in my most brilliant style. It took only two
weeks to burn up the town, burned we never so
slowly; at last it came the turn of the meeting-house,
which now stood by itself in the vacant clearing. It
was a cool September day; we cooked breakfast with
the roof, dinner with the sides, supper with the odds
and ends, and then applied a torch to the framework.
Our last camp-fire was a glorious one. We
lay stretched on our blankets, smoking and watching
the glow. “I wonder, now, who built the old shanty,”
I said in a musing tone.

“Well,” replied Reuben, slowly, “if you really want
to know, I will tell you. I did.”

“You!”

“Yes.”

“You did n't do it alone?”

“No; there were about forty of us.”

“Here?”

“Yes; here at Little Fishing.”

“Little Fishing?”

“Yes; Little Fishing Island. That is the name
of the place.”

-- 355 --

[figure description] Page 355.[end figure description]

“How long ago was this?”

“Thirty years.”

“Hunting and trapping, I suppose?”

“Yes; for the Northwest and Hudson Bay Companies.”

“Was n't a meeting-house an unusual accompaniment?”

“Most unusual.”

“Accounted for in this case by —”

“A woman.”

“Ah!” I said in a tone of relish; “then of course
there is a story?”

“There is.”

“Out with it, comrade. I scarcely expected to find
the woman and her story up here; but since the irrepressible
creature would come, out with her by all
means. She shall grace our last pipe together, the last
timber of our meeting-house, our last night on Little
Fishing. The dawn will see us far from each other,
to meet no more this side heaven. Speak then, O comrade
mine! I am in one of my rare listening moods!”

I stretched myself at ease and waited. Reuben was
a long time beginning, but I was too indolent to urge
him. At length he spoke.

“They were a rough set here at Little Fishing, all
the worse for being all white men; most of the other
camps were full of half-breeds and Indians. The island
had been a station away back in the early days of the

-- 356 --

[figure description] Page 356.[end figure description]

Hudson Bay Company; it was a station for the Northwest
Company while that lasted; then it went back to
the Hudson, and stayed there until the company moved
its forces farther to the north. It was not at any time
a regular post; only a camp for the hunters. The post
was farther down the lake. O, but those were wild
days! You think you know the wilderness, boy; but you
know nothing, absolutely nothing. It makes me laugh
to see the airs of you city gentlemen with your fine
guns, improved fishing-tackle, elaborate paraphernalia,
as though you were going to wed the whole forest, floating
up and down the lake for a month or two in the
summer! You should have seen the hunters of Little
Fishing going out gayly when the mercury was down
twenty degrees below zero, for a week in the woods.
You should have seen the trappers wading through the
hard snow, breast high, in the gray dawn, visiting the
traps and hauling home the prey. There were all
kinds of men here, Scotch, French, English, and American;
all classes, the high and the low, the educated and
the ignorant; all sorts, the lazy and the hard-working.
One thing only they all had in common, — badness.
Some had fled to the wilderness to escape the law,
others to escape order; some had chosen the wild life
because of its wildness, others had drifted into it from
sheer lethargy. This far northern border did not attract
the plodding emigrant, the respectable settler.
Little Fishing held none of that trash; only a

-- 357 --

[figure description] Page 357.[end figure description]

reckless set of fellows who carried their lives in their
hands, and tossed them up, if need be, without a second
thought.”

“And other people's lives without a third,” I suggested.

“Yes; if they deserved it. But nobody whined;
there was n't any nonsense here. The men went hunting
and trapping, got the furs ready for the bateaux,
ate when they were hungry, drank when they were
thirsty, slept when they were sleepy, played cards
when they felt like it, and got angry and knocked
each other down whenever they chose. As I said
before, there was n't any nonsense at Little Fishing, —
until she came.”

“Ah! the she!”

“Yes, the Lady, — our Lady, as we called her.
Thirty-one years ago; how long it seems!”

“And well it may,” I said. “Why, comrade, I
was n't born then!”

This stupendous fact seemed to strike me more than
my companion; he went on with his story as though
I had not spoken.

“One October evening, four of the boys had got into
a row over the cards; the rest of us had come out of
our wigwams to see the fun, and were sitting around
on the stumps, chaffing them, and laughing; the camp-fire
was burning in front, lighting up the woods with
a red glow for a short distance, and making the rest

-- 358 --

[figure description] Page 358.[end figure description]

doubly black all around. There we all were, as I said
before, quite easy and comfortable, when suddenly there
appeared among us, as though she had dropped from
heaven, a woman!

“She was tall and slender, the firelight shone full
on her pale face and dove-colored dress, her golden
hair was folded back under a little white cap, and a
white kerchief lay over her shoulders; she looked
spotless. I stared; I could scarcely believe my eyes;
none of us could. There was not a white woman west
of the Sault Ste. Marie. The four fellows at the table
sat as if transfixed; one had his partner by the throat,
the other two were disputing over a point in the game.
The lily lady glided up to their table, gathered the
cards in her white hands, slowly, steadily, without
pause or trepidation before their astonished eyes, and
then, coming back, she threw the cards into the centre
of the glowing fire. `Ye shall not play away your
souls,' she said in a clear, sweet voice. `Is not the
game sin? And its reward death?' And then, immediately,
she gave us a sermon, the like of which was
never heard before; no argument, no doctrine, just
simple, pure entreaty. `For the love of God,' she
ended, stretching out her hands towards our silent,
gazing group, — `for the love of God, my brothers, try
to do better.'

“We did try; but it was not for the love of God.
Neither did any of us feel like brothers.

-- 359 --

[figure description] Page 359.[end figure description]

“She did not give any name; we called her simply
our Lady, and she accepted the title. A bundle
carefully packed in birch-bark was found on the
beach. `Is this yours?' asked black Andy.

“`It is,' replied the Lady; and removing his hat,
the black-haired giant carried the package reverently
inside her lodge. For we had given her our best
wigwam, and fenced it off with pine saplings so that
it looked like a miniature fortress. The Lady did not
suggest this stockade; it was our own idea, and with
one accord we worked at it like beavers, and hung
up a gate with a ponderous bolt inside.

“`Mais, ze can nevare farsen eet wiz her leetle fingares,
' said Frenchy, a sallow little wretch with a
turn for handicraft; so he contrived a small spring
which shot the bolt into place with a touch. The
Lady lived in her fortress; three times a day the
men carried food to her door, and, after tapping
gently, withdrew again, stumbling over each other in
their haste. The Flying Dutchman, a stolid Hollandborn
sailor, was our best cook, and the pans and
kettles were generally left to him; but now all
wanted to try their skill, and the results were extraordinary.

“`She 's never touched that pudding, now,' said
Nightingale Jack, discontentedly, as his concoction of
berries and paste came back from the fortress door.

“`She will starve soon, I think,' remarked the

-- 360 --

[figure description] Page 360.[end figure description]

Doctor, calmly; `to my certain knowledge she has
not had an eatable meal for four days.' And he
lighted a fresh pipe. This was an aside, and the men
pretended not to hear it; but the pans were relinquished
to the Dutchman from that time forth.

“The Lady wore always her dove-colored robe, and
little white cap, through whose muslin we could see
the glimmer of her golden hair. She came and went
among us like a spirit; she knew no fear; she
turned our life inside out, nor shrank from its vileness.
It seemed as though she was not of earth, so
utterly impersonal was her interest in us, so heavenly
her pity. She took up our sins, one by one, as an
angel might; she pleaded with us for our own lost
souls, she spared us not, she held not back one
grain of denunciation, one iota of future punishment.
Sometimes, for days, we would not see her; then, at
twilight, she would glide out among us, and, standing
in the light of the camp-fire, she would preach to us
as though inspired. We listened to her; I do not
mean that we were one whit better at heart, but still
we listened to her, always. It was a wonderful sight,
that lily face under the pine-trees, that spotless woman
standing alone in the glare of the fire, while
around her lay forty evil-minded, lawless men, not
one of whom but would have killed his neighbor for
so much as a disrespectful thought of her.

“So strange was her coming, so almost

-- 361 --

[figure description] Page 361.[end figure description]

supernatural her appearance in this far forest, that we never
wondered over its cause, but simply accepted it as a
sort of miracle; your thoroughly irreligious men are
always superstitious. Not one of us would have asked
a question, and we should never have known her
story had she not herself told it to us; not immediately,
not as though it was of any importance, but
quietly, briefly, and candidly as a child. She came,
she said, from Scotland, with a band of God's people.
She had always been in one house, a religious institution
of some kind, sewing for the poor when her
strength allowed it, but generally ill, and suffering
much from pain in her head; often kept under the
influence of soothing medicines for days together.
She had no father or mother, she was only one of
this band; and when they decided to send out missionaries
to America, she begged to go, although but
a burden; the sea voyage restored her health; she
grew, she said, in strength and in grace, and her
heart was as the heart of a lion. Word came to her
from on high that she should come up into the northern
lake-country and preach the gospel there; the
band were going to the verdant prairies. She left
them in the night, taking nothing but her clothing;
a friendly vessel carried her north; she had preached
the gospel everywhere. At the Sault the priests had
driven her out, but nothing fearing, she went on into
the wilderness, and so, coming part of the way in

-- 362 --

[figure description] Page 362.[end figure description]

canoes, part of the way along-shore, she had reached
our far island. Marvellous kindness had she met
with, she said; the Indians, the half-breeds, the
hunters, and the trappers had all received her, and
helped her on her way from camp to camp. They
had listened to her words also. At Portage they had
begged her to stay through the winter, and offered to
build her a little church for Sunday services. Our
men looked at each other. Portage was the worst
camp on the lake, notorious for its fights; it was a
mining settlement.

“`But I told them I must journey on towards the
west,' continued our Lady. `I am called to visit every
camp on this shore before the winter sets in; I must
soon leave you also.'

“The men looked at each other again; the Doctor
was spokesman. `But, my Lady,' he said, `the next
post is Fort William, two hundred and thirty-five
miles away on the north shore.'

“`It is almost November; the snow will soon be
six and ten feet deep. The Lady could never travel
through it, — could she, now?' said Black Andy, who
had begun eagerly, but in his embarrassment at the
sound of his own voice, now turned to Frenchy and
kicked him covertly into answering.

“`Nevare!' replied the Frenchman; he had intended
to place his hand upon his heart to give
emphasis to his word, but the Lady turned her calm

-- 363 --

[figure description] Page 363.[end figure description]

eyes that way, and his grimy paw fell, its gallantry
wilted.

“`I thought there was one more camp, — at Burnt-Wood
River,' said our Lady in a musing tone. The
men looked at each other a third time; there was a
camp there, and they all knew it. But the Doctor
was equal to the emergency.

“`That camp, my Lady,' he said gravely, — `that
camp no longer exists!' Then he whispered hurriedly
to the rest of us, `It will be an easy job to clean it
out, boys. We 'll send over a party to-night; it 's
only thirty-five miles.'

“We recognized superior genius; the Doctor was
our oldest and deepest sinner. But what struck us
most was his anxiety to make good his lie. Had it
then come to this, — that the Doctor told the truth?

“The next day we all went to work to build our
Lady a church; in a week it was completed. There
goes its last cross-beam now into the fire; it was a
solid piece of work, was n't it? It has stood this
climate thirty years. I remember the first Sunday
service: we all washed, and dressed ourselves in the
best we had; we scarcely knew each other, we were
so fine. The Lady was pleased with the church, but
yet she had not said she would stay all winter; we
were still anxious. How she preached to us that
day! We had made a screen of young spruces set
in boxes, and her figure stood out against the dark

-- 364 --

[figure description] Page 364.[end figure description]

green background like a thing of light. Her silvery
voice rang through the log-temple, her face seemed
to us like a star. She had no color in her cheeks
at any time; her dress, too, was colorless. Although
gentle, there was an iron inflexibility about her slight,
erect form. We felt, as we saw her standing there,
that if need be she would walk up to the lion's
jaws, the cannon's mouth, with a smile. She took a
little book from her pocket and read to us a hymn, —
`O come, all ye faithful,' the old `Adeste Fideles.'
Some of us knew it; she sang, and gradually, shamefacedly,
voices joined in. It was a sight to see
Nightingale Jack solemnly singing away about `choirs
of angels'; but it was a treat to hear him, too, —
what a voice he had! Then our Lady prayed, kneeling
down on the little platform in front of the evergreens,
clasping her hands, and lifting her eyes to
heaven. We did not know what to do at first, but
the Doctor gave us a severe look and bent his head,
and we all followed his lead.

“When service was over and the door opened, we
found that it had been snowing; we could not see out
through the windows because white cloth was nailed
over them in place of glass.

“`Now, my Lady, you will have to stay with us,' said
the Doctor. We all gathered around with eager faces.

“`Do you really believe that it will be for the good
of your souls?' asked the sweet voice.

-- 365 --

[figure description] Page 365.[end figure description]

“The Doctor believed — for us all.

“`Do you really hope?'

“The Doctor hoped.

“`Will you try to do your best?'

“The Doctor was sure he would.

“`I will,' answered the Flying Dutchman, earnestly.
`I moost not fry de meat any more; I moost
broil!'

“For we had begged him for months to broil, and
he had obstinately refused; broil represented the good,
and fry the evil, to his mind; he came out for the
good according to his light; but none the less did we
fall upon him behind the Lady's back, and cuff him
into silence.

“She stayed with us all winter. You don't know
what the winters are up here; steady, bitter cold for
seven months, thermometer always below, the snow
dry as dust, the air like a knife. We built a compact
chimney for our Lady, and we cut cords of wood
into small, light sticks, easy for her to lift, and stacked
them in her shed; we lined her lodge with skins, and
we made oil from bear's fat and rigged up a kind of
lamp for her. We tried to make candles, I remember,
but they would not run straight; they came out humpbacked
and sidling, and burned themselves to wick in
no time. Then we took to improving the town. We
had lived in all kinds of huts and lean-to shanties;
now nothing would do but regular log-houses. If it

-- 366 --

[figure description] Page 366.[end figure description]

had been summer, I don't know what we might not
have run to in the way of piazzas and fancy steps;
but with the snow five feet deep, all we could accomplish
was a plain, square log-house, and even that took
our whole force. The only way to keep the peace was
to have all the houses exactly alike; we laid out the
three streets, and built the houses, all facing the
meeting-house, just as you found them.”

“And where was the Lady's lodge?” I asked, for I
recalled no stockaded fortress, large or small.

My companion hesitated a moment. Then he said
abruptly, “It was torn down.”

“Torn down!” I repeated. “Why, what —”

Reuben waved his hand with a gesture that silenced
me, and went on with his story. It came to me then
for the first time, that he was pursuing the current
of his own thoughts rather than entertaining me. I
turned to look at him with a new interest. I had
talked to him for two weeks, in rather a patronizing
way; could it be that affairs were now, at this last
moment, reversed?

“It took us almost all winter to build those houses,”
pursued Reuben. “At one time we neglected the
hunting and trapping to such a degree, that the Doctor
called a meeting and expressed his opinion. Ours
was a voluntary camp, in a measure, but still we had
formally agreed to get a certain amount of skins ready
for the bateaux by early spring; this agreement was

-- 367 --

[figure description] Page 367.[end figure description]

about the only real bond of union between us. Those
whose houses were not completed scowled at the
Doctor.

“`Do you suppose I 'm going to live like an Injun
when the other fellows has regular houses?' inquired
Black Andy, with a menacing air.

“`By no means,' replied the Doctor, blandly. `My
plan is this: build at night.'

“`At night?'

“`Yes; by the light of pine fires.'

“We did. After that, we faithfully went out hunting
and trapping as long as daylight lasted, and then,
after supper, we built up huge fires of pine logs,
and went to work on the next house. It was a
strange picture: the forest deep in snow, black with
night, the red glow of the great fires, and our moving
figures working on as complacently as though
daylight, balmy air, and the best of tools were ours.

“The Lady liked our industry. She said our new
houses showed that the `new cleanliness of our inner
man required a cleaner tabernacle for the outer.' I
don't know about our inner man, but our outer was
certainly much cleaner.

“One day the Flying Dutchman made one of his
unfortunate remarks. `De boys t'inks you 'll like
dem better in nize houses,' he announced when, happening
to pass the fortress, he found the Lady standing
at her gate gazing at the work of the preceding

-- 368 --

[figure description] Page 368.[end figure description]

night. Several of the men were near enough to hear
him, but too far off to kick him into silence as
usual; but they glared at him instead. The Lady
looked at the speaker with her dreamy, far-off eyes.

“`De boys t'inks you like dem,' began the Dutchman
again, thinking she did not comprehend; but
at that instant he caught the combined glare of the
six eyes, and stopped abruptly, not at all knowing
what was wrong, but sure there was something.

“`Like them,' repeated the Lady, dreamily; `yea, I
do like them. Nay, more, I love them. Their souls
are as dear to me as the souls of brothers.'

“`Say, Frenchy, have you got a sister?' said Nightingale
Jack, confidentially, that evening.

“`Mais oui,' said Frenchy.

“`You think all creation of her, I suppose?'

“`We fight like four cats and one dog; she is the
cats,' said the Frenchman concisely.

“`You don't say so!' replied Jack. `Now, I never
had a sister, — but I thought perhaps —' He paused,
and the sentence remained unfinished.

“The Nightingale and I were house-mates. We sat
late over our fire not long after that; I gave a gigantic
yawn. `This lifting logs half the night is enough to
kill one,' I said, getting out my jug. `Sing something,
Jack. It 's a long time since I 've heard anything but
hymns.'

“Jack always went off as easily as a music-box:

-- 369 --

[figure description] Page 369.[end figure description]

you had only to wind him up; the jug was the key.
I soon had him in full blast. He was giving out

`The minute gun at sea, — the minute gun at sea,'

with all the pathos of his tenor voice, when the door
burst open and the whole population rushed in upon
us.

“`What do you mean by shouting this way, in the
middle of the night?'

“`Shut up your howling, Jack.'

“`How do you suppose any one can sleep?'

“`It 's a disgrace to the camp!'

“`Now then, gentlemen,' I replied, for my blood was
up (whiskey, perhaps), `is this my house, or is n't it?
If I want music, I 'll have it. Time was when you
were not so particular.'

“It was the first word of rebellion. The men
looked at each other, then at me.

“`I 'll go and ask her if she objects,' I continued,
boldly.

“`No, no. You shall not.'

“`Let him go,' said the Doctor, who stood smoking
his pipe on the outskirts of the crowd. `It is just as
well to have that point settled now. The Minute Gun
at Sea is a good moral song in its way, — a sort of
marine missionary affair.'

“So I started, the others followed; we all knew that
the Lady watched late; we often saw the glimmer of

-- 370 --

[figure description] Page 370.[end figure description]

her lamp far on towards morning. It was burning
now. The gate was fastened, I knocked; no answer.
I knocked again, and yet a third time; still, silence.
The men stood off at a little distance and waited.
`She shall answer,' I said angrily, and going around
to the side where the stockade came nearer to the
wall of the lodge, I knocked loudly on the close-set
saplings. For answer I thought I heard a low moan;
I listened, it came again. My anger vanished, and
with a mighty bound I swung myself up to the top
of the stockade, sprung down inside, ran around, and
tried the door. It was fastened; I burst it open and
entered. There, by the light of the hanging lamp, I
saw the Lady on the floor, apparently dead. I raised
her in my arms; her heart was beating faintly, but she
was unconscious. I had seen many fainting fits; this
was something different; the limbs were rigid. I laid
her on the low couch, loosened her dress, bathed her
head and face in cold water, and wrenched up one of
the warm hearth-stones to apply to her feet. I did
not hesitate; I saw that it was a dangerous case,
something like a trance or an `ecstasis.' Somebody
must attend to her, and there were only men to choose
from. Then why not I?

“I heard the others talking outside; they could
not understand the delay; but I never heeded, and
kept on my work. To tell the truth, I had studied
medicine, and felt a genuine enthusiasm over a rare

-- 371 --

[figure description] Page 371.[end figure description]

case. Once my patient opened her eyes and looked
at me, then she lapsed away again into unconsciousness
in spite of all my efforts. At last the men
outside came in, angry and suspicious; they had
broken down the gate. There we all stood, the whole
forty of us, around the deathlike form of our Lady.

“What a night it was! To give her air, the men
camped outside in the snow with a line of pickets
in whispering distance from each other from the bed
to their anxious group. Two were detailed to help
me, — the Doctor (whose title was a sarcastic D. D.)
and Jimmy, a gentle little man, excellent at bandaging
broken limbs. Every vial in the camp was
brought in, — astonishing lotions, drops, and balms;
each man produced something; they did their best,
poor fellows, and wore out the night with their
anxiety. At dawn our Lady revived suddenly,
thanked us all, and assured us that she felt quite
well again; the trance was over. `It was my old
enemy,' she said, `the old illness of Scotland, which
I hoped had left me forever. But I am thankful
that it is no worse; I have come out of it with a
clear brain. Sing a hymn of thankfulness for me,
dear friends, before you go.'

“Now, we sang on Sunday in the church; but
then she led us, and we had a kind of an idea that
after all she did not hear us. But now, who was
to lead us? We stood awkwardly around the bed,

-- 372 --

[figure description] Page 372.[end figure description]

and shuffled our hats in our uneasy fingers. The
Doctor fixed his eyes upon the Nightingale; Jack
saw it and cowered. `Begin,' said the Doctor in a
soft voice; but gripping him in the back at the
same time with an ominous clutch.

“`I don't know the words,' faltered the unhappy
Nightingale.


“`Now thank we all our God,
With hearts and hands and voices,'
began the Doctor, and repeated Luther's hymn with
perfect accuracy from beginning to end. `What will
happen next? The Doctor knows hymns!' we
thought in profound astonishment. But the Nightingale
had begun, and gradually our singers joined
in; I doubt whether the grand old choral was ever
sung by such a company before or since. There was
never any further question, by the way, about that
minute gun at sea; it stayed at sea as far as we
were concerned.

“Spring came, the faltering spring of Lake Superior.
I won't go into my own story, but such as it
was, the spring brought it back to me with new
force. I wanted to go, — and yet I did n't. `Where,'
do you ask? To see her, of course, — a woman, the
most beautiful, — well, never mind all that. To be
brief, I loved her; she scorned me; I thought I had
learned to hate her — but — I was n't sure about it
now. I kept myself aloof from the others and gave

-- 373 --

[figure description] Page 373.[end figure description]

up my heart to the old sweet, bitter memories; I
did not even go to church on Sundays. But all the
rest went; our Lady's influence was as great as ever.
I could hear them singing; they sang better now
that they could have the door open; the pent-up
feeling used to stifle them. The time for the bateaux
drew near, and I noticed that several of the
men were hard at work packing the furs in bales,
a job usually left to the voyageurs who came with
the boats. `What 's that for?' I asked.

“`You don't suppose we 're going to have those
bateaux rascals camping on Little Fishing, do you?'
said Black Andy, scornfully. `Where are your wits,
Reub?'

“And they packed every skin, rafted them all over
to the mainland, and waited there patiently for days,
until the train of slow boats came along and took off
the bales; then they came back in triumph. `Now
we 're secure for another six months,' they said, and
began to lay out a park, and gardens for every house.
The Lady was fond of flowers; the whole town burst
into blossom. The Lady liked green grass; all the
clearing was soon turfed over like a lawn. The men
tried the ice-cold lake every day, waiting anxiously
for the time when they could bathe. There was no end
to their cleanliness; Black Andy had grown almost
white again, and Frenchy's hair shone like oiled silk.

“The Lady stayed on, and all went well. But,

-- 374 --

[figure description] Page 374.[end figure description]

gradually, there came a discovery. The Lady was
changing, — had changed! Gradually, slowly, but
none the less distinctly to the eyes that knew her
every eyelash. A little more hair was visible over the
white brow, there was a faint color in the cheeks, a
quicker step; the clear eyes were sometimes downcast
now, the steady voice softer, the words at times faltering.
In the early summer the white cap vanished,
and she stood among us crowned only with her golden
hair; one day she was seen through her open door
sewing on a white robe! The men noted all these
things silently; they were even a little troubled as at
something they did not understand, something beyond
their reach. Was she planning to leave them?

“`It 's my belief she 's getting ready to ascend right
up into heaven,' said Salem.

“Salem was a little `wanting,' as it is called, and the
men knew it; still, his words made an impression.
They watched the Lady with an awe which was almost
superstitious; they were troubled, and knew not why.
But the Lady bloomed on. I did not pay much attention
to all this; but I could not help hearing it. My
heart was moody, full of its own sorrows; I secluded
myself more and more. Gradually I took to going off
into the mainland forests for days on solitary hunting
expeditions. The camp went on its way rejoicing; the
men succeeded, after a world of trouble, in making a
fountain which actually played, and they glorified

-- 375 --

[figure description] Page 375.[end figure description]

themselves exceedingly. The life grew quite pastoral.
There was talk of importing a cow from the East, and
a messenger was sent to the Sault for certain choice
supplies against the coming winter. But, in the late
summer, the whisper went round again that the Lady
had changed, this time for the worse. She looked ill,
she drooped from day to day; the new life that had
come to her vanished, but her former life was not restored.
She grew silent and sad, she strayed away by
herself through the woods, she scarcely noticed the men
who followed her with anxious eyes. Time passed,
and brought with it an undercurrent of trouble, suspicion,
and anger. Everything went on as before; not
one habit, not one custom was altered; both sides
seemed to shrink from the first change, however slight.
The daily life of the camp was outwardly the same, but
brooding trouble filled every heart. There was no open
discussion, men talked apart in twos and threes; a
gloom rested over everything, but no one said, `What
is the matter?'

“There was a man among us, — I have not said
much of the individual characters of our party, but this
man was one of the least esteemed, or rather liked;
there was not much esteem of any kind at Little
Fishing. Little was known about him; although the
youngest man in the camp, he was a mooning, brooding
creature, with brown hair and eyes and a melancholy
face. He was n't hearty and whole-souled, and yet he

-- 376 --

[figure description] Page 376.[end figure description]

was n't an out-and-out rascal; he was n't a leader, and
yet he was n't follower either. He would n't be; he
was like a third horse, always. There was no goodness
about him; don't go to fancying that that was the reason
the men did not like him, he was as bad as they
were, every inch! He never shirked his work, and
they could n't get a handle on him anywhere; but he
was just — unpopular. The why and the wherefore
are of no consequence now. Well, do you know what
was the suspicion that hovered over the camp? It
was this: our Lady loved that man!

“It took three months for all to see it, and yet never
a word was spoken. All saw, all heard; but they
might have been blind and deaf for any sign they
gave. And the Lady drooped more and more.

“September came, the fifteenth; the Lady lay on
her couch, pale and thin; the door was open and a
bell stood beside her, but there was no line of pickets
whispering tidings of her state to an anxious group
outside. The turf in the three streets had grown
yellow for want of water, the flowers in the little
gardens had drooped and died, the fountain was choked
with weeds, and the interiors of the houses were all
untidy. It was Sunday, and near the hour for service;
but the men lounged about, dingy and unwashed.

“`A'n't you going to church?' said Salem, stopping
at the door of one of the houses; he was dressed in his
best, with a flower in his button-hole.

-- 377 --

[figure description] Page 377.[end figure description]

“`See him now! See the fool,' said Black Andy.
`He 's going to church, he is! And where 's the minister,
Salem? Answer me that!'

“Why, — in the church, I suppose,' replied Salem,
vacantly.

“`No, she a'n't; not she! She 's at home, a-weeping,
and a-wailing, and a-ger-nashing of her teeth,'
replied Andy with bitter scorn.

“`What for?' said Salem.

“`What for? Why, that 's the joke! Hear him,
boys; he wants to know what for!'

“The loungers laughed, — a loud, reckless laugh.

“`Well, I 'm going any way,' said Salem, looking
wonderingly from one to the other; he passed on and
entered the church.

“`I say, boys, let 's have a high old time,' cried
Andy, savagely. `Let 's go back to the old way and
have a jolly Sunday. Let 's have out the jugs and
the cards and be free again!'

“The men hesitated; ten months and more of law
and order held them back.

“`What are you afraid of?' said Andy. `Not of a
canting hypocrite, I hope. She 's fooled us long
enough, I say. Come on!' He brought out a table
and stools, and produced the long-unused cards and
a jug of whiskey. `Strike up, Jack,' he cried; `give
us old Fiery-Eyes.'

“The Nightingale hesitated. Fiery-Eyes was a

-- 378 --

[figure description] Page 378.[end figure description]

rollicking drinking song; but Andy put the glass to his
lips and his scruples vanished in the tempting aroma.
He began at the top of his voice, partners were chosen,
and, trembling with excitement and impatience, like
prisoners unexpectedly set free, the men gathered
around, and made their bets.

“`What born fools we 've been,' said Black Andy,
laying down a card.

“`Yes,' replied the Flying Dutchman, `porn fools!'
And he followed suit.

“But a thin white hand came down on the bits of
colored pasteboard. It was our Lady. With her hair
disordered, and the spots of fever in her cheeks, she
stood among us again; but not as of old. Angry eyes
confronted her, and Andy wrenched the cards from
her grasp. `No, my Lady,' he said, sternly; `never
again!'

“The Lady gazed from one face to the next, and so
all around the circle; all were dark and sullen. Then
she bowed her head upon her hands and wept aloud.

“There was a sudden shrinking away on all sides,
the players rose, the cards were dropped. But the
Lady glided away, weeping as she went; she entered
the church door and the men could see her taking her
accustomed place on the platform. One by one they
followed; Black Andy lingered till the last, but he
came. The service began, and went on falteringly,
without spirit, with palpable fears of a total breaking

-- 379 --

[figure description] Page 379.[end figure description]

down which never quite came; the Nightingale sang
almost alone, and made sad work with the words;
Salem joined in confidently, but did not improve the
sense of the hymn. The Lady was silent. But when
the time for the sermon came she rose and her voice
burst forth.

“`Men, brothers, what have I done? A change has
come over the town, a change has come over your
hearts. You shun me! What have I done?'

“There was a grim silence; then the Doctor rose
in his place and answered, —

“`Only this, madam. You have shown yourself to
be a woman.'

“`And what did you think me?'

“`A saint.'

“`God forbid!' said the Lady, earnestly. `I never
thought myself one.'

“`I know that well. But you were a saint to us;
hence your influence. It is gone.'

“`Is it all gone?' asked the Lady, sadly.

“`Yes. Do not deceive yourself; we have never
been one whit better save through our love for you.
We held you as something high above ourselves; we
were content to worship you.'

“`O no, not me!' said the Lady, shuddering.

“`Yes, you, you alone! But — our idol came down
among us and showed herself to be but common flesh
and blood! What wonder that we stand aghast?

-- 380 --

[figure description] Page 380.[end figure description]

What wonder that our hearts are bitter? What wonder
(worse than all!) that when the awe has quite
vanished, there is strife for the beautiful image fallen
from its niche?'

“The Doctor ceased, and turned away. The Lady
stretched out her hands towards the others; her face
was deadly pale, and there was a bewildered expression
in her eyes.

“`O, ye for whom I have prayed, for whom I have
struggled to obtain a blessing, — ye whom I have
loved so, — do ye desert me thus?' she cried.

“`You have deserted us,' answered a voice.

“`I have not.'

“`You have,' cried Black Andy, pushing to the
front. `You love that Mitchell! Deny it if you
dare!'

“There was an irrepressible murmur, then a sudden
hush. The angry suspicion, the numbing certainty
had found voice at last; the secret was out.
All eyes, which had at first closed with the shock,
were now fixed upon the solitary woman before
them; they burned like coals.

“`Do I?' murmured the Lady, with a strange
questioning look that turned from face to face, — `do
I? — Great God! I do.' She sank upon her knees
and buried her face in her trembling hands. `The
truth has come to me at last, — I do!'

“Her voice was a mere whisper, but every ear

-- 381 --

[figure description] Page 381.[end figure description]

heard it, and every eye saw the crimson rise to the
forehead and redden the white throat.

“For a moment there was silence, broken only by
the hard breathing of the men. Then the Doctor
spoke.

“`Go out and bring him in,' he cried. `Bring in
this Mitchell! It seems he has other things to do,—
the blockhead!'

“Two of the men hurried out.

“`He shall not have her,' shouted Black Andy.
`My knife shall see to that!' And he pressed close to
the platform. A great tumult arose, men talked angrily
and clinched their fists, voices rose and fell together.
`He shall not have her, — Mitchell! Mitchell!'

“`The truth is, each one of you wants her himself,
' said the Doctor.

“There was a sudden silence, but every man eyed
his neighbor jealously. Black Andy stood in front,
knife in hand, and kept guard. The Lady had not
moved; she was kneeling, with her face buried in
her hands.

“`I wish to speak to her,' said the Doctor, advancing.

“`You shall not,' cried Andy, fiercely interposing.

“`You fool! I love her this moment ten thousand
times more than you do. But do you suppose I
would so much as touch a woman who loved another
man?'

-- 382 --

[figure description] Page 382.[end figure description]

“The knife dropped; the Doctor passed on and
took his place on the platform by the Lady's side.
The tumult began again, for Mitchell was seen coming
in the door between his two keepers.

“`Mitchell! Mitchell!' rang angrily through the
church.

“`Look, woman!' said the Doctor, bending over
the kneeling figure at his side. She raised her head
and saw the wolfish faces below.

“`They have had ten months of your religion,' he
said.

“It was his revenge. Bitter, indeed; but he loved
her.

“In the mean time the man Mitchell was hauled
and pushed and tossed forward to the platform by
rough hands that longed to throttle him on the
way. At last, angry himself, but full of wonder,
he confronted them, this crowd of comrades suddenly
turned madmen! `What does this mean?' he
asked.

“`Mean! mean!' shouted the men; `a likely
story! He asks what this means!' And they
laughed boisterously.

“The Doctor advanced. `You see this woman,' he
said.

“`I see our Lady.'

“`Our Lady no longer; only a woman like any
other, — weak and fickle. Take her, — but begone.'

-- 383 --

[figure description] Page 383.[end figure description]

“`Take her!' repeated Mitchell, bewildered, — `take
our Lady! And where?'

“`Fool! Liar! Blockhead!' shouted the crowd
below.

“`The truth is simply this, Mitchell,' continued
the Doctor, quietly. `We herewith give you up our
Lady, — ours no longer; for she has just confessed,
openly confessed, that she loves you.'

“Mitchell started back. `Loves me!'

“`Yes.'

“Black Andy felt the blade of his knife. `He 'll
never have her alive,' he muttered.

“`But,' said Mitchell, bluntly confronting the Doctor,
`I don't want her.'

“`You don't want her?'

“`I don't love her.'

“`You don't love her?'

“`Not in the least,' he replied, growing angry,
perhaps at himself. `What is she to me? Nothing.
A very good missionary, no doubt; but I don't
fancy woman-preachers. You may remember that I
never gave in to her influence; I was never under
her thumb. I was the only man in Little Fishing
who cared nothing for her!'

“And that is the secret of her liking,' murmured
the Doctor. `O woman! woman! the same the world
over!'

“In the mean time the crowd had stood stupefied.

-- 384 --

[figure description] Page 384.[end figure description]

“`He does not love her!' they said to each other;
`he does not want her!'

“Andy's black eyes gleamed with joy; he swung
himself up on to the platform. Mitchell stood there
with face dark and disturbed, but he did not flinch.
Whatever his faults, he was no hypocrite. `I must
leave this to-night,' he said to himself, and turned
to go. But quick as a flash our Lady sprang from
her knees and threw herself at his feet. `You are
going,' she cried. `I heard what you said, — you do
not love me! But take me with you, — oh, take me
with you! Let me be your servant — your slave —
anything — anything, so that I am not parted from
you, my lord and master, my only, only love!'

“She clasped his ankles with her thin, white hands,
and laid her face on his dusty shoes.

“The whole audience stood dumb before this manifestation
of a great love. Enraged, bitter, jealous as
was each heart, there was not a man but would at
that moment have sacrificed his own love that she
might be blessed. Even Mitchell, in one of those
rare spirit-flashes when the soul is shown bare in the
lightning, asked himself, `Can I not love her?' But
the soul answered, `No.' He stooped, unclasped the
clinging hands, and turned resolutely away.

“`You are a fool,' said the Doctor. `No other
woman will ever love you as she does.'

“`I know it,' replied Mitchell.

-- 385 --

[figure description] Page 385.[end figure description]

“He stepped down from the platform and crossed
the church, the silent crowd making a way for him
as he passed along; he went out into the sunshine,
through the village, down towards the beach, — they
saw him no more.

“The Lady had fainted. The men bore her back to
the lodge and tended her with gentle care one week,—
two weeks, — three weeks. Then she died.

“They were all around her; she smiled upon them
all, and called them all by name, bidding them farewell.
`Forgive me,' she whispered to the Doctor.
The Nightingale sang a hymn, sang as he had never
sung before. Black Andy knelt at her feet. For
some minutes she lay scarcely breathing; then suddenly
she opened her fading eyes. `Friends,' she
murmured, `I am well punished. I thought myself
holy, — I held myself above my kind, — but God has
shown me I am the weakest of them all.'

“The next moment she was gone.

“The men buried her with tender hands. Then,
in a kind of blind fury against Fate, they tore down
her empty lodge and destroyed its every fragment;
in their grim determination they even smoothed over
the ground and planted shrubs and bushes, so that
the very location might be lost. But they did not
stay to see the change. In a month the camp broke
up of itself, the town was abandoned, and the island
deserted for good and all; I doubt whether any of

-- 386 --

[figure description] Page 386.[end figure description]

the men ever came back or even stopped when passing
by. Probably I am the only one. Thirty years
ago, — thirty years ago!”

“That Mitchell was a great fool,” I said, after a
long pause. “The Doctor was worth twenty of him;
for that matter, so was Black Andy. I only hope
the fellow was well punished for his stupidity.”

“He was.”

“O, you kept track of him, did you?”

“Yes. He went back into the world, and the woman
he loved repulsed him a second time, and with even
more scorn than before.”

“Served him right.”

“Perhaps so; but after all, what could he do? Love
is not made t order. He loved one, not the other;
that was his crime. Yet, — so strange a creature is
man, — he came back after thirty years, just to see our
Lady's grave.”

“What! Are you —”

“I am Mitchell, — Reuben Mitchell.”

THE END.
Previous section

Next section


Woolson, Constance Fenimore, 1840-1894 [1875], Castle Nowhere: lake-country sketches (James R. Osgood and Company, Boston) [word count] [eaf755T].
Powered by PhiloLogic